Removed "figuratively" and "idiomatically" from completed NT notes

en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ MRK	1	9	zv8t	figs-go	ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς
 MRK	1	10	stwh	grammar-connect-time-sequential	εὐθὺς	1		The word **immediately** occurs often throughout the book of Mark. As used here, it means that the event it introduces occurs directly after the previous event. Use a natural form in your language for communicating this. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential)
 MRK	1	10	n8sg	figs-activepassive	εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he saw the heavens bursting open” or “he saw God tearing the heavens open” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
 MRK	1	10	m5f6	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the Spirit coming down on him like a dove	The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit coming down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down from heaven as a dove comes down to earth” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
-MRK	1	11	jh9m	figs-personification	καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν	1		Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
+MRK	1	11	jh9m	figs-personification	καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν	1		Mark speaks of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
 MRK	1	11	s6f4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	my beloved Son	The term **Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MRK	1	12	mh8n		εὐθὺς	1		See how you translated the word **immediately** in [Mark 1:10](../mrk/01/10.md)
 MRK	1	12	yv6v		τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον	1	Connecting Statement:	Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness”
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ MRK	11	29	erqp	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίᾳ	1		If your language does not
 MRK	11	29	aak2		ἕνα λόγον	1		Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
 MRK	11	30	vpgv		τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1		Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
 MRK	11	30	jj91		τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου	1	The baptism of John	Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed”
-MRK	11	30	sh7b	figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** to figuratively represent God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	11	30	sh7b	figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** to represent God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	11	30	i5is	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	from men	Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	11	30	fr1b		ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	was it from heaven or from men	Alternate translation: “was it authorized by God or by men”
 MRK	11	30	mc8n	figs-yousingular	ἀποκρίθητέ μοι	1		In the original language in which Mark wrote this book, the word **Answer** is a command written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ MRK	12	29	mq92	figs-metonymy	Ἰσραήλ	1	Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, t
 MRK	12	29	mmtb		Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν	1		The phrase **the Lord our God, the Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s God for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only God they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special”
 MRK	12	30	thj7	figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1		Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 MRK	12	30	xjng	figs-merism	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου	1	from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength	Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely, with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-MRK	12	30	q49v	figs-metaphor	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου	1	from your whole heart, and from your whole soul	Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the desires and motives. Alternate translation: “with all your desires” or “zealously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	12	30	q49v	figs-metaphor	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου	1	from your whole heart, and from your whole soul	Here, the **heart** represents the desires and motives. Alternate translation: “with all your desires” or “zealously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	30	m8hi		ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ	1		Alternate translation: “with”
 MRK	12	30	x3n5	figs-abstractnouns	ψυχῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “essence” or “being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	12	30	ln0t	figs-abstractnouns	διανοίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mind**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ MRK	12	34	lfti	figs-abstractnouns	Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If you
 MRK	12	34	rgh8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα	1	no one any longer was daring	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	12	35	ptc8	figs-synecdoche	ἱερῷ	1	answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said	See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	12	35	q6e4		πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν?	1	How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David?	This is not a rhetorical question. Rather, Jesus’ listeners had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement.
-MRK	12	35	i6a4	figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	the son of David	Here, Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what **son** means in this context, you could express its meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	12	35	i6a4	figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	the son of David	Here, Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what **son** means in this context, you could express its meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	36	e1zq	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ	1	David himself	Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 MRK	12	36	jlbd	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	12	36	ejy2		ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ	1	in the Holy Spirit	Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit”
@@ -1033,14 +1033,14 @@ MRK	12	37	ssq3	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ	1		See how you translat
 MRK	12	37	qpdy	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον, καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1		In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox. That is, it is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David respectfully addresses the Messiah as his Lord, but David should be more respected than his descendant. So why does David address him that way?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	37	rh2t		καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	and how is he his son?	Like the question in [12:35](../12/35.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant”
 MRK	12	37	qucc	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1		Jesus is using the word **and** to show that a conclusion should be made as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Use a natural form in your language for showing this. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-MRK	12	37	tjp6	figs-metaphor	υἱός	1		Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant,” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	12	37	tjp6	figs-metaphor	υἱός	1		Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant,” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	38	bh8w	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1		Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that Jesus is still sitting in the temple area taking to the people, as he was in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 MRK	12	38	rwxq	figs-yousingular	βλέπετε	1		In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	12	38	yhfv	figs-metonymy	βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων	1		Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of certain people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	38	nxy9	translate-symaction	τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν	1		In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in **long robes** was to assert one’s right to high status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MRK	12	38	mu5a	figs-explicit	ἀσπασμοὺς	1		The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings** in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	39	mwmf	figs-metaphor	πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας	1		Both uses of the word **first** here mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	12	40	jtw4	figs-metonymy	οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour the houses of the widows	Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	12	40	jtw4	figs-metonymy	οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour the houses of the widows	Jesus speaks of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	40	j27b	figs-metaphor	οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	the houses of the widows	Jesus says that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows. He means that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	40	r3ht		καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι	1		Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they are offering long prayers”
 MRK	12	40	qm52	figs-metonymy	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	These will receive greater condemnation	Jesus is using the word **condemnation** to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1083,11 +1083,11 @@ MRK	13	7	d1k9	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος	1	but the end
 MRK	13	7	mi4d	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	the end	Here, **the end** implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	8	ydrb	figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	13	8	rlxf	figs-genericnoun	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1		The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-MRK	13	8	oyrd	figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1		The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	8	oyrd	figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1		The term **nation** refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	8	xln4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’	1	will rise against	The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	8	e2ln	figs-ellipsis	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	13	8	hz6g	figs-genericnoun	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-MRK	13	8	wpd3	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	8	wpd3	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		The term **kingdom** represents the people of a kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	8	pcyi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **These things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	8	dz8g	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα	1	These are the beginnings of birth pains	Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because, in the same way that the pain of childbirth is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy when Christ returns. Because childbirth occurs in all cultures, you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” or “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	13	9	nuti	figs-metaphor	βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς	1		Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” or “beware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1102,10 +1102,10 @@ MRK	13	9	qq6r		εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1		Alternate translatio
 MRK	13	9	y6p6	writing-pronouns	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	for a testimony to them	The pronoun **them** refers to the **governors** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	13	10	ruk9	translate-ordinal	πρῶτον	1	But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations	Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	13	10	sfjc	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that believers will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “believers to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	13	10	e6ad	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1		The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	10	e6ad	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1		The term **nations** refers to the people within each nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	11	uy91	figs-idiom	παραδιδόντες	1	handing you over	Here, **handing you over** means to deliver you to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	11	m0xq	figs-activepassive	δοθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	13	11	nr2r	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1		Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	11	nr2r	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1		Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	11	q2o3	figs-explicit	οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1		The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	11	a9b6	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1	but the Holy Spirit	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	13	12	toqp	figs-explicit	παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1		Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members, because these people hate Jesus, but their family members believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me, they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ MRK	13	15	m1hq	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ κατ
 MRK	13	16	y1e9	translate-unknown	ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind	The word **cloak** refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	13	17	bi8n	figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	to those having in the womb	The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom meaning the woman is with child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	17	bv9z	figs-explicit	ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1		This does not mean babies who are nursing but rather refers to women who provide their milk for their babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	13	17	u8kk	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1		Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	17	u8kk	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1		Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	18	w47v	translate-versebridge	προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γένηται χειμῶνος	1	pray that	If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving all of this verse to the end of the next verse, since in the next verse Jesus gives the reason for praying this prayer. You would then present the combined verses as 18–19. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
 MRK	13	18	w91r	translate-unknown	χειμῶνος	1	in winter	In the location to which Jesus is referring, **winter** is the time of year when it is cold, and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate **winter** with a general expression such as “in the cold season.” Alternate translation: “in the cold season” or “in the rainy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	13	19	zs4g	figs-idiom	ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι	1		See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md), where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ MRK	13	19	r1ly	figs-abstractnouns	ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισ
 MRK	13	19	c5sz	figs-ellipsis	οὐ μὴ γένηται	1	may certainly not happen	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “there will never be days like these again” or “after this tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	13	20	y7g6	figs-idiom	μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…ἐκολόβωσεν	1	did not cut short the days	The words **cut short** form an idiom which means “to shorten.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “did not shorten … he shortened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	20	el7g	figs-idiom	τὰς ἡμέρας…τὰς ἡμέρας	1		See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “that time … that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	13	20	kda6	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	no flesh would be saved	Jesus is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	20	kda6	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	no flesh would be saved	Jesus is describing people by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	20	dosx	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark makes clear that “the Lord” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “because the Lord will shorten the day, not everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	20	q8hm	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	for the sake of the elect	Here, the phrase **be saved** refers to being saved from physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone would die” or “no one would survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	20	fz5f	figs-doublet	τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase to express the idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the people whom he chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ MRK	13	26	cd1e	figs-hendiadys	μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ
 MRK	13	26	h4z1	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης	1	with great power and glory	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **power** or **glory**, you can express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **power** and **glory** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “to show he is very powerful and everyone should praise him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “to show I am very powerful and everyone should praise me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	13	27	nsyo	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	13	27	a1z2	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς	1	he will gather together	See how you translated the word **elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MRK	13	27	vpb6	figs-metaphor	τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων	1	the four winds	The phrase **the four winds** is a figurative way of referring to the four directions: north, south, east, and west; it means “everywhere.” Jesus speaks figuratively, using these directions in order to include everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	13	27	vpb6	figs-metaphor	τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων	1	the four winds	The phrase **the four winds** is a figurative way of referring to the four directions: north, south, east, and west; it means “everywhere.” Jesus speaks, using these directions in order to include everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	13	27	u1vp	figs-parallelism	ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ	1	from the end of the earth to the end of the sky	The phrase **from the four winds** and the phrase **from the end of the earth to the end of the sky** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from wherever they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	13	28	c99s	figs-parables	ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν	1	Connecting Statement:	To teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember, Jesus now gives a brief illustration. Consider the best way to introduce this parable in your language. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to learn this truth which the fig tree illustrates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MRK	13	28	ti6e		τῆς συκῆς	1		See how you translated the phrase **fig tree** in [11:13](../11/13.md).
@@ -1184,8 +1184,8 @@ MRK	13	30	m7ux	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ	1		Jesus uses the term **generation
 MRK	13	30	h72r	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	will certainly not pass away	Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MRK	13	30	h7dm	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη, μέχρις	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “this generation will still be alive when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	13	30	t66q		ταῦτα	1	until all these things	Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described” or “the things I have just described”
-MRK	13	31	k4zb	figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται	1	Heaven and earth	Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together figuratively to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-MRK	13	31	ah6w	figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	my words will certainly not pass away	Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he has just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	31	k4zb	figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται	1	Heaven and earth	Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+MRK	13	31	ah6w	figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	my words will certainly not pass away	Jesus is using the term **words** to refer to what he has just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	31	cq65	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	13	32	km5z	figs-explicit	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας	1	that day or that hour	The phrase **that day** refers to the time when Jesus will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the day or hour when I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	32	z3q9	figs-extrainfo	οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	the angels in heaven	Here, **heaven** refers to the place where God lives; it does not refer to the sky. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ MRK	13	35	v6it	figs-metonymy	ἀλεκτοροφωνίας	1		Speaking of a **ro
 MRK	13	35	s8j9	translate-unknown	ἀλεκτοροφωνίας	1	when the rooster crows	A **rooster** is a large bird, a male chicken, which calls out with a loud sound around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “when the birds begin to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	13	36	mh8t	figs-metaphor	καθεύδοντας	1	he might find you sleeping	Jesus is using the expression **sleeping** to mean “not ready.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sleeping** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unprepared for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	13	36	wd97	figs-123person	εὕρῃ	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	14	intro	uk36			0		# Mark 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MRK	14	intro	uk36			0		# Mark 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	14	1	hwb4	writing-background	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	14	1	xa8f	figs-explicit	ἦν δὲ τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὰ Ἄζυμα μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας. καὶ ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς	1		During **the Festival of Unleavened Bread** the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this phrase as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “Now it was two days before the beginning of the Passover and the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast. The chief priests and the scribes were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	1	ve8f	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες, ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, both uses of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could seize Jesus by stealth and kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1243,23 +1243,23 @@ MRK	14	10	hmhr		ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς	1		Alternate
 MRK	14	10	khvb		παραδοῖ	1		See how you translated the word “betrayed” in [3:19](../03/19.md).
 MRK	14	10	u2ec	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	11	kzk1	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες	1	But when they heard it	It may be helpful to your readers to state explicitly what the chief priests **heard**. Alternate translation: “But the chief priests, when they heard that Judas Iscariot was willing to betray Jesus to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	14	11	m4il	figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι	1		Mark is speaking figuratively of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives money its value. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to pay money to Judas for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	11	m4il	figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι	1		Mark is speaking of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives money its value. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to pay money to Judas for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	11	f7ek	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτει	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas Iscariot was seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	11	jrym	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1		The second occurrence of the pronoun **him** in this verse refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	12	vxax	figs-explicit	τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1		This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [14:1](../14/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “on the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	14	12	bel5	figs-metonymy	φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα	1	you may eat the Passover	Jesus’ disciples are using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover** to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	12	bel5	figs-metonymy	φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα	1	you may eat the Passover	Jesus’ disciples are using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover** to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	13	suny	figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς…ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** would both be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 MRK	14	13	cijy		καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων	1		Alternate translation: “and you will see a man carrying a jug of water”
 MRK	14	13	a7xg	translate-unknown	κεράμιον ὕδατος	1	bearing a pitcher of water	Here, **pitcher of water** means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	14	i344	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω	1	The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?”	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	14	14	yhtm		διδάσκαλος	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
 MRK	14	14	imqg		τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ	1		Alternate translation: “to the owner of that house”
-MRK	14	14	q3pn	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	guest room	Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	14	q3pn	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	guest room	Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	15	jlci	translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον	1		In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	15	x3zk	figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον	1	make the preparations for us there	The word **furnished** is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “one he has furnished and made ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	15	k4t7	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here, when Jesus says **us**, he is referring to himself and his disciples, including the two he is addressing here, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MRK	14	16	sb35		ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples left	Alternate translation: “the two disciples departed”
-MRK	14	16	wkh9	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		Mark is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	16	wkh9	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		Mark is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	17	i1q1	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	he came with the Twelve	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express explicitly to where Jesus and his disciples came. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	17	t0q5	figs-go	ἔρχεται	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	14	17	bheu	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ MRK	14	34	eyw3	figs-synecdoche	ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul is	By u
 MRK	14	34	krj1	figs-abstractnouns	ψυχή μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	34	ic1g	figs-hyperbole	ἕως θανάτου	1	even to the point of death	Jesus is using the phrase **even unto death** to describe the extent of his grief. Jesus is exaggerating in order to show the depth of the distress and sorrow that he feels. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could turn the phrase **even unto death** into a simile, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “and I have so much grief that it makes me feel like I am near death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	14	35	nk8l	figs-explicit	εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν	1	if it is possible	Alternate translation: “if possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	14	35	wc6d	figs-idiom	παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour might pass	Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, the phrase **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	14	35	wc6d	figs-idiom	παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour might pass	Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, the phrase **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	35	gj74	figs-metonymy	παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, Jesus is referring to the events that would take place during the upcoming hours as if they were the **hour** itself. Because Jesus is associating the upcoming events with the time of the events themselves, by asking that **the hour might pass**, Jesus is actually asking that the events themselves would not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the upcoming events would pass from him” or “he would not have to experience the upcoming things which he knew he was going to have to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	36	c11w	translate-transliterate	Ἀββά	1	Abba	The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** and which the Jews used to address their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers, who did not know Aramaic. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Mark does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 MRK	14	36	t9r2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ MRK	14	61	o27t	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ	1	the S
 MRK	14	62	c212		τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **the Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
 MRK	14	62	yhhk	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	14	62	d5qm	translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what **sitting at the right hand** of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the all-powerful God” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-MRK	14	62	e1xd	figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	By using the phrase **of power**, Jesus is figuratively referring to God by association with his **power**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture that expresses power, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” or “sitting at the right hand of God who is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	62	e1xd	figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of power	By using the phrase **of power**, Jesus is referring to God by association with his **power**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture that expresses power, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” or “sitting at the right hand of God who is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	63	jz48	translate-symaction	διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ	1	having torn his garments	In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what tearing one’s clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MRK	14	63	afd3	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων	1	What need do we still have of witnesses?	By saying **What need do we still have of witnesses**, the high priest is not asking for information but is using the question form here for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	14	64	zwf9	figs-explicit	ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας	1	You heard the blasphemy	This refers to what Jesus had said, which the high priest labelled as blasphemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ MRK	14	71	ce6r	figs-explicit	ἀναθεματίζειν	1	to curse	Here, the ph
 MRK	14	71	vihe	figs-explicit	ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον, ὃν λέγετε	1		Here, the phrase **to swear** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	72	i7u2	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν…ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	immediately a rooster crowed	See how you translated the similar phrase in [13:35](../13/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	72	ja3e	translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	a second time	The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **a second time** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-MRK	14	72	cfno	figs-metonymy	ῥῆμα	1		Mark is using the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	72	cfno	figs-metonymy	ῥῆμα	1		Mark is using the term **word** to describe what Jesus had said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	72	trxc		τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ	1		Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
 MRK	14	72	zr4p	figs-idiom	ἐπιβαλὼν, ἔκλαιεν	1	having broken down	The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **having broken down** could (1) be an idiom which means that Peter became overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having become overwhelmed with grief” or “having lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (2) also be translated as “having thought of it” or “having reflected on it.” Alternate translation: “having thought of it, he was weeping” or “having reflected on it, he was weeping” or “having thought about what he had just done, he was weeping” (3) also be translated as “he began.” Alternate translation: “he began weeping” or “he started crying”
 MRK	15	intro	d823			0		# Mark 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly, because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “purple robe” on him and placed a “crown of thorns” on his head (See Mark 15:17) and said, “Hail, King of the Jews” (See Mark 15:18) and bent their knees and bowed down to him (See Mark 15:19). These actions were symbolic of things that people would do to a king, but the soldiers did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by “striking his head with a staff and spitting on him” (See Mark 15:19) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Golgotha<br><br>The word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br><br>This is an Aramaic phrase. Mark transliterates the sounds of this phrase by writing them with Greek letters. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ MRK	15	9	o3j4	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς λέγων	1		When
 MRK	15	10	i4ib	writing-background	ἐγίνωσκεν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	For he knew that the chief priests had handed him over because of envy	Mark provides this background information about why Jesus was **handed over** in order to help readers understand why Pilate asked the question in [15:9](../15/09.md). Mark introduces the background information in this verse with the word **For**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	15	10	u647	figs-explicit	διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	the chief priests had handed him over because of envy	The **chief priests** envied Jesus because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. If you decide to express this information explicitly, consider beginning a new sentence. Alternate translation: “the chief priests were envious of Jesus because so many people were becoming his disciples. Pilate knew that this was why they had handed him over” or “the chief priests were envious of Jesus’ popularity among the people. This is why they had handed him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	10	yjp3		παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν	1		Alternate translation: “had delivered him over”
-MRK	15	11	y5w3	figs-metaphor	ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	stirred up the crowd	Mark speaks figuratively of the **chief priests** as if they had **stirred** a pot and put into motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. Mark means that the **high priests** encouraged the crowd to ask Pilate to release Barabbas. If your readers would not understand what **stirred up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “encouraged the crowd” or “incited the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	15	11	y5w3	figs-metaphor	ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	stirred up the crowd	Mark speaks of the **chief priests** as if they had **stirred** a pot and put into motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. Mark means that the **high priests** encouraged the crowd to ask Pilate to release Barabbas. If your readers would not understand what **stirred up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “encouraged the crowd” or “incited the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	15	11	pvu6	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	he would release Barabbas to them instead	The phrase **so that** introduces what the **chief priests stirred up the crowd** to request of Pilate. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 MRK	15	12	keq2	figs-hendiadys	Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	Connecting Statement:	See how you translated the similar statement in [15:9](../15/09.md). Alternate translation: “Pilate again responded to them, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 MRK	15	12	p94y		πάλιν	1		Mark uses the word **again** here because Pilate had already spoken to them regarding this matter in [15:9](../15/09.md). Use a natural form in your language for expressing the meaning of **again** as it is used here.

en_tn_44-JHN.tsv

@@ -11,22 +11,22 @@ JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐ
 JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “with him, God made everyting that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things God has for men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here John uses **light** to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things God has for men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	4	saci	figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		John uses **of** to indicate to whom the **light** is given. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	1	4	jzwk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		John uses **the light shines** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		John uses **the light shines** to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here John uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
 JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
 JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here John uses **light** to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	u00s	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -40,15 +40,15 @@ JHN	1	11	va1w		αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον	1	receive him	Here, **recei
 JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
-JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not state the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not state the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	οἳ οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		John uses **born** figuratively to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “These were born spiritually, not from blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	οἳ οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		John uses **born** to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “These were born spiritually, not from blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	jtjr	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	oj53		ἐκ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
-JHN	1	13	kqdf	figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		Here John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	13	kqdf	figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		Here John is using the term **flesh** to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	jjyp	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	v4t0		ἐκ	2		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	pbur		ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		The term **man** used here refers specifically to an adult male person and may also be translated “husband.” In this verse it refers to a father’s desire to have a child like himself. Alternate translation: “from the will of a husband”
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
 JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
 JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth were objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth were objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	15	xduu	figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	15	qxgz	writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to
 JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the Old Testament book of Isaiah ([Isaiah 40:3](../../isa/40/03.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah, using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah, using this clause to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the book of **Isaiah**, in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background		0		This verse is background information about the people who questioned John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the
 JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since **Lamb of God** is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
 JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase
 JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, figuratively to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	35	i3lg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -253,10 +253,10 @@ JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John
 JHN	2	17	jp55	figs-quotemarks	ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it were a fire that burned within him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it were a fire that burned within him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	2	18	r5rw	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1		Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1		Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	2	20	qb4x	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	2	21	g6jx	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	[Verses 21–22](../02/21.md) are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	2	21	b440	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -281,25 +281,25 @@ JHN	3	1	fz6f	figs-explicit	ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		This phrase
 JHN	3	2	sxo1	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Nicodemus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	2	n84a	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	2	skq8	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here, **we** is exclusive. Nicodemus is only referring to himself and the other members of the Jewish council. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	3	2	hxcr	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, Nicodemus uses **with him** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	2	hxcr	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, Nicodemus uses **with him** to refer to God’s help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	3	nz18	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	3	svpx	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1		The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Nicodemus does not understand this metaphor and Jesus does not explain it to him in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	3	3	t8pt		γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	born again	Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God”
-JHN	3	3	i0ew	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	3	i0ew	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **see** to refer to experiencing an event or state. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	3	ikj9	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	kingdom of God	Here this phrase refers to both the place where God currently rules in heaven and to the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	4	z64b	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	a second time	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	3	4	wa1p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν?	1	How can a man be born when he is old?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	4	yk9d	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι?	1	He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	5	il52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	born of water and the Spirit	The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **enter into** figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **enter into** to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	6	gswx	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is describing human beings by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	7	t2sl	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he were **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks of the Holy Spirit, as if he were **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	8	mxjc		οὕτως ἐστὶν	1		This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternate translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with”
 JHN	3	8	k9ay		ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
 JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -349,10 +349,10 @@ JHN	3	18	ps4n	figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομ
 JHN	3	18	q8ku		τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God”
 JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	19	z9d2		ἡ κρίσις	1		Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
-JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this term in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here Jesus uses **light** to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this term in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
 JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -379,26 +379,26 @@ JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have tes
 JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	27	kl21	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	27	f818	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here John the Baptist uses **heaven** figuratively to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here John the Baptist uses **heaven** to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	Here, **You** is plural and refers to all the people to whom John the Baptist is talking. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	28	vguf	writing-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1		Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	29	p569	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	The bride belongs to the bridegroom	John the Baptist uses **bride** and **bridegroom** figuratively to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	29	p569	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	The bride belongs to the bridegroom	John the Baptist uses **bride** and **bridegroom** to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	29	nd5o	figs-123person	ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου	1		John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “But I am the friend of the bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	29	nfvx	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ χαίρει	1		These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy John had because Jesus had come. Alternate translation: “rejoices greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	29	wkb8	figs-activepassive	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This, then, is my joy made complete	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		John the Baptist uses **increase** figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		John the Baptist uses **increase** to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here John the Baptist uses **above** to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Baptist uses **above** to refer to having superior status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ JHN	4	10	i9eg		τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the gift of Go
 JHN	4	10	ed4r	figs-possession	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe a **gift** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	4	10	oywu	figs-123person	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	4	10	ua0b	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν,	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who is asking you to give him a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	4	10	zub5	figs-extrainfo	ὕδωρ ζῶν	1	living water	The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water. However, Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, the woman does not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to her in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	4	10	zub5	figs-extrainfo	ὕδωρ ζῶν	1	living water	The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water. However, Jesus uses **living water** here to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, the woman does not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to her in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	4	11	pf7q	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	11	mw2b		κύριε	1		The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	11	nwln		τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν	1		See how you translated **the living water** in the previous verse.
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα
 JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		Here the word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -501,25 +501,25 @@ JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
 JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing God’s will, as he states in [verse 34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here Jesus uses the word **food** to refer to doing God’s will, as he states in [verse 34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	4	33	w451		μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?	The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”
 JHN	4	34	bnke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here Jesus uses **food** figuratively to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here Jesus uses **food** to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	34	l64q	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	35	u5d6	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	35	y5d7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1		This phrase, **lift up your eyes**, is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If it would be helpful in your language, you could convey the meaning with a simile or do it plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers to the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	36	nuku	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used figuratively to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Jesus uses the word **fields** to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If it would be helpful in your language, you could convey the meaning with a simile or do it plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers to the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	36	nuku	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1		Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	37	w4xn	figs-explicit	ἐν…τούτῳ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say,” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One sows, and another harvests	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used figuratively to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One sows, and another harvests	Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples to whom Jesus is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	4	38	tu2y	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	38	tu2y	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1		Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	fbcv	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1		**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	Here, **entered into** means to have joined others or participated with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you have joined in doing their work”
@@ -621,10 +621,10 @@ JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group
 JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son … Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	19	x9sl	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this would confuse your readers, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Jesus uses **see** to refer to knowing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Jesus uses **shows** and **show** figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Jesus uses **shows** and **show** to refer to revealing or making something known. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	rtb6	writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1		Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	20	y4yy	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1		Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group
 JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	24	s38a	figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	p5jx		μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1		Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
 JHN	5	25	gtu6	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	25	v33w	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -678,13 +678,13 @@ JHN	5	34	rvc5	figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	the testimony that
 JHN	5	34	dseu	figs-explicit	ταῦτα λέγω	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	35	qczd	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Jesus uses the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus uses the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Jesus uses the word **lamp** to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus uses the word **light** to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	35	i0l5	figs-metonymy	πρὸς ὥραν	1		Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	36	ll75		γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
 JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me	Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
 JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here Jesus is speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here Jesus is speaking of **works** as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -692,15 +692,15 @@ JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	5	42	b1j4	figs-possession	τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	43	ue9f		οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	receive	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
-JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε?	1		Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	44	g7qd	figs-ellipsis	πιστεῦσαι	1	believe	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	44	rn78		δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες	1		Here, **receiving** could refer to: (1) the time they are receiving glory. Alternate translation: “while receiving glory from one another” (2) a causal statement. Alternate translation: “since receiving glory from one another”
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus mak
 JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)<br>2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)<br>3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important Metaphors in this Chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread, because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted the people to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical ideas<br><br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information needed to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)<br>2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)<br>3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important Metaphors in this Chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread, because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted the people to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical ideas<br><br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information needed to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase, **After these things**, introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this
 JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἥ τε θάλασσα ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος διηγείρετο	1		The first clause about the wind indicates the reason the **sea was being aroused** in the second clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing, the sea was being aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and a half or five and a half kilometers” or “about three or three and a half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on th
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	26	l9ws		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	6	26	yef5	figs-activepassive	ἐχορτάσθητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	6	27	hmfw	figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here Jesus is using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself, because he is the source of salvation, the One who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever, and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	27	hmfw	figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here Jesus is using the word **food** to refer to himself, because he is the source of salvation, the One who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever, and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	27	plfi	figs-ellipsis	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “work for the food that endures to eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	27	w74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…δώσει; τοῦτον	1		These two expressions are all refer to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will give … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	27	czb3	figs-distinguish	ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει	1	eternal life which the Son of Man will give you	This phrase could give further information about: (1) “the food that endures to eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the food the Son of Man will give you” (2) “eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the life the Son of Man will give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@@ -788,27 +788,27 @@ JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θ
 JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	The crowd used **fathers** figuratively to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	The crowd used **fathers** to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	31	fjoo	writing-pronouns	ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		**He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	32	e6s1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
-JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here John records Jesus using the word **bread** to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father**, not Moses, was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here Jesus is using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here Jesus is using **true bread** to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated the word **bread** earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is using **bread** to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	sajx	figs-possession	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	33	sfbk	figs-extrainfo	ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	34	j26s		κύριε	1		The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [verse 31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God of which the crowd was uncertain. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Jesus uses **of life** to the source of the **life** about which he is speaking. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	lgpu	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here,
 JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	40	b84t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	40	mpm2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1		Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this term in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	40	r8rr	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
@@ -854,27 +854,27 @@ JHN	6	46	lcz8	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ; οὗτος
 JHN	6	47	de5y	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	47	t8lk	figs-ellipsis	ὁ πιστεύων	1	he who believes	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me” or “the one believing that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	48	iih2	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	See how you translated this phrase in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	49	uh76	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	Jesus uses **fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	49	uh76	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	Jesus uses **fathers** to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	49	mr3u	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα	1	died	See how you translated this expression in verse [31](../06/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	50	sa53	figs-exmetaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	This is the bread	Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to express that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one must **eat** **bread** to sustain physical life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am this bread that comes down from heaven, just as one must eat bread to live, so must one believe in me in order to not die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	50	y1x9	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ	1		John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	50	gse5	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἄρτος	1		See how you translated this term in verse [48](../06/48.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	50	lfwm	figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If this would confuse your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here Jesus uses **die** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	50	lfwm	figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **eat** to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says here. If this would confuse your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here Jesus uses **die** to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	e9g3	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	ztqs	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “of life” in the phrase “the bread of life,” which Jesus used in [verse 35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in [verse 35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how you translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how you translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly differently from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	52	q5nw	writing-quotations	ἐμάχοντο…πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “then the Jews began to argue among themselves, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	53	q8jl	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here Jesus is using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here Jesus is using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	53	e2w9	figs-doublet	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		These two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	hkr8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	53	quje	figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -883,8 +883,8 @@ JHN	6	54	hc5d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ
 JHN	6	54	etdh	figs-doublet	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		As in the previous verse, these two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	54	ym6w	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	54	qia5	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	at the last day	Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here Jesus is using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** figuratively to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that he, Jesus, gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here Jesus is using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** to say that he, Jesus, gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	55	j4ud	figs-doublet	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1		As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	56	eaoy	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here, and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -893,15 +893,15 @@ JHN	6	57	y334	figs-explicit	ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ	1		Here, **living** refers t
 JHN	6	57	krma	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	57	oczm	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	57	nhp9	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	57	dba2	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	Jesus is using **eating me** figuratively to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	57	dba2	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	Jesus is using **eating me** to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	57	e6op	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ	1		Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	m2nz	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-extrainfo	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1		Jesus is continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here Jesus uses**fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-extrainfo	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1		Jesus is continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here Jesus uses**fathers** to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	58	r174	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus is using **eating this bread** figuratively to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus is using **eating this bread** to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background		0		In this verse John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	t1me	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -930,14 +930,14 @@ JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pr
 JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one had lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could state its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people were **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people were **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	67	ezer	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν?	1		John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	68	n5ty	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	**Simon Peter** is using the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	68	tiwh	figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	69	o3w6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	6	69	qu0n	figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	70	m9ys	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν?	1	Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ JHN	7	6	bcul	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense i
 JHN	7	6	n5bj	figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν	1	My time has not yet come	This could mean: (1) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to go to Jerusalem for the festival because God had not yet told him to go. This meaning explains why he eventually went to the festival in verse [10](../07/10.md). Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (2) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to publicly reveal himself as the Messiah, which is what his brothers wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	6	z9gv	figs-yousingular	ὁ ὑμέτερος	1		All instances of “you” and **your** in verses [6–8](../07/06.md) are plural. They only refer to Jesus’ brothers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	7	6	shs9		ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος	1	your time is always ready	Alternate translation: “but any time is good for you”
-JHN	7	7	h7kv	figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	The world cannot hate you	**The world** here refers figuratively to the people who live in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	7	h7kv	figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	The world cannot hate you	**The world** here refers to the people who live in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	7	s92r	writing-pronouns	μισεῖ…περὶ αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1		In this verse, **it** refers to the people in **the world**. If you translated **the world** with a plural noun, then you should change these pronouns to plural form as well. Alternate translation: “they hate…about them…their works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	7	e5hq		ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν	1	I testify about it that its works are evil	Alternate translation: “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
 JHN	7	8	ax6v	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε	1		John records Jesus saying **go up** to refer to going to Jerusalem, because that city is at a higher elevation than Galilee, which is where Jesus and his brothers were at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate where they would go. Alternate translation: “You go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ JHN	7	11	i6cl	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** r
 JHN	7	11	er5u	figs-explicit	ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “Where is that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	12	qc8f	figs-explicit	γογγυσμὸς	1		Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly, without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing who Jesus was and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. If your word for **murmuring** only has a negative connotation in your language, use a different neutral expression. Alternate translation: “quiet discussion” or “whispering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	12	glq8	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλον	1		Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here the people use **leads** **astray** figuratively to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here the people use **leads** **astray** to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	13	yyiv	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear that the Jews would harm them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters festival”
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ JHN	7	23	t21u	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβ
 JHN	7	23	k04n	figs-genericnoun	λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος	1		See how you translated **man** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “men receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	23	owuc	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	23	ltsk	figs-activepassive	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	7	23	fbk2	figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		Here, Jesus uses **broken** figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	7	23	fbk2	figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		Here, Jesus uses **broken** to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	23	w9wn	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ?	1	why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	24	x4fl	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	24	mrll	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ ὄψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1028,14 +1028,14 @@ JHN	7	28	rc3g	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με
 JHN	7	30	kci1	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	7	30	e0ce	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν	1		Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	30	pamg	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1		To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	31	uuzq	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	31	y5m8	figs-rquestion	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν?	1	When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done?	The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	31	x8e4		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	7	32	re08	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	32	efsz		γογγύζοντος	1		Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly, without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing whether or not Jesus was the Messiah and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. See how you translated this word in verse [12](../07/12.md).
 JHN	7	33	xm7p		ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι	1	I am still with you for a short amount of time	Alternate translation: “I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
-JHN	7	33	d666	figs-extrainfo	ὑπάγω	1		Here Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	7	33	d666	figs-extrainfo	ὑπάγω	1		Here Jesus uses **go away** to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	7	33	b4m8	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	then I go to him who sent me	This phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	34	p7w6	figs-infostructure	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	where I go, you will not be able to come	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	7	35	zn29	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	The Jews therefore said among themselves	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1043,28 +1043,28 @@ JHN	7	35	ojvy	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders
 JHN	7	35	tc23	figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	g64h	figs-possession	τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων	1		The Jews used the phrase **of the Greeks** to describe the location where the Jews were dispersed. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	36	h18z	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	7	36	dyy1		ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md).
 JHN	7	37	elc6			0	General Information:	About three or four days has passed since the events described in verses [14–36](../07/14.md). It is now the last day of the Festival of Shelters, and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
 JHN	7	37	n3um	writing-quotations	ἔκραξεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	7	37	ipem		ἔκραξεν	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse [28](../07/28.md).
-JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here Jesus uses **thirst** figuratively to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone who recognizes their need for God is like a thirsty person who desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here Jesus uses **thirst** to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone who recognizes their need for God is like a thirsty person who desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	u9cx	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	He who believes in me, just as the scripture says	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	7	38	wtl7	figs-quotesinquotes	καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “rivers of living water will flow from the stomach of the one believing in me, just as the scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	7	38	q926	figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1		Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here Jesus uses **rivers** figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here Jesus uses **rivers** to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Jesus uses **living water** here to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	38	ebk7	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** is used to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	39	qbr1	figs-explicit	οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit had not yet been given	John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	39	n599	figs-explicit	οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη	1		Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	40	xvts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [verse 38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in [verse 39](../07/39.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show reference to earlier events by translating this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	7	40	schi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the term **words** to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	See how you translated **the prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah, because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ JHN	7	50	u5ha	writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρό
 JHN	7	50	yw8i		εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
 JHN	7	50	hj1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	7	51	ia3j	figs-rquestion	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ?	1	Does our law judge a man … what he does?	Nicodemus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ	1	Does our law judge a man	Nicodemus speaks of the **law** figuratively as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know … is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ	1	Does our law judge a man	Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know … is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	51	c2h5	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	52	pt91	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ?	1	Are you also from Galilee?	The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	52	k6pg	figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	Search and see	Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1095,16 +1095,16 @@ JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<
 JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		In this verse Jesus begins speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	8	12	pvpr	writing-quotations	πάλιν…αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν…λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “spoke to the people again, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness, that is like a light, to the world … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here Jesus uses **light** to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness, that is like a light, to the world … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obey his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	ih9h	figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to [Deuteronomy 19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In [verses 14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here Jesus uses **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here Jesus uses **the flesh** to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	15	j79i	figs-ellipsis	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	16	ys2e	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	Here, Jesus is contrasting the nature of the Pharisees’ **judgment** with the nature of his own **judgment**. Alternate translation: “my judgment is right” or “my judgment is according to what is true”
@@ -1122,9 +1122,9 @@ JHN	8	19	wcd1	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε,
 JHN	8	20	p01r	writing-background		0		In this verse John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	8	20	xa7h	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	20	witr	translate-unknown	τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ	1		A **treasury** is the place where treasures are stored. In Jesus’ time, the temple **treasury** referred to a place in the courtyard that had containers for receiving money offerings. If your readers would not be familiar with this use of **treasury**, you could give a fuller description. Alternate translation: “the place where people gave money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	8	20	b11j	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	20	b11j	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	21	ls93	writing-newevent	εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς	1		**Then again** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time he again said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	8	21	lxox	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ ὑπάγω…ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω	1		Two times in this verse Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to God in heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	8	21	lxox	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ ὑπάγω…ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω	1		Two times in this verse Jesus uses **go away** to refer to his death and return to God in heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	21	d70v	figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν	1		Here, **sin** is singular. This could refer to one: (1) the specific sin of rejecting Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “in your sin of unbelief” (2) sinfulness in general. Alternate translation: “in your state of sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	8	21	m0w8	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You are not able to come to where I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	8	22	a4p4	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1133,9 +1133,9 @@ JHN	8	22	vskt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπά
 JHN	8	22	mi1t		ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
 JHN	8	23	oc6i	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1		In [verses 23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	23	zug9	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	You are from below	The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	23	tg9d	figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	23	tg9d	figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	a7ny	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	I am from above	The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	23	qlv4	figs-explicit	τῶν ἄνω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	23	qlv4	figs-explicit	τῶν ἄνω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	svn1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		The phrase **from this world** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You come from this world; I do not come from this world” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to this world; I do not belong to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	w3vx	figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	24	jgw4		ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν…ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you will die in your sins	This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ JHN	8	26	f9pp	figs-infostructure	ἀλλ’ ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής
 JHN	8	26	n3gf	figs-extrainfo	ὁ πέμψας με…παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1		These phrases refer to God. However, since the Jewish leaders did not understand what Jesus meant when he used these phrases, you do not need to explain their meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	26	ivk5		ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν	1		Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth”
 JHN	8	26	xj8y	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα	1		Jesus says that **the one who sent** him **is true** in order to imply that **these things** he **heard** and spoke are **true**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the true things that I heard from him, these true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	27	i7gq	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	28	x6ca	figs-explicit	ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1156,34 +1156,34 @@ JHN	8	28	tcs5	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this
 JHN	8	28	zysh	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase, **from myself**, in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	vq9k	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ	1	As the Father taught me, I speak these things	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	29	w9cl	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	He who sent me	Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **with me** to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Jesus speaks of **truth** as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
 JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	The Jews are using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	33	s6jz	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	34	i2pn	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here Jesus uses the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here Jesus uses the word **slave** to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	35	nfyp	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…δοῦλος οὐ μένει…ὁ Υἱὸς μένει	1		Jesus is speaking of slaves and sons in general, not of one particular **slave** and **son**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “slaves do not remain … sons remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here, Jesus uses **house** to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	35	mknn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		This clause is in contrast to the previous clause. Although slaves do not remain permanent members of the family who owns them, sons are permanent family members. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the son remains into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	8	35	j73t	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	36	n6fp	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free	It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	36	w3q1	figs-123person	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	if the Son sets you free	Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **frees** to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	36	nqcr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” or “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here Jesus uses **free** to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” or “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	37	p4xm	translate-names	Ἀβραάμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	8	37	orw8	figs-idiom	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a similar idiom in your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς	1	my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	38	m62y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	I say what I have seen with my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	38	f9yu	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	you also do what you heard from your father	In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here the people use **father** figuratively to refer to their ancestor. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here the people use **father** to refer to their ancestor. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	wg9n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here Jesus uses **children** figuratively to mean “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here Jesus uses **children** to mean “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	40	s615	figs-explicit	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-extrainfo	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -1193,14 +1193,14 @@ JHN	8	42	mk2w	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα	1		Here, *
 JHN	8	42	p7iv	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	43	ig11	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε?	1	Why do you not understand my words?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	43	yham	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1		Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	43	cf8v	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	It is because you cannot hear my words	Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer to his teachings. See how you translated this phrase in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “my teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	43	cf8v	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	It is because you cannot hear my words	Here, Jesus uses **words** to refer to his teachings. See how you translated this phrase in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “my teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	44	vgy1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ	1	You are of your father, the devil	The phrase **from your father** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from your father, the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	44	csgm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to **the devil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	44	pmda	figs-explicit	ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1		Here, **the beginning** refers to the time when the first humans, Adam and Eve, sinned. It does not refer to the very beginning of time. The devil tempted Eve to sin and Adam sinned as well. Because they sinned, all living things die as part of the punishment for sin. Therefore, Jesus calls **the devil** a **murderer** for starting the process that brought death to the world. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “was a murderer from the time when he tempted the first people to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	44	i1e4	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν	1		The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here Jesus speaks of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	hqmo		ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ	1		Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
-JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first one to lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here Jesus uses **father** to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first one to lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	x11i	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	46	y3gz	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας?	1	Which one of you convicts me of sin?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	46	kh6a	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	If I speak the truth	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ JHN	8	46	ibp1	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ
 JHN	8	47	lien	figs-explicit	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐστέ	1		The phrase **from God** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “He who came from God … you did not come from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	47	nmmq	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Although **He** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “A person who is from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	8	47	njo6	figs-metaphor	ἀκούει…ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀκούετε	1		Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated **hear** in verse [43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds … you do not heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	47	l7gy	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the words of God	Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer to what God has said. See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “the things that God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	47	l7gy	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the words of God	Here, Jesus uses **words** to refer to what God has said. See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “the things that God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	48	vu1h	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	48	cic5	figs-rquestion	οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις?	1	Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon?	**The Jews** are using a rhetorical question here to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	48	ovbe	figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ	1		Most Jewish people in Jesus’ time hated and despised Samaritans, so his Jewish opponents here called Jesus a **Samaritan** in order to insult him. Use the natural form in your language to indicate that this is an insult. Alternate translation: “you are one of those accursed Samaritans” or “you are an enemy Samaritan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1220,24 +1220,24 @@ JHN	8	50	d00s	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ζητῶν	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some o
 JHN	8	50	cs55	figs-ellipsis	κρίνων	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	51	fb52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	51	m46r	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον	1	keeps my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	Here Jesus uses **see** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	51	gx7l	figs-extrainfo	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	see death	Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	52	e9xz	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	52	bwhv		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
 JHN	8	52	dxll	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ	1		See how you translated **Abraham** in [verse 37](../08/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	8	52	wzq3	figs-quotesinquotes	σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	52	zah1		ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	If anyone keeps my word	See how you translated this in the previous verse.
-JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	taste death	**The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	taste death	**The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	52	il4r	figs-metaphor	θανάτου	1		See how you translated **death** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	53	shp3	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν?	1	You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you?	The Jews are using this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	53	p38s	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	father	See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	53	cei7	figs-rquestion	τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς?	1	Who do you make yourself out to be?	The Jews are using this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	54	ab13	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	54	lomt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “about whom you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **word** to refer what God has said. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	wofu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here Jesus uses **my day** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here Jesus uses **see** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here Jesus uses **my day** to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	hv5g	figs-metaphor	εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	he saw it and was glad	This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας?	1	You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?	Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus are using this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1258,8 +1258,8 @@ JHN	9	4	h231	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	We	When Jesus says **us** here, he is i
 JHN	9	4	qs5q	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	4	mv5u	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	4	x8rx	figs-explicit	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours is coming when people cannot work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here Jesus uses **day**. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here Jesus uses **Night**. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours is coming when people cannot work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like a light and who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man b
 JHN	9	8	d1vq	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν	1		This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	8	r79x	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν?	1	Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?	The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	10	m97n	figs-activepassive	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί?	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How did your eyes become opened?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	9	10	yy53	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	Here, **eyes** **opened** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	9	10	yy53	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	Here, **eyes** **opened** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	11	nii1	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς	1	smeared it on my eyes	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom we call Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	11	a42y	figs-explicit	πηλὸν ἐποίησεν	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt with saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	11	b5zf	figs-explicit	νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος	1		See how you translated **wash** in [verse 7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “wash your eyes … and having washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ JHN	9	11	ajxb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψα	1		If your language does not
 JHN	9	13	cu14	figs-pastforfuture	ἄγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	9	14	dl48	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	14	ef0w	figs-explicit	τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that, according to their religious law, Jesus’ actions were considered to be work. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	14	qxy9	figs-metonymy	ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	9	14	qxy9	figs-metonymy	ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	15	d6xd	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Then again the Pharisees asked him	Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	15	exy2	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψεν	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “he could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	15	g2vb	figs-explicit	ἐνιψάμην	1		See how you translated **washed** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “I washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ JHN	9	16	qn73		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](
 JHN	9	16	jeyz	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	17	lxnf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	9	17	glud	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, here, **since** does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	17	lcb3	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **he opened your eyes** figuratively describes the newly gained ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	9	17	lcb3	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **he opened your eyes** describes the newly gained ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	18	y3wn	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	9	18	awp6	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	19	umip	writing-quotations	ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they asked him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -1301,13 +1301,13 @@ JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your lang
 JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	23	go77	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	24	h1tl		ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	they called the man	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([verse 18](../09/18.md))
 JHN	9	24	bkx6	figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	Give glory to God	This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	9	24	ww3t	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man	Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	25	sr93	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	that man	Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	9	26	z2l2	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **open eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	9	26	z2l2	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **open eyes** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	27	cf2d	figs-rquestion	τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν?	1	Why do you want to hear it again?	The man is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	27	rpav	figs-irony	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι?	1		Here the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	9	28	h7hy	figs-explicit	ἐκείνου	1		Here John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “of that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ JHN	9	33	ry9j	figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1		Here, **anything** does not mean “a
 JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	The Jewish leaders are using a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins, and you are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	34	wo1z	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here John uses **threw him out** figuratively to refer to him no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here John uses **threw him out** to refer to him no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
 JHN	9	35	amfh	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	mxkw	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν αὐτὸν	1		Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1342,9 +1342,9 @@ JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίμα	1		If your language does not
 JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	39	t9vo	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	9	40	d8mm	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Several **Pharisees** are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	9	40	c8zs	figs-metaphor	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Here the Pharisees use **blind** figuratively to refer to not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	40	c8zs	figs-metaphor	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Here the Pharisees use **blind** to refer to not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	See how you translated **blind** in [verses 39–40](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would have no sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … You are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … You are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	jmq7	figs-metaphor	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1		See how you translated **see** in [verse 39](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “you say, ‘We know God’s truth.’ Your sin remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	ch0y	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)<br>2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)<br>3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)<br>4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)<br>5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>Blasphemy is when a person claims that he is God or claims that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>Parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. People who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([10:1–6](../10/01.md)).<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people are similar to sheep in that they also are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep for periods of time, such as over night. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
@@ -1365,32 +1365,32 @@ JHN	10	6	u3nw	figs-parables	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	this parab
 JHN	10	6	i3ot	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	this parable	In this verse, **them**, **those ones**, and **they** refer to the Pharisees, whom Jesus was speaking with in [9:40–41](../09/40.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	7	q3na			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 7–18](../10/07.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) in order to teach about himself, those who believe in him, and those who deceive the people.
 JHN	10	7	q4hs	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	7	wk8s	figs-possession	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Here, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Here, Jesus uses **sheep** to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	k4z6	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	Everyone who came before me	**Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	Here Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	Here Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	o7ou	figs-explicit	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. See how you translated this expression in [verse 1](../10/01.md). Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	8	z4hb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα	1		In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	8	z4hb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα	1		In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	xa5u	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses **enters through me** to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	xl78	figs-metaphor	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	nmvk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	9	n70e	figs-idiom	εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται	1	I am the gate	The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	ymc7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ κλέπτης	1	does not come if he would not steal	Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Jesus uses **thief** to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	10	10	h56c	figs-ellipsis	κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ	1	steal and kill and destroy	Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	10	zho7	writing-pronouns	ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	10	j2k6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will have life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	10	fnu5	figs-explicit	καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	11	x196			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) to proclaim that he is the good shepherd who leads his sheep to heaven and takes care of them.
-JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	Here Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	11	p4tv	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	lays down his life	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	12	n6ci	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	12	bbwn	translate-unknown	τὸν λύκον…ὁ λύκος	1	The hired servant	A **wolf** is a fierce wild dog that is known for attacking and devouring livestock. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a fierce predator or wild dog in your area that commonly eats farmers’ livestock, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fierce predator … that predator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	12	ue4m	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα…τὰ πρόβατα	1	abandons the sheep	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1401,18 +1401,18 @@ JHN	10	14	fg93	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός
 JHN	10	15	qr9g	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τὸν Πατέρα	1	The Father knows me, and I know the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	15	pn9w	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	15	mwpf	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	See how you translated this phrase in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω, ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples who are not from the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	la1v	figs-metaphor	τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω, ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **other sheep** to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples who are not from the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	la1v	figs-metaphor	τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **sheep pen** to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	v95z	figs-ellipsis	κἀκεῖνα…ἀγαγεῖν	1	I have other sheep	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	16	kq11	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν	1	I have other sheep	Here, **hear** refers to listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group, like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	bobi	figs-metaphor	εἷς ποιμήν	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one united group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **flock** to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group, like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	bobi	figs-metaphor	εἷς ποιμήν	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **shepherd** to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one united group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	17	kd16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
 JHN	10	17	i59j	figs-infostructure	διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1		Here, **this** refers to all the information in the second clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Because I lay down my life so that I might take it up again, the Father loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	10	17	kpr5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	17	wc4l	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	I lay down my life so that I may take it again	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	10	17	s9ck	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	so that I may take it again	Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	18	z4xh	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus refers to his life figuratively as if it were an object that someone could take away. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	17	s9ck	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	so that I may take it again	Jesus refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	18	z4xh	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus refers to his life as if it were an object that someone could take away. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	18	rnj4	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν…θεῖναι αὐτήν	1	I lay it down of myself	See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die … to voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	18	j945	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	I lay it down of myself	The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	10	18	lo79	figs-metaphor	πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ JHN	10	20	uoce		δαιμόνιον ἔχει	1		See how you translated a similar
 JHN	10	20	gm3r	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε?	1	Why do you listen to him?	Jesus’ opponents are using the form of a question to emphasize that the people should not listen to Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	21	zrwb	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου	1		Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	21	mj2b	figs-rquestion	μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι?	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	The people are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that a **demon** could heal a **blind** person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	10	21	dcau	figs-metonymy	τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	21	dcau	figs-metonymy	τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	Here, **open the eyes** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	22	f9cm	writing-background		0	General Information:	Some Jews begin to question Jesus during **the Festival of Dedication**. This verse gives background information about the time when the events of [verses 24–39](../10/24.md) took place. The next verse gives background information about the place where those events too place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	10	22	w25f	translate-unknown	τὰ ἐνκαίνια	1	Festival of Dedication	The **Festival of Dedication** is an eight-day holiday that Jews celebrate in the **winter** to remember when they dedicated the Jewish temple to God after it had been defiled by the Syrians. If your readers would not be familiar with this holiday, you could use a general expression to explain it. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple dedication festival” or “the Jewish festival for remembering the dedication of their temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	23	v6wn	figs-synecdoche	περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Jesus was walking in the temple	**Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1436,14 +1436,14 @@ JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us
 JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated **works** in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	25	bqz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	Jesus speaks figuratively of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	Jesus speaks of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Jesus uses **sheep** to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ	1	My sheep hear my voice	See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	xakd	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	29	g82a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι	1	My Father, who has given them to me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	30	rs4j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I and the Father are one	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	31	fl8i	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews took up stones	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1464,8 +1464,8 @@ JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are g
 JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	35	nfly			0		Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
 JHN	10	35	ieot	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς	1	the word of God came	**If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	10	35	gtb4	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	10	35	gtb4	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus used the term **word** to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Jesus speaks of **the word of God** as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	10	35	g0kv	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	35	u9j2	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι?	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Here Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ JHN	10	38	finz	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ποιῶ	1	believe in
 JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	38	n8ue	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	t8mj	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated **John** in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων	1		Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1513,8 +1513,8 @@ JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ?	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	Here the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας?	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	Jesus is using the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus speaks figuratively about **someone** walking **in the daytime** in order to comfort his disciples who were worried about going to Judea. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../09/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md).This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if Jesus and his disciples did God’s work during the limited time God had given him to work with them (**the daytime**), they would not fail (**stumble**) because Jesus was with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you do God’s work during the time I am here, you will succeed, because you are with me, the light of this world.” (2) someone who acts according to God’s will (**walks in the daytime**) does not fail (**stumble**) because Jesus guides that person. Alternate translation: “If someone acts according to God’s will, he will succeed, because I, the light of this world, will guide him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus expands the metaphor from the previous verse about a person walking outside. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../09/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if his disciples tried to do God’s work after the limited time God had given him to be with them (the **night** which comes after “the daytime”), they would fail (**stumble**) because Jesus would not be with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you try to do this work after I have left, you will fail because I, the light, am not with you.” (2) someone who does not act according to God’s will (**walks at night**) is an unbeliever who fails completely (**stumble**) because that person does not know Jesus. Alternate translation: “If someone does not act according to God’s will, he will fail because he does not know me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus speaks about **someone** walking **in the daytime** in order to comfort his disciples who were worried about going to Judea. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light of this world** to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../09/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md).This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if Jesus and his disciples did God’s work during the limited time God had given him to work with them (**the daytime**), they would not fail (**stumble**) because Jesus was with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you do God’s work during the time I am here, you will succeed, because you are with me, the light of this world.” (2) someone who acts according to God’s will (**walks in the daytime**) does not fail (**stumble**) because Jesus guides that person. Alternate translation: “If someone acts according to God’s will, he will succeed, because I, the light of this world, will guide him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus expands the metaphor from the previous verse about a person walking outside. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light** to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../09/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if his disciples tried to do God’s work after the limited time God had given him to be with them (the **night** which comes after “the daytime”), they would fail (**stumble**) because Jesus would not be with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you try to do this work after I have left, you will fail because I, the light, am not with you.” (2) someone who does not act according to God’s will (**walks at night**) is an unbeliever who fails completely (**stumble**) because that person does not know Jesus. Alternate translation: “If someone does not act according to God’s will, he will fail because he does not know me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	11	11	fan2	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-euphemism	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is imp
 JHN	11	47	q01y	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	ha2e		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	11	48	kq4z	figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	all will believe in him	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	48	ah4r	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον	1	take away both our place and our nation	Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	48	zy0k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἔθνος	1		Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	49	efq8	writing-participants	εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας	1	a certain man among them	This phrase introduces **Caiaphas** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man among them named Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -1608,13 +1608,13 @@ JHN	11	51	kw41	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from himself** c
 JHN	11	51	mw4e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	51	eh17	figs-synecdoche	ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους	1	die for the nation	See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	52	gee2	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἔθνους	1		See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	11	52	mle1	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between **children** and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation. However, you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	52	mle1	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses the word **children** to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between **children** and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation. However, you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	52	tpe1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the ideas of these two passive phrases in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God whom God had scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered together into one	Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	53	xyda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	would be gathered together into one	John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	53	psay		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
 JHN	11	54	bnd8	figs-synecdoche	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	walk openly among the Jews	Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here John uses **walked openly** to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	54	cg66		τὴν χώραν	1	the country	Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	54	h5jk	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν	1	There he stayed with the disciples	Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	55	qd5y		ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md).
@@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ JHN	12	10	nt9p		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		See how you translated **plotted**
 JHN	12	10	b9ri	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they have already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	11	kjk7	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτὸν	1	because of him	This phrase implies that the fact that Lazarus was alive after he had been dead caused many **Jews** to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Lazarus was alive after having died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	11	n6gl		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	because of him	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 9](../12/09.md).
-JHN	12	11	ex1y	figs-explicit	ὑπῆγον	1	because of him	Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many of the Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	11	ex1y	figs-explicit	ὑπῆγον	1	because of him	Here, John uses **went away** to refer to the fact that **many of the Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	12	f1im			0	General Information:	Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king of Israel.
 JHN	12	12	w1c2	writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	On the next day	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “On the day after that happened,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	12	sy8h	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	a great crowd	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -1675,13 +1675,13 @@ JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that
 JHN	12	13	cw5w	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγαζον	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	13	hf0a	figs-quotemarks	ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	15	ts1f	figs-quotemarks		0		This verse is a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
 JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ JHN	12	23	pfmt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus
 JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer to himself. He speaks of the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** to refer to himself. He speaks of the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and also gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανο
 JHN	12	29	dnsk	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ…ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven (see [verse 28](../12/28.md)). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	hlcg	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here, **this world** is used to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-explicit	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	31	o63p	figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1748,12 +1748,12 @@ JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		The crowd is using the name
 JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-explicit	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	jzfm	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	t386	figs-explicit	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus uses **light** to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	k6td	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has shown them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Jesus uses **walk** to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has shown them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Jesus uses **darkness** as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness, which Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43](../12/37.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1765,21 +1765,21 @@ JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah
 JHN	12	38	aa5b	figs-quotemarks	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metaphor	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metaphor	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	39	f28y		τοῦτο	1		Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	40	q8k8	figs-quotemarks	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ στραφῶσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1		This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md). It is a prophecy that God told Isaiah to speak against the Jewish people because they kept rejecting God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	zs9l	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might not see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might not see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **heal** to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	41	q2x6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	42	srml	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated **rulers** in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attended services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		John uses **put out of the synagogue** to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attended services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	43	fx72	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	43	cqqw	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	43	pib1	figs-gendernotations	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -1788,16 +1788,16 @@ JHN	12	44	t7cq	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event tha
 JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν	1	Jesus cried out and said	John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking loudly to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	44	kcnd	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	45	s6xx	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα	1	I have come as a light	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα	1	I have come as a light	Here Jesus uses **light** to refer to himself. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	46	nggy	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come as a light	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also see the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also see the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	47	vehn	figs-metonymy	μου…τῶν ῥημάτων	1		Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	47	xlyd	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	u4o4	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…σώσω τὸν κόσμον	1		See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	48	wtwv		τὰ ῥήματά μου	1	on the last day	See how you translated **my words** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	48	uxjk		τὸν κρίνοντα…κρινεῖ	1	on the last day	See how you translated this **judge** in the previous verse.
-JHN	12	48	c76d	figs-personification	τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν	1	on the last day	Jesus refers to his **word** figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	12	48	c76d	figs-personification	τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν	1	on the last day	Jesus refers to his **word** as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	12	48	b1ds	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the last day	See how you translated this phrase in [6:39](../06/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	49	ovmm	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what Jesus spoke. See how you translated this phrase in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “by my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ JHN	12	50	tar2	figs-explicit	οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ
 JHN	12	50	q9cr	figs-explicit	ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. The Passover meal begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)<br>2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)<br>3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)<br>4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” In many ways this Passover meal parallels the sacrifice of Jesus as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet, because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants, and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of master and guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”<br><br>The Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md)). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover**, and **Jesus** is with his disciples for the evening meal. [Verses 1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	13	1	a1w4	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	1	g86x	figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, **to the end** could mean: (1) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the time of his death” (2) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος
 JHN	13	2	iq56	translate-names	Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	3	qtr3	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1	Father	Here, the word **knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	13	3	fd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, John uses **hands** to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	4	t7cu	figs-pastforfuture	ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	4	a9yt		τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
@@ -1830,9 +1830,9 @@ JHN	13	8	m90p	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μ
 JHN	13	9	bjgq	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	9	irnh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον,	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	10	dp8l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to wearing sandals while walking on dusty, dirty roads. If this might confuse your readers, you could state their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to wearing sandals while walking on dusty, dirty roads. If this might confuse your readers, you could state their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	bbon	figs-activepassive	ὁ λελουμένος	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	13	10	o25q	figs-metaphor	ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this might be confusing in your language, you could state its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	10	o25q	figs-metaphor	ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this might be confusing in your language, you could state its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	tv57	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1		Here Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples, not only Peter. Use a plural form of **you** if your language distinguishes between singular and plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	13	11	tzj7	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the story to give the reason why Jesus made his comment in the end of the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	11	ccz4	figs-metaphor	οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε	1	Not all of you are clean	See how you translated **clean** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1843,8 +1843,8 @@ JHN	13	15	pk3l	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν,
 JHN	13	16	h6gt	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	16	tpl8	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	16	rj4z	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, which you do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ JHN	13	29	p66v	figs-explicit	ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the J
 JHN	13	29	rv4z	figs-quotations	τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ	1	that he should give something to the poor	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Give something to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	13	30	dw7m	writing-background	ἦν δὲ νύξ	1	It was night	In this sentence John provides background information about the time of day when Judas **went out** to betray Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	31	wi4o	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	31	apde	figs-pastforfuture	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		In this verse, Jesus twice uses the past tense **has been glorified** figuratively in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	13	31	apde	figs-pastforfuture	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		In this verse, Jesus twice uses the past tense **has been glorified** in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	31	d6l8	figs-activepassive	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	31	gd4y	figs-123person	ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have been glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	13	31	o91a	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ JHN	13	31	n421	figs-activepassive	ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτ
 JHN	13	32	i7yz	translate-textvariants		0		In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	13	32	bfxt	writing-pronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	13	32	uaj7	figs-rpronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN	13	33	zki6	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** figuratively to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	33	zki6	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	33	lp65	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	as I said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	13	33	zrqu	figs-infostructure	καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and just as I said to the Jews, now I also say this to you, ‘Where I go, you are not able to come.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	13	33	sjwl	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -1900,26 +1900,26 @@ JHN	13	37	ye6m	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω	1	lay down my
 JHN	13	38	qp88	figs-rquestion	τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις?	1	Will you lay down your life for me?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. He knows that Peter is not really willing to **lay down** his life for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not lay down your life for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	13	38	juha	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1		Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	38	sp7p		οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely deny me three times before the rooster crows”
-JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	38	ui2h	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1		A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the bird that sings in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)<br>2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)), who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also called him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)), who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
 JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
 JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In [verses 1–7](../14/01.md) the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Jesus uses **heart** to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	1	rq43	figs-declarative	πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε	1		Both of these clauses could be: (1) commands, as in the UST. (2) statements. Alternate translation: “You believe in God; you also believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Jesus uses **house** to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	2	n3wl		εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅτι πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	Father	The word translated **for** could also be translated “that,” in which case this sentence would be a question instead of a statement. With either interpretation the point of the sentence is the same: Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said in the previous sentence is true. He is going to heaven **to prepare a place for** his people. Alternate translation: “But if not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?”
 JHN	14	3	sadi	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἐὰν πορευθῶ	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he knows that it will actually take place. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-extrainfo	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [verse 6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-extrainfo	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	Here Jesus uses **the way**. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [verse 6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	14	5	aode	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated the name **Thomas** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	14	5	o21d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	5	j2go	figs-rquestion	πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1		Thomas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	14	6	jdwf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the truth	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	14	6	qoc0	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς	1		Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	qoc0	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς	1		Here Jesus uses **the way** to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Jesus uses **the truth** to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Jesus uses **the life** to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	7	wx89	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγνώκατε με	1	Father	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have known me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1955,9 +1955,9 @@ JHN	14	15	bws1	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρ
 JHN	14	16	tu1e	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	**Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using **of** to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Jesus uses **orphans** to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ JHN	14	20	ckki	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will
 JHN	14	20	b87j	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you will know that I am in my Father	In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	20	he2a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	20	ht8z	figs-doublet	ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	14	21	rw8n	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου	1		Jesus speaks figuratively of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	21	rw8n	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου	1		Jesus speaks of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	21	x8m8	figs-explicit	τηρῶν αὐτὰς	1		Here, **keeping** means obeying. See how you translated this word in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	21	gjl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	he who loves me will be loved by my Father	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love the one loving me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	14	21	qsu7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1992,7 +1992,7 @@ JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is
 JHN	14	26	jjhy	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Father	Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus speaks of **peace** as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	27	i7gm	figs-explicit	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that the world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	See how you translated the **world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2010,12 +2010,12 @@ JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will kno
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)<br>2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)<br>3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Remain in me”<br><br>Jesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.
 JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here,” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
-JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. As a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, so Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Jesus uses the **true vine** to refer to himself. As a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, so Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically to the grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that produces fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	15	1	hqj7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Jesus uses **farmer** figuratively to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Jesus uses **farmer** to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	t4ne		ὁ γεωργός	1	my Father is the gardener	While **farmer** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to someone who takes care of grapevines and grows grapes. Alternate translation: “vine grower” or “grape farmer”
-JHN	15	2	p311	figs-exmetaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν…καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον…ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** figuratively to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	15	2	p311	figs-exmetaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν…καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον…ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	15	2	wt8w		αἴρει αὐτό	1	takes away	Alternate translation: “he cuts it off of the vine and takes it away” or “he breaks it off of the vine and throws it away”
 JHN	15	2	enrh		καθαίρει αὐτὸ	1	takes away	The word translated **prunes** could mean: (1) to remove excess parts from a plant. Alternate translation: “he trims it” (2) to cause something to become clean. Alternate translation: “he cleans it” (3) to remove excess parts from a plant in order to make it clean. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “he prunes it so that it will be clean”
 JHN	15	3	xn3j	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	The word translated **clean** is related to the word translated “prunes” in the previous verse. Here Jesus uses **clean** to imply that the branches have already been cleaned by pruning off the excess parts. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like branches that have already been pruned and are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2029,20 +2029,20 @@ JHN	15	5	b1qd	figs-explicit	ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	he bears much fruit	Here
 JHN	15	6	fgnm		ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1		In the middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
 JHN	15	6	d5mt	figs-explicit	μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί	1		See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch, and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	τὸ κλῆμα	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple, but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	τὸ κλῆμα	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Jesus uses **branch** to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple, but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	6	ura6	writing-pronouns	καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	The first **they** in this verse refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	7	knr4	figs-explicit	μείνητε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	ask whatever you wish	See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	7	lpzq	figs-idiom	τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ	1	ask whatever you wish	This is an idiom that means to obey Jesus. See how you translated a similar expression in [8:31](../08/31.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	15	7	m38f	figs-ellipsis	ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε	1	ask whatever you wish	Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	15	7	mcz5	figs-activepassive	γενήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be done for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	15	8	pq2t	figs-pastforfuture	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	Jesus is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “My Father will be glorified in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	15	8	pq2t	figs-pastforfuture	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “My Father will be glorified in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	15	8	yq67	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You have glorifed my Father in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	8	z1ww	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	8	wpa6	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε	1	that you bear much fruit	See how you translated a similar expression in [verse 5](../15/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	8	vtg5		γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί	1	are my disciples	Alternate translation: “show that you are my disciples” or “demonstrate that you are my disciples”
 JHN	15	9	nf5v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	9	d32z	figs-metaphor	μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	Jesus uses **remain in** figuratively to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	9	d32z	figs-metaphor	μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	Jesus uses **remain in** to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	10	thg9	figs-explicit	τηρήσητε…τετήρηκα	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	Here, **keep** and **kept** refer to obeying. See how you translated this word in [14:15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	10	cu4e	figs-metaphor	μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου…μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	See how you translated the similar clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	10	k1nm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2059,18 +2059,18 @@ JHN	15	16	bcy1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	*
 JHN	15	16	acqo	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1		See how you translated **in my name** in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	15	17	rib2		ταῦτα	1		Here, **These things** could refer to: (1) the commands Jesus referred to in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “These commands” (2) the command in the second half of this verse. Alternate translation: “This”
 JHN	15	18	ntzw	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς μισεῖ	1	the world	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If the world hates you, and it does hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	15	18	d5ff	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	18	d5ff	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	19	aj8s	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἦτε	1	the world	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that his disciples are not **from the world**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you were from the world, but you are not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	15	19	x6q8	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου…ὁ κόσμος…τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου…ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	19	ayo7	figs-infostructure	ὅτι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ ἐστέ, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “But because you are not from the world, this world hates you, but I chose you from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	15	20	v53s	figs-metonymy	μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	20	v53s	figs-metonymy	μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	Here, Jesus uses **word** to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	20	wzg6	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	Remember the word that I said to you	See how you translated this phrase in [13:16](../13/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	20	a8kw	figs-metonymy	εἰ τὸν λόγον μου ἐτήρησαν…τηρήσουσιν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	21	eh1v	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	because of my name	Here, **all these things** refers to the bad things Jesus told his disciples that the unbelievers in the world would do to them in [verses 18–20](../15/18.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will hate and persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, Jesus uses **my name** figuratively to refer to himself. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. If this use of **name** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, Jesus uses **my name** to refer to himself. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. If this use of **name** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	21	hs9x	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	22	m75h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that he did come and speak to the world. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not come and spoken to them, but I did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
-JHN	15	22	uble	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	22	uble	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus speaks of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	22	uj4o	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically to the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	23	u9u7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	24	bd47	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Because I have done the works that no one else did among them, they have sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ JHN	15	24	rnt4	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ
 JHN	15	24	v23s	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	they would have no sin	See how you translated this phrase in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	24	z6we	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἑωράκασιν	1		The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father**, referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	15	24	v6pt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2086,12 +2086,12 @@ JHN	15	25	jhqg	figs-quotemarks	ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν	1	law	This se
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated **Helper** in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br>2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)<br>3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)<br>4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used the words, “the hour is coming,” to begin prophecies about events that were about to occur. He is not referring to the 60 minute hour, but to a point in time when these prophecies will be fulfilled. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when Jesus became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the Chapter 14 ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
 JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the warnings that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here, Jesus uses **fall away** to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	2	hhgj	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυναγώγους	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	2	i79b	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated this phrase in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	2	xueq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **for** could indicate: (1) time, as in the UST. (2) an explanation of to what **an hour** refers. Alternate translation: “that everyone who kills you wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -2102,7 +2102,7 @@ JHN	16	4	dh5i	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ἀρχῆς	1	in the beginning	See how you tr
 JHN	16	5	gbpt	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	5	c542	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ	1		Here Jesus uses **and** to emphasize his surprise that they are not asking him where he is going, as they had done previously in [13:36](../13/36.md) and [14:5](../14/05.md). Use a natural form in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “but none of you are even asking” or “but how is it that none of you asks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	5	cq44	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρωτᾷ με, ποῦ ὑπάγεις	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asks me where I am going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	16	6	zhlg	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	Jesus speaks of **sadness** figuratively as if it were a thing that could fill someone. If this use of **sadness** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your heart is very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	16	6	zhlg	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	Jesus speaks of **sadness** as if it were a thing that could fill someone. If this use of **sadness** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your heart is very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	6	kr4d	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	7	g3ze	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you	If it would be more natural in your language, you can translate this double negative expression in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Helper will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	16	7	d1zd		Παράκλητος	1	Comforter	See how you translated **Helper** in [14:26](../14/26.md).
@@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@ JHN	16	19	j7wv	figs-rquestion	περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’
 JHN	16	19	rwoq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι εἶπον	1		The word **that** introduces a clause that explains to what the preceding **this** refers. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “namely, that I said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	16	19	ya90		μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1		See how you translated this statement in [verses 16](../16/16.md).
 JHN	16	20	jx6s	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	16	20	p9x1	figs-metonymy	ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται	1	but the world will be glad	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	16	20	p9x1	figs-metonymy	ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται	1	but the world will be glad	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	20	p6v5	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς λυπηθήσεσθε	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will have grief” or “What happens will grieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	16	20	i94b	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sorrow** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “you will change from being sorrowful to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	21	km17	figs-genericnoun	ἡ γυνὴ ὅταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς; ὅταν δὲ γεννήσῃ τὸ παιδίον, οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως διὰ τὴν χαρὰν, ὅτι ἐγεννήθη ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Jesus is speaking of women in general, not of one particular **woman**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “When women give birth, they have pain because their hour has come, but when they have given birth to their children, they no longer remember their suffering, because of the joy that men have been born into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -2172,43 +2172,43 @@ JHN	16	32	yza2	figs-activepassive	σκορπισθῆτε	1	you will be scattere
 JHN	16	32	zjnx		εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1		Alternate translation: “each of you to his own place” or “every one of you to his own place”
 JHN	16	32	k3br	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father is with me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	33	k6d6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε	1	so that you will have peace in me	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience a peaceful feeling in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	33	wraa	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they were objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	16	33	wraa	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, Jesus speaks of **peace** and **troubles** as if they were objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	33	ysh6	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	16	33	z7wj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	I have conquered the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	16	33	z7wj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	I have conquered the world	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:<br><br>1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)<br>2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)<br>3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be honored.
 JHN	17	1	uf8z			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
 JHN	17	1	an1o	figs-explicit	ταῦτα ἐλάλησεν	1		Here, **these things** refers to everything that Jesus told his disciples in [chapters 13–16](../13/01.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “described what would happen to him and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	1	b4pj	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes to the heavens	See how you translated this idiom in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	17	1	k7tb	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heavens	Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky toward God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	1	l8sa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here, Jesus uses **hour** to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	1	ya24	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	the hour has come	**Glorify** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	1	bk1m	figs-123person	σου τὸν Υἱόν…ὁ Υἱὸς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	17	2	jzlt	grammar-connect-logic-result	καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός	1		Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	17	2	cpi0	figs-123person	αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ…δώσῃ	1	all flesh	Throughout this verse Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	17	2	vbt4	figs-metonymy	πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	Jesus is describing people figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	2	vbt4	figs-metonymy	πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	Jesus is describing people by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	3	i5pm		αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ	1	all flesh	The clause could mean: (1) the rest of the verse describes what **eternal life** is. Alternate translation: “Now this is what it means to have eternal life” (2) the rest of the verse describes the means by which one receives eternal life. Alternate translation: “Now this is how people live forever”
 JHN	17	3	zmsw	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν	1	all flesh	Jesus uses **the one whom you sent** and **Jesus Christ** to refer to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι	1	the work that you have given me to do	Here, Jesus uses **work** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι	1	the work that you have given me to do	Here, Jesus uses **work** to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	5	k9ra	figs-explicit	δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον…παρὰ σοί	1	Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made	Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	5	g8at	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	5	ximp	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	Father	Here, **glorify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	5	xhph	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ δόξῃ	1	Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the glorious characteristics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	17	5	s4p3	figs-activepassive	πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	17	6	vbn8	figs-metonymy	ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	I revealed your name	Jesus uses **name** figuratively to refer to God himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I revealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	6	vbn8	figs-metonymy	ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	I revealed your name	Jesus uses **name** to refer to God himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I revealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	6	hn8z	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	from the world	See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	6	u8lc	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν	1	kept your word	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	8	bzvc	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	kept your word	See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	9	ndb1	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	I do not pray for the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	9	ndb1	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	I do not pray for the world	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	10	mql5	figs-activepassive	δεδόξασμαι ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	17	10	q0tm	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		This could mean: (1) **all things** are the means by which Jesus is glorified. Alternate translation: “by means of them” (2) Jesus is glorified **in all things**. Alternate translation: “within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	11	viya	figs-pastforfuture	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ…πρὸς σὲ ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will no longer … I am about to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	17	11	bk2h	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν	1	in the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this world with people who oppose you, but they are in this hostile world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	11	bk2h	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν	1	in the world	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this world with people who oppose you, but they are in this hostile world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	11	kp1d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	11	dvel	figs-imperative	τήρησον	1		Here, **keep** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	11	yq9z	figs-metonymy	τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	keep them in your name that you have given me	Here, **name** could refer to: (1) God’s power. Alternate translation: “keep them by your power” (2) God himself, as in [verse 6](../17/06.md). In this case, Jesus would be requesting that God keep his disciples united with God. Alternate translation: “keep them in unity with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	12	s5kw	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	I kept them in your name	See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	12	a4s8	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Here Jesus uses **perished** and **destruction** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this use of these words might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not one of them died spiritually, except for the son of spiritual death” or “not one of them experienced spiritual death, except for the son of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	17	12	a4s8	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Here Jesus uses **perished** and **destruction** to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this use of these words might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not one of them died spiritually, except for the son of spiritual death” or “not one of them experienced spiritual death, except for the son of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	17	12	buiv	figs-pastforfuture	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Jesus uses the past tense **perished** to refer to eternal punishment as if it had already happened, even though **the son of destruction** had not yet **perished**. If this use of the past tense might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “not one of them will perish, except for the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	17	12	az2m	figs-explicit	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of destruction** refers to Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas, the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	12	dkpa	figs-idiom	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of** is an idiom used to describe what a person is like. The defining characteristic of Judas was that he would be destroyed because he betrayed Jesus. If this use of **son of** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one characterized by destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ JHN	17	13	jp4v	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τ
 JHN	17	14	bc1y	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σου	1	I have given them your word	See how you translated **your word** in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	14	qf43	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who oppose God. If this use of **the world** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you … from those who oppose you … I am not from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	14	wz9e	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1		The phrase **from the world** could refer to: (1) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “they do not belong to the world, just as I do not belong to the world” (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “they did not come from the world, just as I did not come from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	17	15	hg22	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this use of **world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	15	hg22	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this use of **world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	15	s3vp	figs-explicit	τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	keep them from the evil one	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you would keep them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	16	pw1m	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ εἰσὶν, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	keep them from the evil one	See how you translated **from the world** in [verse 14](../17/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	17	qtld	figs-imperative	ἁγίασον	1	Set them apart by the truth	**Sanctify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sanctify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -2234,7 +2234,7 @@ JHN	17	21	jwiu	figs-explicit	ἵνα…ἵνα	1		The first **that** in this ver
 JHN	17	21	s8a1	figs-doublet	σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί	1	they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	17	21	yt2w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	21	v6i7		ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1		Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
-JHN	17	21	nef9	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	21	nef9	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	22	p4mj	figs-infostructure	κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς	1	The glory that you gave me, I have given to them	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I have also given to them the glory that you gave to me” or “I have honored them just as you have honored me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ JHN	17	24	hz83	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1		Here, **world** refers to the unive
 JHN	17	25	ur9j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Righteous Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	25	xpf5	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω	1	the world did not know you	Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who are opposed to God. Alternate translation: “those who are against you did not know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	26	xpi3	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά	1	I made your name known to them	Here, **name** refers to God himself. See how you translated this word in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	26	gk2j	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ	1	love … loved	Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** figuratively as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	17	26	gk2j	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ	1	love … loved	Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	17	26	ilzj	figs-idiom	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	love … loved	Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)<br>2. The priests question Jesus, and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)<br>3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../18/01.md) give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ JHN	18	10	betq	translate-names	Σίμων…Πέτρος	1		See how you translat
 JHN	18	10	yq44	figs-explicit	μάχαιραν	1		The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	10	fe37	translate-names	Μάλχος	1	Malchus	**Malchus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	11	ghz6	figs-rquestion	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό?	1	Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me?	**Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	18	11	m4f3	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό	1	the cup	Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	18	11	m4f3	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό	1	the cup	Here Jesus uses **cup** to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	11	cjx7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	18	12	cl3f	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	12	i6bz	figs-explicit	ἔδησαν αὐτὸν	1	seized Jesus and tied him up	The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ JHN	18	18	hbw6	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main sto
 JHN	18	18	g8xj	figs-infostructure	ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο	1	Now	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	18	18	bbe9	figs-explicit	οἱ δοῦλοι	1	Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves	Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	19	e8h3	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could state who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	20	h2kj	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	I have spoken openly to the world	Here Jesus uses **the world** figuratively to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	18	20	h2kj	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	I have spoken openly to the world	Here Jesus uses **the world** to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	20	ltlp	figs-hyperbole	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	18	20	s4k6	figs-genericnoun	ἐν συναγωγῇ	1		Jesus is speaking of synagogues in general, not of one particular **synagogue**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	18	20	vcv3	figs-hyperbole	ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται	1	where all the Jews come together	Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that Jesus spoke where many Jewish people could hear him. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “where so many Jews come together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ JHN	18	28	fyx3	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον	1		The **governo
 JHN	18	28	v6e4	writing-background	ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		In this sentence John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about why the Jewish people with Jesus did not enter the **governor’s palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	28	h3vx	figs-doublenegatives	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1	they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they remained outside the governor’s palace so that they would remain ceremonially clean, and might eat the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	28	f47s	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	28	bj1x	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	18	28	bj1x	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	29	g7jo	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		**Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	29	c9aj	figs-abstractnouns	τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of committing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ JHN	18	34	liov	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** indicate
 JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι?	1	I am not a Jew, am I?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he was not interested in Jewish religious disagreements. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	35	en38	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	36	wsd9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	-1	My kingdom is not of this world	See how you translated **from this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐντεῦθεν	1	My kingdom is not of this world	In this verse, Jesus uses **this world** and **here** figuratively to refer to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. See how you translated a similar use of **this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐντεῦθεν	1	My kingdom is not of this world	In this verse, Jesus uses **this world** and **here** to refer to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. See how you translated a similar use of **this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	36	bf3i	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	My kingdom is not of this world	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If my kingdom were from this world, but it is not, my servants would fight so that I would not be handed over to the Jews, but they do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	18	36	s2lq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	so that I would not be given over to the Jews	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that someone would not have handed me over to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	36	pu8j	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2349,12 +2349,12 @@ JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	H
 JHN	18	37	gl3k	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	bear witness to the truth	Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	37	ltn9	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	who belongs to the truth	This phrase is an idiom that refers to someone who believes the **truth** about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who believes the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	18	37	b8gv	figs-metaphor	ἀκούει	1	who belongs to the truth	Here, **hears** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [8:43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	18	37	fa97	figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	my voice	Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	18	37	fa97	figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	my voice	Jesus uses **voice** to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	38	ygns	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	38	zbm5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια?	1	What is truth?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he does not believe anyone really knows what **truth** is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can know the truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	38	lcrg	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλήθεια	1	What is truth?	Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	38	rma7	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	18	38	h1b8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ	1		**Pilate** speaks figuratively of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	18	38	h1b8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ	1		**Pilate** speaks of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	39	nhqn	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν	1		Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	39	fm16	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ Πάσχα	1		Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -2389,10 +2389,10 @@ JHN	19	9	lb11	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	19	10	wcm8	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς?	1	Are you not speaking to me?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	19	10	iap3	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε?	1	Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	19	11	x2as	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1	You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You only have authority over me because that authority has been given to you from above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	19	11	fxu9	figs-metaphor	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	19	11	fxu9	figs-metaphor	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	11	i7nu	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	11	vc79	figs-ellipsis	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	19	11	kbrx	figs-metaphor	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess in varying amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	19	11	kbrx	figs-metaphor	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus speaks of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess in varying amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	12	q1vq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	12	r8va	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2447,10 +2447,10 @@ JHN	19	25	b38l	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή	1		**Mary** is
 JHN	19	26	gkf1	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα	1	the disciple whom he loved	See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23](./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	26	mva3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	26	cxlv		γύναι	1	Woman, see, your son	See how you translated **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md).
-JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your son	Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your son	Here, Jesus uses **son** to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	27	a8x3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	See, your mother	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	27	iz8j	figs-explicit	τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1	See, your mother	In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and who is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “to me … I took her into my own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	27	qc7d	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	See, your mother	Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	19	27	qc7d	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	See, your mother	Here, Jesus uses **mother** to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	27	q615	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	From that hour	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	28	uynk	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1	knowing that everything was now completed	**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	19	28	crd3	figs-activepassive	ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται	1	knowing that everything was now completed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ JHN	21	3	p8f0	figs-go	ἐρχόμεθα	1		Your language may state “going” r
 JHN	21	3	l2s6	figs-explicit	ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1		Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	4	j7jx	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	5	jrth	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	5	wgd7	figs-metaphor	παιδία	1		Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	21	5	wgd7	figs-metaphor	παιδία	1		Here Jesus uses the word **Children** as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	5	o62p	figs-explicit	μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε?	1		Jesus asks this question in a way that expects a negative response. He knows that the disciples did not catch any fish. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “you were not able to get any fish to eat, were you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	6	l2jd	figs-explicit	εὑρήσετε	1	you will find some	Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	7	u5c3	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), and [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ JHN	21	14	y94q	figs-idiom	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	the third tim
 JHN	21	15	avdf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει…λέγει	1	do you love me	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	15	xwxd	figs-explicit	ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε	1	the third time	The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this in your translation. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with great esteem … I love you with affection” or “do you love me deeply… I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	15	t1uj	figs-explicit	πλέον τούτων	1		Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the other disciples who were there with Jesus and Peter. This meaning would indicate Jesus is asking Peter if he loves Jesus more than the other disciples love him. Alternate translation: “more than these disciples love me” (2) the fish, boat, and other equipment that were used for catching fish, which was Peter’s former job. Alternate translation: “more than these fishing tools” or “more than your former job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	21	15	qja3	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου	1	Feed my lambs	Jesus uses **Feed my lambs** figuratively to refer to providing for the spiritual needs of people who trust in Jesus. Here Jesus is commanding Peter to take care of other believers in the same way that Jesus took care of them while he was with them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	21	15	qja3	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου	1	Feed my lambs	Jesus uses **Feed my lambs** to refer to providing for the spiritual needs of people who trust in Jesus. Here Jesus is commanding Peter to take care of other believers in the same way that Jesus took care of them while he was with them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	16	szk8	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει…λέγει	1	do you love me	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	16	p9vr	translate-ordinal	δεύτερον	1	do you love me	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “time number 2.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 JHN	21	16	rfew	figs-explicit	ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε	1	do you love me	The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. See how you translated these phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2672,7 +2672,7 @@ JHN	21	17	kmch	figs-explicit	φιλεῖς με…φιλεῖς με…φιλῶ
 JHN	21	17	ayds	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, φιλεῖς με	1	He said to him a third time	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked him the third time if he loved him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	21	17	p8aa	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου	1	Feed my sheep	This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in verse 15 and “Take care of my sheep” in the previous verse. See how you translated those similar sentences in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	18	sqb7	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	21	18	bqps	figs-metonymy	ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε	1		Although **gird** means to put on a belt, Jesus uses it figuratively in this verse to refer to putting on clothes. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you used to dress yourself … will dress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	21	18	bqps	figs-metonymy	ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε	1		Although **gird** means to put on a belt, Jesus uses it in this verse to refer to putting on clothes. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you used to dress yourself … will dress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	21	18	qltf	figs-explicit	ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου	1	Truly, truly	Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	19	ys3m	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν	1	Now	**Now** here indicates that in this sentence John is giving background information in order to explain what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	21	19	kpf6	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2690,7 +2690,7 @@ JHN	21	22	tef8	figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι	1	I come	Jesus uses **come** here t
 JHN	21	22	tf23	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ?	1	what is that to you?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	21	22	dvts	figs-idiom	μοι ἀκολούθει	1		See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	21	23	np23	figs-metaphor	ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	21	23	np23	figs-metaphor	ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		John uses **spread** to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	23	c2cr	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	21	23	chsq	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that disciple** refers to the apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	23	wb7e	figs-pastforfuture	οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει	1	the brothers	John is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will not die … that he will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

en_tn_51-PHP.tsv

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ PHP	1	7	jn2s		συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος…ὄντα
 PHP	1	7	df00	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτος	1		Here, **grace** refers to the way that God kindly gives us good things that we do not deserve. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with a verb or adjective. In this context, Paul considers both his imprisonment and his ministry of defending and confirming the gospel to be gifts from God. Alternate translation: “of God’s gracious gift” or “in experiencing how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	7	o7ef	figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1		Paul refers to his imprisonment in Rome by using the phrase **my chains**. Paul was chained to a guard and the Philippian Christians would have understood that Paul was referring to his imprisonment when he used the phrase **my chains** because of the close association between **chains** and being in prison. If this association is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	7	wey7	figs-doublet	καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ καὶ βεβαιώσει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		The words translated **defense** and **confirmation** could be used to refer to defending and confirming in a court of law the truth of something against which a charge was made. These two words mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that this is hard work. If your language has one word for these ideas, use that here and add emphasis another way. If there is a word or phrase that could be used with this legal sense but could also be used in the context of defending the gospel, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and as I contend for the truth of the gospel” or “and as I labor to show people that the gospel is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PHP	1	8	xun1	figs-idiom	ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	The Greek word translated as **inner parts** is a term which refers to body organs, particularly to the intestines, liver, lungs, and heart. Paul is using **inner parts** figuratively to refer to love or affection. You can use the body part that represents the seat of affection in your language, or translate the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “with the heart of Christ Jesus” or “with the affection of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+PHP	1	8	xun1	figs-idiom	ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	The Greek word translated as **inner parts** is a term which refers to body organs, particularly to the intestines, liver, lungs, and heart. Paul is using **inner parts** to refer to love or affection. You can use the body part that represents the seat of affection in your language, or translate the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “with the heart of Christ Jesus” or “with the affection of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	1	8	bo0r		ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the bowels of Christ Jesus	Here, **the inner parts of Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) the same kind of love as Christ Jesus gives to people. (2) love that originates with Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: “with love that comes from Christ Jesus”
 PHP	1	9	jlyu	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with the verb form. Alternate translation: “that you will be able to love others more and more abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	9	f4q5		ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated the word **your** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md).
@@ -33,20 +33,20 @@ PHP	1	9	tbtt	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ α
 PHP	1	10	e17g	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα	1		The word **what** here refers to that which a person does, and the word **excels** here refers to something that is best, according to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that you may approve and choose to do what pleases God the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	10	ybw6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς	1		Here, the phrase **so that** shows that what follows this phrase is the desired result of Paul’s prayer in verse nine. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the desired result of what Paul prayed in verse nine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	10	siv8	figs-doublet	εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι	1	pure and blameless	The words **pure** and **blameless** have very similar meanings. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the idea of moral purity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words and translate them as one idea. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν	1		Here, the phrase **being filled with** is a metaphor meaning to be occupied in doing something. The phrase **the fruit of righteousness** is a metaphor which figuratively refers to what characterizes a person, namely what a person produces. This metaphor is a comparison between a good tree that produces good fruit and a person who is filled with righteousness and produces good actions as a result. So with these two metaphors, Paul is telling the Philippians to be occupied in doing righteous deeds. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “filling your lives with the righteous deeds that are” or “habitually doing the good works that are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν	1		Here, the phrase **being filled with** is a metaphor meaning to be occupied in doing something. The phrase **the fruit of righteousness** is a metaphor which refers to what characterizes a person, namely what a person produces. This metaphor is a comparison between a good tree that produces good fruit and a person who is filled with righteousness and produces good actions as a result. So with these two metaphors, Paul is telling the Philippians to be occupied in doing righteous deeds. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “filling your lives with the righteous deeds that are” or “habitually doing the good works that are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	11	t3w4	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένοι	1		The phrase **being filled with** is a passive form. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “letting God fill you with” or “continually producing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	11	yq99	figs-metaphor	τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, the phrase **through Christ Jesus** is a metaphor meaning that Christ Jesus is the one who makes it possible for a person to be righteous and thus to do the things that a righteous person does. Alternate translation: “that Christ Jesus produces in you” or “that Christ Jesus enables you to produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	11	jwgb	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **glory** and **praise** with verbs. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to glorify and praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	11	mfs6	figs-doublet	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		The words **glory** and **praise** mean very similar things here. They are used together to emphasize how much people will praise God. If you have one word for this in your language, you could use it here and show emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to greatly praise God” or “which will cause people to declare how great God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	12	tu2t	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-PHP	1	12	ygt3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	12	ygt3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	12	zy4g	figs-explicit	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ	1	the things concerning me	The phrase **the things concerning me** refers to Paul’s imprisonment. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things I have suffered because I was put into prison for preaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	12	q288	figs-metaphor	μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν	1	have really happened for the advancement of the gospel	The phrase **advancement of the gospel** figuratively refers to an increasing number of people hearing and believing the gospel. Alternate translation: “have actually caused more people to hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	12	q288	figs-metaphor	μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν	1	have really happened for the advancement of the gospel	The phrase **advancement of the gospel** refers to an increasing number of people hearing and believing the gospel. Alternate translation: “have actually caused more people to hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	13	wi6n	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	my chains in Christ became apparent among the whole palace guard and all the others	Here, the phrase **As a result** shows that what follows this phrase is the result of Paul’s circumstances which he began discussing in verse 12, namely, his imprisonment. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the result of Paul’s imprisonment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	13	h1ly	figs-metonymy	δεσμούς μου	1	my chains in Christ became apparent	Paul again refers to his imprisonment in a figurative way by using the phrase **my chains**. See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	13	f8az	figs-explicit	τοὺς δεσμούς μου…ἐν Χριστῷ	1	my chains in Christ	Here, the phrase **my chains in Christ** means that Paul is imprisoned because of his work for the cause of Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ” or “my chains for the cause of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	14	a1kh		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		See how you translated **brothers** in the previous verse [1:12](../01/12.md).
-PHP	1	14	eurs	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	14	eurs	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	14	sz29	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		The phrase **encouraged in the Lord** means that the Philippian Christians had grown in their trust of the Lord because of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “trust the Lord more because of my chains” or “have received more courage from the Lord as a result of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	14	k4tm	figs-activepassive	καὶ τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who or what caused the action. Alternate translation: “The Lord has encouraged most of the brothers because of my chains” or “My chains have given most of the brothers more trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	14	ecy8	figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1		Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -72,12 +72,12 @@ PHP	1	19	h9hf	figs-abstractnouns	οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι τοῦτό μοι
 PHP	1	19	zr2k	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the Spirit of Jesus Christ	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **provision** by using a verbal phrase. You could also say who does the action, if necessary. Alternate translation: “by God providing to me the Spirit of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	20	fh48	figs-doublet	ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα	1	according to my eager expectation and hope	Both **eager expectation** and **hope** have similar meanings and together express a single idea. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the strength of his expectation. If you have a single word or phrase in your language which expresses the meaning of these two words, consider using that to express the strength of the hope in another way. Alternate translation: “sincere expectation” or “sure hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	20	tk7l	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα μου	1	but in everything have boldness	Both **expectation** and **hope** are abstract nouns. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express them together in a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “because I fully believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	1	20	jz1z	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ σώματί μου	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	Here, the phrase **in my body** is used figuratively to mean the activities that Paul does with his body. Paul speaks of his **body** because it was with his earthly body that he would serve God on earth until he died, as he explains in more detail in [1:22-24](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “in everything that I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	1	20	jz1z	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ σώματί μου	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	Here, the phrase **in my body** is used to mean the activities that Paul does with his body. Paul speaks of his **body** because it was with his earthly body that he would serve God on earth until he died, as he explains in more detail in [1:22-24](../01/22.md). Alternate translation: “in everything that I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	20	ysty	figs-doublenegatives	ἐν οὐδενὶ αἰσχυνθήσομαι, ἀλλ’	1	Christ will be exalted in my body	If the double-negative phrase **in nothing be ashamed** would be confusing in your language, you could translate it in a positive way. Alternate translation: “I will always do the right thing and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 PHP	1	20	ch6v	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ	1	whether through life or through death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boldness** with a similar adverb. Alternate translation: “always act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	20	y78k	figs-abstractnouns	εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου	1	whether through life or through death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **life** and **death** with their verbal forms. Alternate translation: “whether I live or I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	21	n3jd	figs-abstractnouns	κέρδος	1	to die is gain	If the abstract noun **gain** would be unclear in your language, you may express the meaning behind this word by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “to die is to go to Christ” or “to die would give me more blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	1	22	a21c	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκί	1	Now if to live in the flesh	Here Paul is using the word **flesh** figuratively to refer to his entire body. The phrase **in the flesh** then refers to living as physical beings. If this would be confusing in your language, consider using a different word or phrase that refers to this present physical life. Alternate translation: “on this earth” or “in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+PHP	1	22	a21c	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκί	1	Now if to live in the flesh	Here Paul is using the word **flesh** to refer to his entire body. The phrase **in the flesh** then refers to living as physical beings. If this would be confusing in your language, consider using a different word or phrase that refers to this present physical life. Alternate translation: “on this earth” or “in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	1	22	mwl6	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1	this is fruitful labor for me	Here, the word **fruitful** refers to Paul’s work producing good results. This is a metaphor in which Paul’s anticipated productive work is compared to a plant or tree which produces good fruit. Alternate translation: “this will mean effectively serving God” or “this will mean productively working for the advancement of the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	22	kxuu	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου	1		If the an abstract noun **labor** would be unclear in your language, you may express the meaning behind this word by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “I will accomplish something important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	23	tq29	figs-metaphor	συνέχομαι δὲ ἐκ τῶν δύο	1	But I am hard pressed between the two	The phrase **I am hard pressed between the two** is a metaphor. Paul speaks as if he were experiencing literal pressure from two opposite sides at the same time. Paul uses this figurative expression to show his difficulty in deciding which decision is best, if given the option between living or dying. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this phrase using a metaphor that would make sense in your language, or you could choose to use plain language to express it. Alternate translation: “both options have their advantages, so the decision is not an easy one for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ PHP	1	26	j1d2	figs-go	παρουσίας	1		Here the word **coming** describes P
 PHP	1	26	ay37	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς παρουσίας	1		Here the word **through** could refer to: (1) the reason the Philippians would greatly boast in Christ. Therefore, the word **through** means “because”. Alternate translation: …because of my coming” (2) the means by which the Philippians would greatly boast in Christ. Therefore, the word **through** means “by”. Alternate translation: “by my coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	27	bwmq	figs-go	ἐλθὼν	1		Your language may have a different way of expressing the motion described by the word **come**. Here, the word **come** refers to Paul traveling to where the Philippians live and visiting them. See how you translated the form of this word in the previous verse, [1:26](../01/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 PHP	1	27	yddq	figs-yousingular	ἀξίως τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ Χριστοῦ πολιτεύεσθε	1		This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	1	27	u09z	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1		Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used figuratively to mean not changing one’s beliefs but, rather, remaining steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression from your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you be unmoved” or “you remain strong in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	27	u09z	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1		Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used to mean not changing one’s beliefs but, rather, remaining steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression from your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you be unmoved” or “you remain strong in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	27	kmn8	figs-doublet	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1		Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** mean essentially the same thing and are used together to emphasize the importance of unity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them together as one expression and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “unified as one spirit” or “with complete unity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PHP	1	27	jfxp	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1		Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** are used figuratively to mean “to have unity in one’s primary purposes and beliefs.” Both phrases refer to being in agreement about what matters. If these expressions would be confusing in your language, you may use plain language or use a similar expression from your language. Alternate translation: “with one mind” or “with singleness of purpose” or “in full agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	1	27	jfxp	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ	1		Here, the phrases **in one spirit** and **with one soul** are used to mean “to have unity in one’s primary purposes and beliefs.” Both phrases refer to being in agreement about what matters. If these expressions would be confusing in your language, you may use plain language or use a similar expression from your language. Alternate translation: “with one mind” or “with singleness of purpose” or “in full agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	27	ej2s		συναθλοῦντες	1	striving together	Alternate translation: “cooperating together in the work”
 PHP	1	27	ya3h	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the faith of the gospel	Here, the abstract noun **faith** in the phrase **the faith of the gospel** refers to what believers understand and do as a result of believing the gospel, which is God’s message about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	28	u9an	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀντικειμένων	1		The phrase **those opposing you** refers to the people who were opposing the Philippian Christians and causing them trouble. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “the people opposing you” or “the people opposing you because you believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ PHP	2	10	b3ai	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** con
 PHP	2	10	tk45	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ	1	at the name of Jesus every knee would bend	Here, **every knee** bending is an idiomatic way of saying that Jesus will be worshiped and honored by all. If this would be clear in your language, consider using this expression, but If it would be helpful in your language, consider using an equivalent expression to communicate the idea of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	2	10	xz1u	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ	1	at the name of Jesus every knee would bend	Here, **name** is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: “before the person of Jesus” or “every person and being will worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	10	xn7a		ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων	1		Paul uses the phrase **in heaven and on earth and under the earth** to include to all beings, including human beings and angels. This phrase emphasizes that all beings everywhere will bow in reverence to Jesus. Consider the best way to express this in your language. Alternate translation: “every being in heaven, and on earth, and under the earth”
-PHP	2	11	xy4f	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται	1	every tongue	Here Paul uses the word **tongue** figuratively to represent the mouth and what comes out of the mouth. Paul is figuratively describing what is said by associating it with the tongue. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “every mouth will declare” or “every being will say” or “everyone will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	2	11	xy4f	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται	1	every tongue	Here Paul uses the word **tongue** to represent the mouth and what comes out of the mouth. Paul is describing what is said by associating it with the tongue. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “every mouth will declare” or “every being will say” or “everyone will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	11	mr2i	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	to the glory of God the Father	Here the word **to** expresses result. Alternate translation: “with the result that God the Father will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 PHP	2	11	equs	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	to the glory of God the Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using a verbal form of this word or by some other way. Alternate translation: “and honor God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	12	jnp3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥστε	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrase **So then** shows that what follows it is the desired result of what preceded it in [2:5-11](../02/05.md). Use the most natural form in your language to show this relationship. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -189,13 +189,13 @@ PHP	2	14	gy6p	figs-yousingular	πάντα ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυ
 PHP	2	15	z2lz	figs-doublet	ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι	1	blameless and pure	The words **blameless** and **pure** are very similar in meaning and are used together to emphasize the idea of living a morally pure life. You may translate these words individually, as the ULT does, or combine them together into one idea and express their meaning together as a single expression. Consider what would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	2	15	sp0g	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **children of God** is a metaphorical way of describing people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. Here, **children** does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their fathers. Alternate translation: “God’s spiritual offspring” or “spiritual children of God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 PHP	2	15	im15	figs-explicit	ἄμωμα	1		The phrase **without blemish** means being free from flaws or defects. Here the phrase **without blemish** specifically means being free from moral flaws or corruption. Consider using an equivalent phrase from your language that would be understood in this context, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who abstain from all evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	2	15	f957	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Paul is figuratively describing people by associating them with the world in which they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “among whom you shine as lights before the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	2	15	f957	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Paul is describing people by associating them with the world in which they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “among whom you shine as lights before the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	15	p71u	figs-metaphor	φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ	1	you shine as lights in the world	Here, the word **lights** represents believers who are living in a righteous way that shows other people what is true and good. “Light”, is often used metaphorically in the Bible to represent truth and the righteous living that aligns with truth. In the Bible, light is often contrasted with darkness, which represents falsehood and living according to it. To **shine as lights in the world** means to live in a way that helps people see God’s truth and character. You can retain this metaphor or express this using plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be examples of God’s goodness and truth in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	15	jb7y	figs-doublet	μέσον γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης	1	in the world, in the midst of a crooked and depraved generation	The words **crooked** and **perverted** are used together to emphasize the idea of extreme sinfulness. These two words are very similar in meaning. You may translate these words individually, as the ULT does, or combine them together into one idea and express their meaning together as a single expression. Consider what would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among people who are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	2	16	u3qb		λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1	holding forth the word of life	Here, **holding forth** could mean: (1) holding out to others the word of life. Alternate translation: “holding out the word of life” or “offering the word of life” (2) holding firmly to the word of life. Alternate translation: “holding tightly to the word of life” or “holding firmly to the word of life”
 PHP	2	16	cher		λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες	1		The phrase **holding forth the word of life** continues the thought from the previous verse and shows in more detail how Christians can become “blameless and pure, children of God” who “shine as lights in the world.” Consider the best way to show this connection in your language. Alternate translation: “as you hold forth the word of life”
 PHP	2	16	eq86	figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1	the word of life	The phrase **word of life** refers to the good news about Jesus. If this would be unclear in your language, consider translating this phrase in plain language. Alternate translation: “the message that gives life” or “the life-giving gospel” or “the life-giving message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	2	16	nmix	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here the phrase **the word** means “the gospel.” In his writings, Paul often uses **word** to refer to the message of the gospel. In doing this, Paul is figuratively describing something Christians communicate to others by associating it with words. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the gospel” or “the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	2	16	nmix	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here the phrase **the word** means “the gospel.” In his writings, Paul often uses **word** to refer to the message of the gospel. In doing this, Paul is describing something Christians communicate to others by associating it with words. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the gospel” or “the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	16	i448	figs-explicit	λόγον ζωῆς	1		The phrase **the word of life** could mean: (1) the word that gives people life. Alternate translation: “the word that gives life” (2) the word that is about life and that gives life. Alternate translation: “the word that is about life and gives life” (3) the word which contains life and has the ability to give people life. Alternate translation: “the word that contains and gives life” If your language allows you to keep the phrase **the word of life** ambiguous, this is the best option. If your language does not allow you to do this, you may specify clearly how the phrase **of life** is related to **the word**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	fz1d	figs-abstractnouns	λόγον ζωῆς	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **life** by using it in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the life-giving word” or “the word which gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	16	s3z9	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1		With the phrase **for my boasting on the day of Christ**, Paul introduces a reason that the Philippian believers should try to live out the things he has just told them to do in [2:12](../02/12.md) and ending with the phrase **holding forth the word of life**. Paul here gives one reason for what he has just asked them to do. He says that if they live out what he has just told them, then when Christ returns, he can be proud of the fact that he did not work in vain among them. Consider the best way in your language to show this reason-result relationship. Alternate translation: “so that I will be able to boast on the day Christ returns that I did not run in vain or labor in vain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ PHP	2	16	wyyg		εἰς κενὸν…εἰς κενὸν	1		Alternate translatio
 PHP	2	16	btgu	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1		Here Paul uses the word **labor** to refer to his spiritual work of sharing the gospel with the Philippian believers and working to help them grow in spiritual maturity. Paul assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to his spiritual work among them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “or work hard for nothing, trying to help you believe in Christ and obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	17	p9km	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ	1		**But even if** connects the idea of running and laboring for the advance of the gospel, which Paul discussed in [2:16](../02/16.md), with what he says in the rest of this verse. Consider how to translate this phrase in your language in a way that shows this connection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 PHP	2	17	j2ov	translate-symaction	σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		The phrase **I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice** uses imagery from the Old Testament Jewish sacrificial system. A priest would sacrifice an animal on the altar as a burnt offering to God and then pour out wine as a drink offering to God, in order to make the sacrifice complete. See [Num 28:7](../num/28/07.md). If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, consider using it here, but if this imagery would be confusing in your culture, consider translating this imagery using plain language. Alternate translation: “I work and give my life for your sake in order to complete the sacrificial service of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-PHP	2	17	xlv0	figs-metaphor	σπένδομαι	1		Paul uses the phrase **I am being poured out as an offering** to figuratively depict his imprisonment and suffering for the advancement of the gospel. Paul probably is also thinking of the fact that he could be killed in the future for preaching the gospel. If this metaphor would not be clear in your language, consider using plain language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	2	17	xlv0	figs-metaphor	σπένδομαι	1		Paul uses the phrase **I am being poured out as an offering** to depict his imprisonment and suffering for the advancement of the gospel. Paul probably is also thinking of the fact that he could be killed in the future for preaching the gospel. If this metaphor would not be clear in your language, consider using plain language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	17	ji4w	figs-abstractnouns	σπένδομαι	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **offering** by using a verbal form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	17	thi0	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “on your sacrifice and service which you offer because you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	2	17	ip8i	figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		The words **sacrifice** and **service** express a single idea by using two words connected by **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning as a single idea or phrase. Alternate translation: “to complete your sacrificial service which you offer because you believe the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ PHP	2	30	kjti	figs-abstractnouns	παραβολευσάμενος τῇ ψυχ
 PHP	2	30	x4rl	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he came near even to death	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you can express the idea behind the word **service** by using a verb form such as “serve.” Alternate translation: “so that he might make up for your being unable to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	30	g98z	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας	1	he might make up your lack of service to me	The **lack of service** Paul speaks of here is the inability of the Philippian believers to be present with him in prison. By sending Epaphroditus to Paul, the Philippian believers ministered to Paul’s needs through Epaphroditus, and so Epaphroditus supplied what they could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he might supply what you could not give me” or “so that he might make up for what you could not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	3	intro	btx3			0		# Philippians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4-8, Paul lists the ways he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew, but he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br><br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected bodies<br><br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br><br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is to grow to be like Christ while we live on earth. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
-PHP	3	1	zu9l	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this word in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+PHP	3	1	zu9l	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this word in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 PHP	3	1	ymm2	figs-yousingular	χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	rejoice in the Lord	The word **rejoice** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “I exhort each of you to rejoice in the Lord” or “each of you rejoice in the Lord” or “all of you rejoice in the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular)
 PHP	3	1	b8y6		ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	rejoice in the Lord	Alternate translation: “in your relationship with the Lord” or “in who the Lord is and what he has done”
 PHP	3	1	qb78	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές	1	and is a safeguard for you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how writing these things is a **safeguard** for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “and these teachings will protect you from those who teach what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -340,10 +340,10 @@ PHP	3	17	h4tv		τοὺς οὕτω περιπατοῦντας, καθὼς ἔ
 PHP	3	18	ab61	figs-metonymy	πολλοὶ γὰρ περιπατοῦσιν	1	many walk … as enemies of the cross of Christ	Here, the word **walk** is a Jewish figure of speech meaning to “live” or to “conduct one’s life.” In Jewish culture a person’s behavior was spoken of as if that person was walking along a path. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this in plain language. Alternate translation: “For many live” or “For many people conduct their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	18	zwp3	figs-ellipsis	πολλοὶ γὰρ	1	I have often told you	The phrase **For many** leaves out a word that would be needed in some languages to be completely clear. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “For many people walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	3	18	h6pc		νῦν δὲ καὶ κλαίων	1	weeping, I say	Alternate translation: “but now telling you with great sadness”
-PHP	3	18	n8q2	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	as enemies of the cross of Christ	Paul is figuratively describing the good news of Jesus’ death and resurrection and the work of sharing this good news by associating these things with **the cross of Christ**. Here, the phrase **the cross of Christ** is synonymous with the gospel message and the work of spreading the gospel message. The phrase **enemies of the cross of Christ** refers to the people who are opposed to the message of the gospel and who oppose the people who share the gospel with others. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “as enemies of the good news about Jesus” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who proclaim it” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who share it with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHP	3	18	n8q2	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	as enemies of the cross of Christ	Paul is describing the good news of Jesus’ death and resurrection and the work of sharing this good news by associating these things with **the cross of Christ**. Here, the phrase **the cross of Christ** is synonymous with the gospel message and the work of spreading the gospel message. The phrase **enemies of the cross of Christ** refers to the people who are opposed to the message of the gospel and who oppose the people who share the gospel with others. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “as enemies of the good news about Jesus” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who proclaim it” or “as enemies of the message about Jesus and enemies of those who share it with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	19	v8gv	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	whose end is destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **end**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **end** in another way. Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	19	vcap	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια	1	whose end is destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “whom God will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	3	19	hn9i	figs-synecdoche	ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία	1	whose god is their belly	Here Paul uses **belly** figuratively to represent all physical desires for pleasure. By Paul calling their **belly** their **god**, he means that these people love and serve their physical desire for pleasure rather than loving and serving God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “who serve their desire for food and other pleasures rather than serve God” or “who obey their physical appetites instead of obeying God” or “who love pleasure more than they love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+PHP	3	19	hn9i	figs-synecdoche	ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία	1	whose god is their belly	Here Paul uses **belly** to represent all physical desires for pleasure. By Paul calling their **belly** their **god**, he means that these people love and serve their physical desire for pleasure rather than loving and serving God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “who serve their desire for food and other pleasures rather than serve God” or “who obey their physical appetites instead of obeying God” or “who love pleasure more than they love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PHP	3	19	u9cl	figs-metonymy	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	Here, **shame** stands for the actions that people should be ashamed of but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	3	19	exy0	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** by using an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “who take pride in what should bring them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	19	r3t0	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν	1	their glory is in their shame	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **shame**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **shame** by using an adjective such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “ who take pride in what should cause them to be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -358,11 +358,11 @@ PHP	4	1	ngs7	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you transla
 PHP	4	1	fe2y		ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι	1	my brothers, beloved and longed for	Alternate translation: “whom I love and greatly desire to see”
 PHP	4	1	wx5w	figs-abstractnouns	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	my joy and crown	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** by using a verbal form such as “rejoice” or by using an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “who cause me to be very happy and are my crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	1	lg9a	figs-extrainfo	χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου	1	my joy and crown	The phrase **my joy and crown** could refer to: (1) Paul’s current feelings of joy regarding the Philippian Christians and his future hope of being rewarded for his labor among them. Alternate translation: “my source of joy and my future hope of being rewarded when Christ returns” (2) Paul’s joy and reward in the future when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “my hope for joy and reward when Christ returns” (3) Paul’s present joy in the Philippian believers and his present feeling that they are his reward for his work among them. Alternate translation: “my joy and reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-PHP	4	1	kvsk	figs-metaphor	στέφανός	1	my joy and crown	Paul speaks figuratively of the Philippian Christians as if they were his **crown**. At the time Paul wrote this letter, a **crown** was made of leaves and was worn by a person on their head as a sign of their achievement after they had won an important victory. Here, the word **crown** means that the Philippian Christians brought great honor to Paul before God and were a sign of his hard work among them. If your readers would not understand the meaning of this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “my reward” or “my honor” or “the sign of my hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	1	kvsk	figs-metaphor	στέφανός	1	my joy and crown	Paul speaks of the Philippian Christians as if they were his **crown**. At the time Paul wrote this letter, a **crown** was made of leaves and was worn by a person on their head as a sign of their achievement after they had won an important victory. Here, the word **crown** means that the Philippian Christians brought great honor to Paul before God and were a sign of his hard work among them. If your readers would not understand the meaning of this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “my reward” or “my honor” or “the sign of my hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	1	t07j		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Alternate translation: “so continue living for the Lord in the way that I have taught you, dear friends”
 PHP	4	1	dz44		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	The phrase **in this way** could refer to: (1) what comes before it, in which case this phrase would mean, “in the way that I have just explained to you” Alternate translation: “stand firm in the Lord in the way that I have just explained to you, beloved” (2) what Paul commands the Philippian Christians to do in [Philippians 4:2-9](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “stand firm in the Lord, beloved, in this way”
 PHP	4	1	zu0i	figs-yousingular	στήκετε	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	The phrase **stand firm** is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	4	1	j6fp	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Here the phrase **stand firm** is used figuratively to refer to the imagery of a soldier remaining in place, not moved by the enemy. Here, Paul gives this metaphor a spiritual meaning to exhort the Philippian Christians to not change their minds but continue believing what they have already believed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using another metaphor that would make sense in your culture, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “remain unmoved in your belief in Christ” or “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	1	j6fp	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Here the phrase **stand firm** is used to refer to the imagery of a soldier remaining in place, not moved by the enemy. Here, Paul gives this metaphor a spiritual meaning to exhort the Philippian Christians to not change their minds but continue believing what they have already believed. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using another metaphor that would make sense in your culture, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “remain unmoved in your belief in Christ” or “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	1	i8ad		οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved	Alternate translation: “stand firm in your union and relationship with the Lord” or “stand firm in your union and communion with the Lord”
 PHP	4	2	x5qf	translate-names	Εὐοδίαν…Συντύχην	1	I urge Euodia, and I urge Syntyche	**Euodia** and **Syntyche** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHP	4	3	yb3f	figs-yousingular	σέ	1	I also ask you	Here, **you** refers to the **true companion** and is singular. This is the only occurrence of the word **you** in Philippians that is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -437,18 +437,18 @@ PHP	4	15	rgxx		εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως	1	no churc
 PHP	4	16	getb		ὅτι καὶ ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	Alternate translation: “for even when I was in Thessalonica”
 PHP	4	16	puar	figs-idiom	καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	The phrase **both once and twice** is an idiom meaning that something occurred more than one time. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language, or you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “several times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	4	16	lqor	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατε	1	no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone	Paul is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you sent me money to help me with my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-PHP	4	17	bh3t	figs-metaphor	ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν	1	I seek the fruit that increases to your account	At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning figuratively to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	17	bh3t	figs-metaphor	ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν	1	I seek the fruit that increases to your account	At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	18	fs44		ἀπέχω…πάντα	1	I have everything in full	The phrase **I have everything in full** could mean: (1) that Paul has received **everything** that he needs from the Philippian believers and is therefore sufficiently supplied. Alternate translation: “I have everything I need and am content” (2) that Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 4:17](../04/17.md) and is here offering the Philippians a figurative receipt for the gifts they gave him. Alternate translation: “I have received the gift that you sent”
 PHP	4	18	en6t	figs-explicit	περισσεύω	1	I abound	The phrase **I abound** means that Paul has more than enough of the things that he needs for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have more than enough of the things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	4	18	p6y1	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ’ ὑμῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **I have been filled** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “You have fully provided for me by giving me the things which Epaphroditus brought to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	4	18	hte4	translate-names	Ἐπαφροδίτου	1	I abound	**Epaphroditus** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Philippians 2:25](../02/25.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
-PHP	4	18	s68v	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ	1	an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God	Here Paul speaks figuratively of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by stating the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	18	s68v	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ	1	an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God	Here Paul speaks of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by stating the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	19	r96p	figs-idiom	πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν	1	will fulfill all your needs	The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	4	19	xmk2		κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus	Alternate translation: “from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus”
 PHP	4	20	fba5	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Now to our God	When Paul says **our**, he is speaking of himself and the Philippian believers, so **our** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHP	4	21	h2jr	figs-yousingular	ἀσπάσασθε	1	The brothers	This is a command or instruction to all of the Philippian Christians. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-PHP	4	21	z65a	figs-metaphor	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “My fellow believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	21	z65a	figs-metaphor	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Paul is using the term **brothers** here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternative translation, “My fellow believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	21	kaxz	figs-gendernotations	οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a spiritual sense to include both men and women who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “The brothers and sisters with me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations)
 PHP	4	22	rg96	translate-unknown	τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας	1	especially those from the household of Caesar	The phrase **the household of Caesar** refers to the servants who worked in Caesar’s palace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-PHP	4	23	a3f8	figs-synecdoche	μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	be with your spirit	Paul figuratively describes the Philippian Christians as whole persons by reference to their **spirit**. Alternate translation: “be with you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
+PHP	4	23	a3f8	figs-synecdoche	μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	be with your spirit	Paul describes the Philippian Christians as whole persons by reference to their **spirit**. Alternate translation: “be with you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
 PHP	4	23	nd4z	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν	1	be with your spirit	The word **grace** is an abstract noun that can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus Christ act graciously to you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)

en_tn_52-COL.tsv

@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ COL	1	4	gjwb	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχετε εἰς
 COL	1	5	n1qz	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐλπίδα	1	because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens	Here, **hope** refers not only to the attitude of hopefulness but also to what the believer hopes for, that is, what God has promised to give to all believers. If **hope** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	5	bmpc	figs-activepassive	τὴν ἀποκειμένην	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	5	xn8s	figs-possession	τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. This could refer to: (1) a message that is truth. Alternate translation: “the message that is true” (2) a message concerning the truth. Alternate translation: “the message about the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	5	ir6k	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the announcement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	1	6	p5rv	figs-personification	τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς	1		Here, the good news is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+COL	1	5	ir6k	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the announcement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	1	6	p5rv	figs-personification	τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς	1		Here, the good news is spoken of as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 COL	1	6	z3g5	figs-hyperbole	ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in all the world	Here, **in all the world** is a generalization referring to the part of the **world** that Paul and the Colossians knew about. If **all the world** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **world** refers to the known world at that time. Alternate translation: “in every place that we know about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	1	6	wk21	figs-metaphor	ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον	1	is bearing fruit and is growing	Here, Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a plant that could grow and produce fruit. He means that the gospel reaches more people and that it changes how people think and behave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is reaching more people so that they do what is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	6	ev91	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		Paul leaves out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your language needs these words, you could supply them from the context. Alternate translation: “just as this good news has reached you so that you do what is pleasing to God” or “just as it has done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ COL	1	9	k8x2		σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1		Here,
 COL	1	9	w78g	figs-doublet	σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1	in all wisdom and spiritual understanding	The words **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word. Alternate translation: “spiritual comprehension” or “spiritual insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	1	10	m4hf	figs-metaphor	περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to walk worthily of the Lord	Here, the word **walk** is a figurative way to refer to behavior in life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “to behave in the way that the Lord expects you to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	10	vv4g	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν	1	in every pleasing way	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing way** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	10	vfp3	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες	1	bearing fruit	Paul is speaking figuratively of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their fruit. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	10	vfp3	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες	1	bearing fruit	Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their fruit. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	10	b9l1	figs-abstractnouns	αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “knowing God better and better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	11	gxv6	figs-activepassive	δυναμούμενοι	1	being strengthened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea with an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God strengthening you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	11	da4r	figs-possession	τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that is characterized by God’s **glory**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use an adjective such as “glorious” or “great” instead of the noun **glory**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” or “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ COL	1	13	dw5k	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1	t
 COL	1	13	z8b5	figs-possession	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe an **authority** that is characterized by **darkness** (a metaphor for evil). If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use a verb such as “rule” or “control” for the noun **authority**. Alternate translation: “the evil that ruled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	13	i0sn	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “the dark things that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	13	kgvf	figs-metaphor	μετέστησεν	1		Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	13	l2ex	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a kingdom. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	13	l2ex	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a kingdom. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	13	o1pl	figs-possession	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to characterize the **Son** as **his beloved**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea behind **his beloved** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “of the Son he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	13	zav6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1	of his beloved Son	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father (who is mentioned in the previous verse ([1:12](../01/12.md))) and Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, God the Father’s beloved Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 COL	1	14	qe6x	translate-textvariants	τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν	1	in whom	Some later manuscripts add “through his blood” after **redemption**. Most likely, “through his blood” was accidentally added because of how similar this verse is to [Ephesians 1:7](../eph/01/07.md), which does include “through his blood.” Most likely, you should not include “through his blood” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ COL	1	18	ybqn	figs-nominaladj	τῶν νεκρῶν	1		Paul is using the adjecti
 COL	1	18	uqrv	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων	1		This clause could identify: (1) the result of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “with the result that he is first among all things” (2) the purpose of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “in order that he might be first among all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	1	18	jjgh	figs-metaphor	γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων	1		Paul here describes Jesus as if he were **first** to do or be something. This does not refer to time or sequence, but rather it refers to importance. If the meaning of **first** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable expression or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he himself might become the most important person in all creation” or “he himself might be greater than everything and anybody else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	19	npzz	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		The word **for** provides a reason for previous statements. If **for** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify for which statements this verse gives a reason. These statements could be (1) everything in the previous verse, including the Son’s headship over the church, his founding of the church, his resurrection, and his status as most important. Alternate translation: “He is all these things because” (2) why the Son is first among all things. Alternate translation: “He is first among all things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-COL	1	19	nyos	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		The verb **was pleased** implies a personal subject, which must be God the Father. By using the phrase **all the fullness**, Paul is speaking figuratively of everything that God the Father is, either by ellipsis or metonymy. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to make all of his fullness dwell in the Son” or “all the fullness of God the Father was pleased to dwell in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-COL	1	19	zu89	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		Here, Paul speaks figuratively of the Son as though he were a house in which God’s **fullness** could **dwell**. This does not mean that God lives inside of the Son or that the Son is part of God. This means that the Son has all the divinity of God. It means that the Son is fully God just as the Father is fully God. If the metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, you could state it more plainly. Alternate translation: “the Son is fully God in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	19	nyos	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		The verb **was pleased** implies a personal subject, which must be God the Father. By using the phrase **all the fullness**, Paul is speaking of everything that God the Father is, either by ellipsis or metonymy. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to make all of his fullness dwell in the Son” or “all the fullness of God the Father was pleased to dwell in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL	1	19	zu89	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		Here, Paul speaks of the Son as though he were a house in which God’s **fullness** could **dwell**. This does not mean that God lives inside of the Son or that the Son is part of God. This means that the Son has all the divinity of God. It means that the Son is fully God just as the Father is fully God. If the metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, you could state it more plainly. Alternate translation: “the Son is fully God in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	19	wmdw	figs-metonymy	πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα	1		In the context, **fullness** stands for the **fullness** of divinity, or everything that characterizes God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clear that **fullness** refers to the **fullness** of God. Alternate translation: “the full divinity of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	20	qweh		ἀποκαταλλάξαι	1	through the blood of his cross	This verse continues the sentence from the previous verse, so **to reconcile** continues the same verb from there, “was pleased,” along with its implied subject, God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat that subject and verb here. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to reconcile”
 COL	1	20	cf2d		τὰ πάντα	1	through the blood of his cross	Here, **all things** includes everything that God created, including people. If **all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could be more specific. Alternate translation: “all things and all people”
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ COL	1	25	j4xm	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν οἰκονομίαν	1		The word **ste
 COL	1	25	t0oa	figs-possession	τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **stewardship** that could (1) come from God. Alternate translation: “the stewardship from God” (2) belong to God and be **given** to Paul. Alternate translation: “God’s own stewardship” or “God’s own oversight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	25	s0ax	figs-activepassive	τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “that God gave to me” or “that he gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	25	t6ud	figs-possession	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Paul uses the possessive form to describe a word that is (1) from God. Alternate translation: “the word that came from God” (2) about God. Alternate translation: “the word about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	25	elpv	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message from God” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	1	25	elpv	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to fulfill the word of God	Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message from God” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	26	f3mt	figs-activepassive	τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον	1	the mystery that had been hidden	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God had hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	26	ijtl	translate-unknown	τὸ μυστήριον	1		Here Paul calls “the word of God,” from [1:25](../01/25.md), a **mystery**. This does not mean that it is hard to understand, but rather, it had not yet been revealed. Now, however, Paul says that it “has been revealed.” If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that has been revealed, you could replace **mystery** with a short descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 COL	1	26	emw6	figs-explicit	τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν	1		This clause does not mean that the **ages** and the **generations** were unable to understand the “mystery.” Instead, **from the ages** and **from the generations** refer to the time during which the mystery was hidden. Those from whom the mystery was hidden are not expressed explicitly, but it is clear that they are those who were alive during those times. If your language would express explicitly those from whom the mystery was hidden, you could insert it into the sentence. Alternate translation: “that has been hidden from the people who lived during the ages and in the generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ COL	1	27	nkz3	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης	1	the hope
 COL	1	28	va1x	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν…παραστήσωμεν	1	We proclaim … we may present	The pronoun **we** in this verse does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 COL	1	28	lyz1	figs-explicit	πάντα ἄνθρωπον	-1	so that we may present every man	Here, **every man** refers to every person whom Paul has told about Jesus. If **every man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “every man whom we talk to … each of them … each of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	28	pwff	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	-1		Here, the word **man** does not refer to only male people but to any human being. If **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a term that refers to humans in general. Alternate translation: “human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-COL	1	28	y1sb	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ σοφίᾳ	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively when he says that he uses **all wisdom**, by which he means that he uses all of the wisdom that he possesses. He does not mean that he possesses all the wisdom that exists. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the wisdom that we have” or “all of the wisdom that God has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+COL	1	28	y1sb	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ σοφίᾳ	1		Here Paul speaks when he says that he uses **all wisdom**, by which he means that he uses all of the wisdom that he possesses. He does not mean that he possesses all the wisdom that exists. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the wisdom that we have” or “all of the wisdom that God has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	1	28	p1la	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα παραστήσωμεν	1		Paul here explains the goal or purpose for which he and those with him “admonish” and “teach” people. In your translation, use a phrase that designates goal or purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that we may present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	1	28	rrvr	figs-explicit	παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν Χριστῷ	1		In this context, when Paul says that he intends to **present** people, he does not say to whom or where he will **present** them. If your language would include this information, you could explain what the situation is. Paul could be referring to (1) when people appear before God on the judgment day. Alternate translation: “we may present every man complete in Christ to God the Father on the judgment day” (2) when people worship God. Alternate translation: “we may present every man complete in Christ when they come before God in worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	28	uk2i	translate-unknown	τέλειον	1	complete	The word **complete** in this context means that a person is what he or she is supposed to be and is able to do what he or she is called to do. If **complete** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that has this meaning, such as “perfect” or “excellent,” or you could translate **complete** with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “fit for what God has called him to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ COL	2	22	klsg	figs-possession	τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλ
 COL	2	22	d4lu	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **commands** and **teachings**, you can express the idea by using verbs. Alternate translation: “what men command and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	22	oqmf	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the word **men** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether men or women. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “of men and women” or “of humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 COL	2	23	r2m8	figs-idiom	λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας	1		Commands that have **a word of wisdom** are commands that come from wise thinking or require wise behavior. If this **having indeed a word of wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate this idiom with a comparable expression, or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “are indeed characterized by wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-COL	2	23	h2hk	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a message” or “a lesson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	2	23	h2hk	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1		Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a message” or “a lesson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	2	23	y2dc	figs-hypo	ἅτινά…λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος	1	These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body	While there is no grammatical marker for a condition here, the word **in** functionally introduces a condition: these commands have a **word of wisdom** “if” one values **self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body**. It is only if one values these things that the commands have wisdom. If Paul’s explanation of how these commands could have **wisdom** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using a conditional expression, or use the word “seem.” Alternate translation: “which, having indeed a word of wisdom if one values self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 COL	2	23	g60j	figs-abstractnouns	λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος,	1	These, having indeed a word of wisdom in self-made religion and false humility and severity of the body	If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **wisdom**, **religion**, **humility**, and **severity**, you can rephrase this part of the verse so that you can express these ideas with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “having indeed a word that seems wise according to people who serve God in their own way, who humble themselves for gain, and who act severely to their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	23	vr8p	translate-unknown	ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ	1		The phrase **self-made religion** could describe (1) people who worship God however they want to. Alternate translation: “invented religion” (2) people who pretend to worship God but do not. Alternate translation: “mock worship” or “false worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ COL	3	15	bfnp		εὐχάριστοι γίνεσθε	1	in your hearts	Alternate t
 COL	3	16	agax	figs-imperative	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν πλουσίως	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could express Paul’s command in the second person with the Colossians as the subject of a verb such as “welcome.” Alternate translation: “Welcome the word of Christ richly into your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 COL	3	16	w9dv	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul speaks as if the **word of Christ** were a person who could **dwell** or live in a location, which is the group of believers in Colossae. This metaphor emphasizes how the **word of Christ** should be a consistent and constant part of the Colossians’ lives as surely as if it were somebody permanently living with them. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Let the word of Christ be a part of your lives consistently and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	16	g0h5	figs-possession	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul uses the possessive form to relate **the word** to **Christ**. This could mean: (1) that **the word** is about **Christ**. Alternate translation: “the word concerning the Messiah” (2) that **the word** is spoken by **Christ**. Alternate translation: “the word from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	3	16	mz40	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	3	16	mz40	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	3	16	frn8	figs-metaphor	πλουσίως	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Here Paul speaks as if the “word” were wealthy and could do something **richly**. He uses this metaphor to command that the word should dwell in the Colossians completely and with all the blessings that come from it. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or express it non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “in every way and with every blessing” or “fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	16	aqx3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you can express the idea another way. Alternate translation: “in all wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	16	e44g	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ, διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθετοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς…ᾄδοντες	1	Let the word of Christ dwell in you	Paul uses the words **teaching**, **admonishing**, and **singing** to show the Colossians some ways in which they can “let the word of Christ dwell” in them. Therefore, **teaching**, **admonishing**, and **singing** happen at the same time as **the word of Christ** dwelling in them. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could directly state it. Alternate translation: (start a new sentence) “you could do this by teaching and admonishing one another in all wisdom … and by singing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ COL	4	3	sct4	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν	1		In this verse, the word *
 COL	4	3	ql6g	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) the content of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that” or “asking that” (2) the purpose for which the Colossians should pray for Paul. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	4	3	ub1i	figs-metaphor	ὁ Θεὸς ἀνοίξῃ ἡμῖν θύραν τοῦ λόγου	1	God may open a door	Here Paul speaks of God providing opportunities for Paul and Timothy to preach the gospel as if God were “opening” a **door** to them **for the word**. The image is of God opening a door so that Paul and Timothy can go in and preach the message about Christ. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “God may give us opportunities to preach the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	4	3	m7z4	figs-doublet	τοῦ λόγου, λαλῆσαι	1	God may open a door	Here, **for the word** and **to speak** mean almost the same thing. If your language would not use both of phrases here, you could combine them into one. Alternate translation: “to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-COL	4	3	w4fl	figs-metonymy	τοῦ λόγου	1	God may open a door	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the message” or “for what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	4	3	w4fl	figs-metonymy	τοῦ λόγου	1	God may open a door	Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the message” or “for what we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	4	3	tl71	grammar-connect-logic-goal	λαλῆσαι	1	may open a door to us for the word	The phrase **to speak** indicates the purpose for which the “door” is opened. If **to speak** would not indicate purpose in your language, you could use a word or phrase that does indicate purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that we might speak” or “so that we can speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	4	3	ce37	translate-unknown	τὸ μυστήριον	1	the mystery of Christ	Paul speaks of his message as **the mystery** of Christ. This does not mean that the message is hard to understand, but rather that it had not previously been revealed. Now, however, Paul does “make it clear” (as [4:4](../04/04.md) says). If a **mystery** that is revealed or spoken would be misunderstood in your language, you could replace **mystery** with a short descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the concealed message” or “the previously hidden message” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
 COL	4	3	fkva	figs-possession	τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the mystery of Christ	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak of a **mystery** whose content is a message about **Christ**. If your language does not use the possessive form to express that idea, you can express the idea with a preposition such as “about” or a relative clause such as “that concerns.” Alternate translation: “the mystery that concerns Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

en_tn_53-1TH.tsv

@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	1	ms5e	figs-ellipsis	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Here some words are omitted that a sentence would need in order to be complete in many languages. Alternate translation: “We are Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, writing to the church” (See rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
 1TH	1	1	zivb	figs-explicit	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Paul is understood to be the author of this letter. Silvanus and Timothy are with him as he writes and are in agreement with what he writes. If that might not be understood in your language, you could include this information in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, together with Silvanus and Timothy, write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	1	1	r7n0	translate-names	Σιλουανὸς	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	The name **Silvanus** is a longer form of the name **Silas**, the form of the name used for this same man in the book of Acts. You could choose to use the shorter form here as well, or you could choose to use the longer form here and include a footnote explaining that they are forms of the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1TH	1	1	z7wu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Here Paul speaks figuratively of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	1	1	z7wu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	1	1	vlb3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		When **God** is called **Father** (See [1:3](../01/03.md)), it is meant to highlight his relationship to **Jesus** as “Son” (See [1:10](../01/10.md)). Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1TH	1	1	luw5	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace and peace to you	This phrase is a common biblical blessing formula and greeting (See Rom. 1:7; 1 Cor. 1:3; 2 Cor. 1:2; Gal. 1:3; Eph. 1:2; Phil. 1:2; Col. 1:2; 2 Th. 1:2; Philem. 1:3; 1 Pet. 1:2; 2 Pet. 1:2; Rev. 1:4). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing that could be used as a greeting in your language. Alternate translation: “May God give you his grace and peace” or “I pray that God shows you favor and keeps you safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 1TH	1	1	qx70	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace and peace to you	The words **grace** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs or description words. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “We pray that God will treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 1TH	1	1	nn67	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	to you	Throughout this letter the word **you** is plural and refers to the church of Thessalonica, unless otherwise noted. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
 1TH	1	2	of3g	figs-infostructure	εὐχαριστοῦμεν…ποιούμενοι	1		In this verse Paul describes the apostles’ prayers for the Thessalonians in two clauses. The first clause is specific, that they **give thanks to God**, and the second is general, that they are **making mention** of them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the clauses, as done in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
-1TH	1	2	o7cp	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε…μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν ἡμῶν, ἀδιαλείπτως	1		Here the words **always** and **continually** are exaggerations that figuratively express the intensity and frequency of the prayers offered up to God by Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy for the Thessalonians. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We regularly give thanks to God for all of you, very often making mention of you in our prayers” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole)
+1TH	1	2	o7cp	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε…μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν ἡμῶν, ἀδιαλείπτως	1		Here the words **always** and **continually** are exaggerations that express the intensity and frequency of the prayers offered up to God by Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy for the Thessalonians. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We regularly give thanks to God for all of you, very often making mention of you in our prayers” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole)
 1TH	1	3	ecw0	figs-idiom	μνημονεύοντες ὑμῶν τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τοῦ κόπου τῆς ἀγάπης, καὶ τῆς ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν;	1		The main verb of this sentence is “we give thanks” (See [1:2](../01/02.md)). The phrase **remembering … before our God and Father** is an idiom that also means to thank God in prayer. The apostles are **remembering** these things about the Thessalonians and thanking God for them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could move the phrase **before our God and Father** to follow **remembering**. Alternate translation: “offering thanks for … to our God and Father” or “gratefully mentioning to our God and Father … Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
 1TH	1	3	w769	figs-possession	τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τοῦ κόπου τῆς ἀγάπης, καὶ τῆς ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐλπίδος	1		Paul uses three pairs of words in a possessive relationship here. The most likely meaning of this possessive relationship is that the second word of each pair is the motivation for the first word of the pair. Alternate translation: “work motivated by faith and labor because of love and endurance based on future promises” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession)
 1TH	1	3	kr8q	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The words **in our Lord Jesus Christ** is a possessive form. The relationship between **our Lord Jesus Christ** and **hope** could refer to: (1) Jesus as the object of hope. Alternate translation: “that our Lord Jesus Christ will do what he has promised” (2) Jesus as the source of hope. Alternate translation: “that comes from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	6	kgjr		ὑμεῖς	1	you became imitators	The word translated **you** is in a position that gives it special emphasis as a new topic. Use a natural way in your language to show that Paul is now going to talk about the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “on your part, you” or “you yourselves”
 1TH	1	6	b607	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		**Lord** here refers to Jesus, as in [1:3](../01/03.md). Throughout this letter, whenever Paul uses the title **Lord**, it refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include the name here. See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 1TH	1	6	w222	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	μετὰ χαρᾶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1		If it is natural in your language, you may want to indicate a contrast between this phrase and the one before it. Alternate translation: “yet in spite of that, you had joy from the Holy Spirit” or “and even so, the Holy Spirit caused you to be joyful” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast)
-1TH	1	6	c2hl	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **the word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. It refers to the same message called “our gospel” in [1:5](../01/05.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel message” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TH	1	6	c2hl	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **the word** represents a message that is made up of words. It refers to the same message called “our gospel” in [1:5](../01/05.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel message” or “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	1	6	wura	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν θλίψει πολλῇ	1		If your language would not use the abstract noun **hardship**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while you were deeply distressed” or “as people made you suffer” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 1TH	1	6	r7o6	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ χαρᾶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1		If your language would not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **joy**, you could translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “you rejoiced because of the Holy Spirit” or “but remaining joyful because of the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 1TH	1	6	ohen	figs-possession	μετὰ χαρᾶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a relationship between **the Holy Spirit** and **joy**. This relationship could be: (1) the Holy Spirit is the source of joy. Alternate translation: “with joy from the Holy Spirit” or “as the Holy Spirit caused you to rejoice” (2) joy is the response to having the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “with the joy of those who belong to the Holy Spirit” or “with joy because you belong to the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	7	xetp		ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἀχαΐᾳ	1		The phrases **in Macedonia** and **in Achaia** mean that **those who believe** lived in any part of those provinces. Alternate translation: “throughout Macedonia and Achaia” or “throughout the regions of Macedonia and Achaia” or “across all of Macedonia and Achaia”
 1TH	1	8	da73	figs-infostructure	ἀφ’ ὑμῶν γὰρ ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου	1		By putting **For from you** at the beginning of the sentence, Paul is emphasizing that it was the Thessalonians who have spread the word of God throughout the area. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this. Alternate translation: “Indeed, it was from you that people heard the word of the Lord” or “Yes, you were the ones who proclaimed the word of the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
 1TH	1	8	smjv	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀφ’ ὑμῶν γὰρ	1		This verse connects to verse 7 as an explanation of how the Thessalonian church became an example of faithfulness to God throughout Macedonia and Achaia and beyond. Use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation in your language. Alternate translation: “Certainly, from you” or “Indeed, from all of you” or “Because from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	1	8	qyk6	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	The phrase **the word of the Lord** figuratively refers to “the whole message of the Lord’s gospel.” Alternate translation: “the gospel message about the Lord Jesus Christ” or “the Lord’s gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TH	1	8	qyk6	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	The phrase **the word of the Lord** refers to “the whole message of the Lord’s gospel.” Alternate translation: “the gospel message about the Lord Jesus Christ” or “the Lord’s gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	1	8	sht4	figs-metaphor	ἐξήχηται	1	has been sounded out	Here, **has been sounded out** uses a metaphor of a ringing bell or resounding instrument that can be heard from far away to describe how clearly and far the news of the Thessalonians’ faithfulness to God has spread throughout the world. If this might be misunderstood in your language, use an equivalent metaphor, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has shone forth” or “has spread far and wide” or “has been heard” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 1TH	1	8	esk9	figs-synecdoche	ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν	1		Here, **faith** stands for the way that the Thessalonian church lived in faithful obedience to God. If this might be misunderstood in your language, use an expanded phrase. Alternate translation: “news of the way that you trust in God” or “the report about your faithfulness toward God” or “your faithful example before God” (See rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche)
 1TH	1	8	lxc3	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἐξελήλυθεν	1		Here, **your faith toward God has gone out** is a metaphor that pictures **faith** as something that can travel. This metaphor has the same meaning as the previous one about the sound of a bell going out. It means that the news of the Thessalonians’ faithfulness to God has spread very far. If this might be misunderstood in your language, use an equivalent metaphor, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “people have heard about your faith toward God in every place” or “news of your trust in God has been heard in every place” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	9	xeff	figs-explicit	ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	what kind of reception we had with you	Paul implies that the **kind of reception** they had from the Thessalonians was a good one. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “what a good reception we had from you” or “how gladly you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	1	9	dkv4	figs-idiom	πῶς ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν	1	you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God	Here, the phrase **how you turned** is an idiom that simply refers to the fact that they turned, not to the manner of how they turned. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “that you turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	1	9	wpbm	figs-doublet	ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ	1	you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God	If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two phrases **to God** and **to serve the living and true God** into one phrase. Alternate translation: “you turned from serving the idols to serve the living and true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	1	9	u1um	figs-metaphor	ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων	1	you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian believers as if they had been facing toward their idols and then turned around to face toward God. He means that they no longer worship idols, but now they worship God. If this metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you started worshiping God and left the idols behind” or “you abandoned the idols so that you could worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	1	9	u1um	figs-metaphor	ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων	1	you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian believers as if they had been facing toward their idols and then turned around to face toward God. He means that they no longer worship idols, but now they worship God. If this metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you started worshiping God and left the idols behind” or “you abandoned the idols so that you could worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	1	9	fa47	grammar-connect-logic-goal	δουλεύειν	1		Here, **to serve** introduces a purpose clause. The reason why these people stopped worshiping idols was in order to serve God. Use a natural method of introducing a purpose clause in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to begin serving” or “for the purpose of serving” or “so that you could serve” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal)
 1TH	1	9	gv76	figs-parallelism	ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ	1		This phrase expresses parallelism, by contrasting the deadness and falseness of idols with the living and real God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	1	9	ou5h	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ	1		By using the terms **living and true** to describe God, Paul is implying that these terms do not apply to the idols or to the gods that those idols represent. The idols themselves are made of materials that are not alive. The gods that they represent are living beings, but they are not **true** gods, because people do not owe them obedience or worship as they do to the God who created them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include this information in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “from worshiping the non-living statues of false gods in order to serve the real God who is alive” or “from the dead idols in order to serve the God who lives and deserves our worship” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	10	yh5s	figs-explicit	τὸν ῥυόμενον	1		Here, **rescuing** does not mean being taken away from God’s wrath after experiencing it. Instead, it means being taken away from any danger of experiencing God’s wrath. Alternate translation: “the one saving us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 1TH	1	10	pt1s	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	the one rescuing us	This is an inclusive use of **us**, including Paul, Silvanus, Timothy, and the Thessalonians–and by extension—all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “all of us Christians” or “we who trust in Christ” or “all of us believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	1	10	g3zz	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης	1		Here, **wrath** is an abstract noun referring to the destined **coming** of God’s future and final Judgment. If it is clearer in your language, you could translate this as a verb form. Alternate translation: “from the future time when God punishes those who do not trust in him” or “when God will certainly punish those who worship idols” or “from God’s impending judgment” (See: [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	1	10	cx5g	figs-metaphor	τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **wrath** as though it were something that could travel and is **coming** to where people are. He means by this that in the future an event will happen when God will act wrathfully against people who have sinned and who have not trusted in Jesus to forgive their sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment that will happen” or “when God will punish people for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	1	10	cx5g	figs-metaphor	τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης	1		Paul speaks of **wrath** as though it were something that could travel and is **coming** to where people are. He means by this that in the future an event will happen when God will act wrathfully against people who have sinned and who have not trusted in Jesus to forgive their sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment that will happen” or “when God will punish people for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	intro	kt5l			0		# 1 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 2<br><br>1. Apostolic Suffering (2:1-13)<br>* Apostolic preaching (2:1-6)<br>* Apostolic conduct (2:7-9)<br>* Apostolic witness (2:10-3)<br>2. Persecution of the Church (2:14-16)<br>* Thessalonian persecution (2:14a)<br>* Jewish persecution (2:14b-16)<br>3. Paul’s Desire to Visit (2:17-20)<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter is a defense of their apostleship and sufferings. The second part is a recounting of the Thessalonian church’s sufferings. Lastly, the apostle Paul makes known his deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church.<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Apostolic witness<br><br>Here, Paul defends how he, Silvanus, and Timothy are God’s apostles. By their preaching, conduct, and witness, they prove to be authorized messengers of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### The gospel of God<br><br>The foundation of the apostolic witness is that they were “entrusted with the gospel” (See [2:4](../02/04.md)).The apostles’ authority makes them: “bold to speak” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)), “impart” (See [2:8](../02/08.md)), “preach” (See [2:9](../02/09.md)), and thank God that the Thessalonian church “received the word of God” (See [2:13](../02/13.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In this chapter is the first mention of the Second Coming of Christ in its two facets. First, Paul mentions that the persecutors of Christ’s Church will be judged by using the phrase “wrath has come upon them” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Next, Paul speaks of the “hope” and “joy” and “glory” for those who will “be saved” (See [2:16](../02/16.md)) “in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming” (See [2:19-20](../02/19.md)).
 1TH	2	1	ii5j	grammar-connect-words-phrases	αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε, ἀδελφοί	1		Here, **For you yourselves know, brothers** functions as a chapter transition into the next topic, the apostles’ suffering. You could emphasize this if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you are fully aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	2	1	gpr4	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε	1	you yourselves know	The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles’ previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
@@ -97,28 +97,28 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	5	xk2o	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν	1		Here, the phrase **For we did not come at that time** marks a transition where the apostles defend their motives by describing their previous godly conduct. Alternate translation: “Because previously when we came, it was not to flatter you” or “Certainly we never came in order to flatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	2	5	u28j	figs-litany	οὔτε…ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας…οὔτε ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας	1		Here, Paul uses a series of negative examples in [2:5-6](../02/05.md) to describe behavior that is not fitting for Christ’s apostles. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” You can use a form in your language to list things that someone should not do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
 1TH	2	5	hqih	figs-infostructure	οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν,	1		Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2](../02/02.md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “As you are well aware, we did not previously come to flatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1TH	2	5	q2yh	figs-metaphor	ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας	1		Here, **pretext** figuratively expresses the idea of people with greedy motives by comparing them to people wearing a mask or a disguise to cover up their evil intent. If the concept of a masking or disguising would not communicate a covering of true motives, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “disguising greedy intent” or “trying to hide greed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	5	q2yh	figs-metaphor	ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας	1		Here, **pretext** expresses the idea of people with greedy motives by comparing them to people wearing a mask or a disguise to cover up their evil intent. If the concept of a masking or disguising would not communicate a covering of true motives, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “disguising greedy intent” or “trying to hide greed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	5	qqia	figs-ellipsis	(Θεὸς μάρτυς)	1		In the phrase **God {is} witness**, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “God is our witness!”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	2	5	lfym	figs-metaphor	(Θεὸς μάρτυς)	1		The apostles are appealing to God to validate their gospel message and personal motives. They figuratively speak as if they are summoning God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} witness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We swear to/by God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	2	6	j6c4	figs-synecdoche	οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ’ ἄλλων	1		Here Paul refers figuratively to **men** to speak of any individual person. He also refers to **from you or from others** as another way of saying “all people.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “We were not looking for praise from any human being–not you or anyone else–” or “We were not hoping for any human honors from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TH	2	5	lfym	figs-metaphor	(Θεὸς μάρτυς)	1		The apostles are appealing to God to validate their gospel message and personal motives. They speak as if they are summoning God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} witness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We swear to/by God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	6	j6c4	figs-synecdoche	οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ’ ἄλλων	1		Here Paul refers to **men** to speak of any individual person. He also refers to **from you or from others** as another way of saying “all people.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “We were not looking for praise from any human being–not you or anyone else–” or “We were not hoping for any human honors from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TH	2	6	afcc	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν	1		If your language does not use the abstract noun **glory**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to praise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	2	7	u7y2	figs-hypo	δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι, ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι	1		With the phrase **being able to be a burden**, Paul uses a hypothetical condition to draw attention to the divine authority of the **apostles of Christ**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. This phrase could refer to: (1) authority of the apostles. “as Christ’s apostles we have authority to force obedience” (2) rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we could have burdened you by demanding financial support” (3) authority and rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we have the power to demand support and submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-1TH	2	7	a75z	figs-metaphor	δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	7	a75z	figs-metaphor	δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι	1		Paul speaks of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	7	bslq	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		Here, **but** signals that the rest of the verse will contrast the idea of **burden**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	2	7	y3bi	figs-metaphor	ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν	1		Here, **became little children in the midst of you** is a metaphor indicating how gently the apostles treated the Thessalonian church. You could translate this with an active form, using a simile. Alternate translation: “we acted as mild as infants when we visited you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	7	bnp2	figs-idiom	ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν	1		Paul uses the idiom **in the midst of you** that means “spending time” or “visiting”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “while visiting you” or “while spending time with you” or “when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	2	7	ag1l	figs-simile	ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα	1	as if a mother might comfort her own children	The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1TH	2	8	r8b4	figs-abstractnouns	οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν	1	Having affection for you in this manner	If your language does not use the abstract noun **affection**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	2	8	q86v	figs-metaphor	τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς	1	we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls	Paul uses **our own souls** to speak figuratively of the apostles’ bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	8	q86v	figs-metaphor	τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς	1	we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls	Paul uses **our own souls** to speak of the apostles’ bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	9	v837	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1		Here the connecting word **For** emphasizes that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “Certainly,” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	2	9	exw6	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TH	2	9	tc98	figs-doublet	τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον	1	our labor and toil	Here, **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes how hard the apostles worked. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases or make them active. Alternate translation: “our toilsome labor” or “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	2	9	ilj2	figs-distinguish	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι	1		This phrase further explains **our labor and toil**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “although working night and day” or “despite the fact that we kept working night and day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	2	9	ylkl	figs-idiom	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι	1		Here, **night and day working** is an idiom for excessive labor. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we stayed busy working” or “we never stopped laboring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	2	9	kedf	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack (See note at [2:7](../02/07.md)). Alternative translation, “so that none of you would have to financially support us” or “so that we would not impose on anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	9	kedf	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν	1		Paul speaks of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack (See note at [2:7](../02/07.md)). Alternative translation, “so that none of you would have to financially support us” or “so that we would not impose on anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	9	tw00	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πρὸς τὸ μὴ	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why the apostles worked so much. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	2	9	ezqn	figs-possession	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Again, the phrase **the gospel of God** is used to indicate that the apostles’ message is of divine origin (See your translation at [2:2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	2	10	re18	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός	1		The apostles are appealing to the Thessalonian church and God to validate their gospel message and personal motives (See also [2:5](../02/05.md)). They figuratively speak as if they are summoning both the church and God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “You are our witnesses, as well as God himself” or “As well as God, you could personally testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	10	re18	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός	1		The apostles are appealing to the Thessalonian church and God to validate their gospel message and personal motives (See also [2:5](../02/05.md)). They speak as if they are summoning both the church and God as a witness to testify on their behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “You are our witnesses, as well as God himself” or “As well as God, you could personally testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	10	h52a	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες καὶ ὁ Θεός	1		In this phrase, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “As well as God, you could personally testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TH	2	10	il3e	figs-litany	ὡς ὁσίως, καὶ δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως, ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν	1	holy, and righteous, and blameless	Paul uses a repetitive series of proofs of the apostles’ godly behavior in [2:10-12](../02/10.md). This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the evidence for which the Thessalonian church and God are evoked as witnesses. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. Alternate translation: “just how faithfully and justly and innocently we conducted ourselves toward you believers in God” or “how we acted reverently, and fairly, and blamelessly while visiting the faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
 1TH	2	10	ufdv	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν	1	holy, and righteous, and blameless	The pronouns **You** and **you** are plural and refer to all the believers in God at Thessalonica. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “You all … among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -139,15 +139,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	13	i39s	figs-events	ὅτι παραλαβόντες λόγον ἀκοῆς παρ’ ἡμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐδέξασθε	1	General Information:	Paul is stressing that it is **the word of God** that the apostles reported. This is why he first mentions that the Thessalonians **received the word of God** before mentioning that they **heard** it. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “that when we told you God’s message, you heard it, and then you accepted it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 1TH	2	13	dr6q	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		Here, **that** marks the reasons in [2:13-14](../02/13.md) for why the apostles are thankful for the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why people should do things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	2	13	zj5f	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν	1	not as the word of man	Paul uses this contrasting clause to strongly negate the idea that the apostles’ message is of human origin. Use a natural way in your language for introducing an emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but in fact what it really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TH	2	13	f6ta	figs-metonymy	λόγον ἀνθρώπων…λόγον Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses the phrase **the word** figuratively to represent a message that is made up of words. Here, **the word of man** refers to a message of human origin. In contrast, **the word of God** refers to the same message, called “the gospel of God” in [2:8-9](../02/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a human message … God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TH	2	13	ci1e	figs-personification	ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν	1	which is also working in you who believe	The apostles refer to God’s gospel message figuratively as if it were a person or tool doing work. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God is energizing you faithful ones with this message” or “and God is activating this message among you who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	2	13	f6ta	figs-metonymy	λόγον ἀνθρώπων…λόγον Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses the phrase **the word** to represent a message that is made up of words. Here, **the word of man** refers to a message of human origin. In contrast, **the word of God** refers to the same message, called “the gospel of God” in [2:8-9](../02/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a human message … God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TH	2	13	ci1e	figs-personification	ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν	1	which is also working in you who believe	The apostles refer to God’s gospel message as if it were a person or tool doing work. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God is energizing you faithful ones with this message” or “and God is activating this message among you who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	2	13	z89g	writing-pronouns	ὃς	1	which is also working in you who believe	Here, the word translated **which** could refer to **God** or **the word**. Alternate translation: “and God” or “and God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1TH	2	13	x7oi	figs-yousingular	ἐν ὑμῖν	1		Here, the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to all the believers in God at Thessalonica (See [2:10](../02/10.md)). Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1TH	2	14	mh8n	writing-background		0	became imitators of the churches	Verses 14-16 provide background information about how the Thessalonian church suffered persecutions similar to the Judean church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	2	14	xopt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows is the proof of how God’s message is working among the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “Because” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	2	14	cj05	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TH	2	14	ij9j		μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε…τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1		Here, **imitators** is a noun that can be translated with a verb (See [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “mimicked the churches” or “imitated the churches” or “copied the behavior of the churches”
-1TH	2	14	g0t5	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul speaks figuratively of the churches of God **in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus (See also [1:1](../01/01.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	14	g0t5	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul speaks of the churches of God **in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus (See also [1:1](../01/01.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	15	a6xd	writing-background	τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων	1		This is the specific content of the background information about the Jewish persecution of Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	2	15	pgzz	figs-merism	τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων	1		The whole history of the persecution of God’s people is summarized in three parts: the killing of Old Testament prophets, the crucifixion of the Lord Jesus, and persecution of the apostles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 1TH	2	15	ucaz	figs-events	τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων	1		This list of those persecuted by the Jews is not chronological, but emphasizes the order of importance and intensity of persecution. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “who have killed the prophets, then the Lord Jesus, and finally persecuted us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
@@ -155,15 +155,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	15	tfc4	figs-parallelism	καὶ Θεῷ μὴ ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων,	1		These two phrases mean similar things. These phrases are meant to express how the Jewish persecution of Christians is the same thing as opposing God himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases into one clarifying idea. Alternate translation: “and they make themselves enemies of God by how hostile they are against the Jewish and Gentile churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	2	15	g6q1	figs-possession	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων,	1		Paul is using the possessive form of **hostile** to describe how the persecutors of the Christian Church are characterized by a hostile attitude. Alternate translation: “characterized by being opposed to all people types” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	2	15	dmxm	figs-ellipsis	ἐναντίων	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, the word **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are opposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	2	15	u6ko	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1		Paul speaks figuratively about **all men** to refer to “all people types” or “the whole human race.” Here, **all men** refers to two parts of humanity represented by Jews (See [2:14](../02/14.md)) and Gentiles (See [2:16](../02/16.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to all people types” or “to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TH	2	15	u6ko	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1		Paul speaks about **all men** to refer to “all people types” or “the whole human race.” Here, **all men** refers to two parts of humanity represented by Jews (See [2:14](../02/14.md)) and Gentiles (See [2:16](../02/16.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to all people types” or “to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TH	2	15	ywwr	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, **to all men** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to express his emotions about the hostile Jews. Paul does not mean that the Jews are hostile to every individual human being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this emphasis. Alternate translation: “toward all of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	2	15	vfyv	figs-gendernotations	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “to all humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TH	2	16	u012	figs-distinguish	κωλυόντων ἡμᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν λαλῆσαι, ἵνα σωθῶσιν	1		This clause gives further information for why the Gentiles are “not pleasing to God and {are} hostile to all men” (See [2:15](../02/15.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	2	16	o0vb	figs-genericnoun	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Here, **Gentiles** refers to all the non-Christian nations in general, not one group of people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “among the non-Jews” or “to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1TH	2	16	r5fi	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα σωθῶσιν	1		This purpose clause gives the reason why the Jews are trying to prevent the apostles from preaching the gospel to the Gentiles. Here, **to speak** expresses the way the Gentiles **might be saved.** This clause could refer to: (1) the Jews purposely trying to keep the Gentiles from salvation. Alternate translation: “to hinder the Gentiles from being saved” (2) how the speaking is for the purpose of saving the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “in order that the Gentiles can be saved” or “for the purpose of saving the nations” The clause could also refer to both ideas. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	2	16	n2ue	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε	1	to always fill up their own sins	Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews’ sins as if they fill a container. He means that these Jews sin so much and so extremely that they can never escape God’s **wrath**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **to always fill up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “causing them to always reach the limit of their sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	16	n2ue	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε	1	to always fill up their own sins	Paul speaks of the Jews’ sins as if they fill a container. He means that these Jews sin so much and so extremely that they can never escape God’s **wrath**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **to always fill up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “causing them to always reach the limit of their sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	16	z5fr	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε	1		This result clause explains what will happen to the Jews for **forbidding** the apostles **to speak to the Gentiles**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “as a result, God will no longer forgive their many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	2	16	jzjj	figs-pastforfuture	ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος.	1		Paul is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. Paul is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If the use of the past tense here is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. This phrase could refer to: (1) final judgment. Alternate translation: “In fact, final wrath will overtake them” (See also [5:9](../05/09.md)) (2) certain judgment. Alternate translation: “Certainly, their punishment has finally arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+1TH	2	16	jzjj	figs-pastforfuture	ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος.	1		Paul is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. Paul is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If the use of the past tense here is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. This phrase could refer to: (1) final judgment. Alternate translation: “In fact, final wrath will overtake them” (See also [5:9](../05/09.md)) (2) certain judgment. Alternate translation: “Certainly, their punishment has finally arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 1TH	2	16	fq9m	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	wrath has come upon them in the end	Paul uses **But** to indicate that what follows is important. Here, **But** could refer to: (1) certainty. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “In fact” (2) contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	2	16	uwuq	figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ	1	wrath has come upon them in the end	If your language does not use the abstract noun **the wrath**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	2	17	edb1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἡμεῖς δέ, ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	The phrase **But we, brothers** expresses that this is a contrasting phrase that switches the attention back to the apostles’ relationship with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -182,16 +182,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	18	crv7	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	3	to see your faces	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that Paul would visit the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	2	18	uuae	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐνέκοψεν	1	to see your faces	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **hindered** often means “cut off” or “beat in,” Paul may be stressing the violent nature of Satan’s obstruction. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “powerfully prevented us” or “violently obstructed us” or “cut off our route” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	2	19	j7j5	figs-rquestion		0	For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of boasting? Is it not even you before our Lord Jesus at his coming?	Paul uses these rhetorical questions here to emphasize why the apostles want to visit the Thessalonian church. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1TH	2	19	mj9n	figs-personification	ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	our hope … Is it not even you	Here, **hope** **joy** and **crown** are spoken of figuratively as if they were the people in the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	2	19	mj9n	figs-personification	ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	our hope … Is it not even you	Here, **hope** **joy** and **crown** are spoken of as if they were the people in the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	2	19	ulj7	figs-ellipsis	τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως? ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	our hope … Is it not even you	Some words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is it** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	2	19	jfak	figs-personification	ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	our hope … Is it not even you	Here, **hope**, **joy**, and **crown of boasting** are spoken of figuratively as if these concepts were the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1TH	2	19	e7tl	figs-metonymy	στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	crown of boasting	Here, **crown** refers figuratively to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory or for having competed well. The proof of the apostles’ success will ultimately be displayed at the Second Coming of Christ if the Thessalonian church remains faithful to God (See [4:13-5:11](../04/13/.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “reward for victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TH	2	19	jfak	figs-personification	ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	our hope … Is it not even you	Here, **hope**, **joy**, and **crown of boasting** are spoken of as if these concepts were the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	2	19	e7tl	figs-metonymy	στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	crown of boasting	Here, **crown** refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory or for having competed well. The proof of the apostles’ success will ultimately be displayed at the Second Coming of Christ if the Thessalonian church remains faithful to God (See [4:13-5:11](../04/13/.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “reward for victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	2	19	uvb4	figs-possession	στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	crown of boasting	Paul is using this possessive form to describe either: (1) the product of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown that produces boasting” (2) the means of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown through which we boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	2	19	h7gh	figs-metonymy	ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1	crown of boasting	Here, **before** refers to location or sphere, used as a substitute for “in front of” or “in the presence of.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus” or “in front of our Lord Jesus” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	2	19	mksc	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ	1	crown of boasting	Here, **his coming** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [3:13](../03/13.md)) or the “Day of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “at his Second Coming” or “when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	2	20	l3m0	figs-parallelism	ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά	1	crown of boasting	This verse means the same thing as “our hope or joy or crown of boasting” in [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul says the same thing twice in slightly different ways to emphasize that he is genuinely pleased with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	2	20	d8dz	figs-rpronouns	ὑμεῖς	1	crown of boasting	Paul uses the word **you** to emphasize how the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God brings honor and joy to the apostles. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1TH	2	20	nlbd	figs-personification	ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά	1	crown of boasting	Here, the Thessalonian church is figuratively compared to the abstract concepts of **glory and joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	2	20	nlbd	figs-personification	ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά	1	crown of boasting	Here, the Thessalonian church is compared to the abstract concepts of **glory and joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	3	intro	j379			0		# 1 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 3<br><br>1. Timothy’s Visit (3:1-5)<br>* Apostolic concern (3:1-2)<br>* Apostolic encouragement (3:3-5)<br>2. Timothy’s Report (3:6-13)<br>* Good news (3:6-10)<br>* Apostolic prayer (3:11-13)<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter recounts Timothy’s visit to Thessalonica. The second part tells about his report to Paul and Silvanus at Athens. Lastly, the apostles offer a prayer on behalf of the Thessalonian church.<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter, the Apostle Paul uses the phrase “stand firm” in [3:8](../03/08.md) as a metaphor of faithfulness to the Gospel, and “be shaken” in [3:3](../03/03.md) as the opposite of being faithful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Use a building metaphor, the apostles pray that God will “strengthen the “hearts” of the Thessalonian church “blameless” (See [3:13](../03/13.md)).<br><br>The enemy of God’s people, “Satan” (See [2:18](../02/18.md)) is here called “the tempter” (See [3:5](../03/05.md)).<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Paul uses emotional and extreme language when speaking of his memory of the Thessalonian church. “Enduring it no longer,” the apostles and especially Paul (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)) feel compelled to find out about the spiritual condition of the church. The intensity and duration of the apostles’ prayers is described as “night and day pleading earnestly” (See [3:10](../03/10.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Here the apostles pray that the Thessalonian church will be preserved holy when Christ comes again with all his holy ones or “saints” (See [3:13](../03/13.md)).
 1TH	3	1	fqe3	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι,	1	enduring it no longer	This is a result clause. Paul is explaining why he sent Timothy to Thessalonica in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Because we could not restrain ourselves any longer, we thought it proper to stay behind in Athens alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	3	1	zvgz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	enduring it no longer	Here, **Therefore** indicates a return to the topic of a visit from the apostles (See [2:17-18](../02/17/.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -240,29 +240,29 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	8	y1vb	figs-hyperbole	ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν	1	we live	Here, **For now we live** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how thankful he is that the Thessalonians **stand firm** in the Christian faith (See [3:7](../03/07.md)). Paul is not trying to say that he was dead. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows thankfulness. Alternate translation (replace the comma): “O how we are now refreshed!” or “O how we now feel alive!” or “Certainly now we thrive!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	3	8	x4zn	figs-idiom	ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	if you stand firm in the Lord	Here, the term **stand firm** is an idiom meaning “remain faithful.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when you remain faithful to the Lord” or “if you continue unwavering in your relationship with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	3	8	zbyo	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	if you stand firm in the Lord	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you are remaining faithful to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-1TH	3	8	hk91	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	if you stand firm in the Lord	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as though they were occupying space inside the Lord Jesus. Here, this metaphor, **in the Lord**, could express these ideas: (1) devotion to Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are really devoted to the Lord Jesus” (2) relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are truly standing firm in your relationship with the Lord Jesus” (3) union with Jesus. Alternate translation: “all of you are firmly united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	8	hk91	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	if you stand firm in the Lord	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though they were occupying space inside the Lord Jesus. Here, this metaphor, **in the Lord**, could express these ideas: (1) devotion to Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are really devoted to the Lord Jesus” (2) relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are truly standing firm in your relationship with the Lord Jesus” (3) union with Jesus. Alternate translation: “all of you are firmly united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	8	e3pe	figs-rpronouns	ὑμεῖς	1	if you stand firm in the Lord	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize his joy for the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternative translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	3	9	pzq7	figs-rquestion	τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν.	1	For what thanks are we able to give back to God concerning you, for all the joy in which we rejoice before our God because of you,	Paul is using a rhetorical question that continues to the end of [3:10](../03/10.md) in order to emphasize the apostles’ thankful joy for the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not possibly thank God enough for what he has done for you! When we pray to our God, we greatly rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1TH	3	9	pdc5	figs-metaphor	τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν	1	before our God	With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks figuratively of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot adequately express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving for you could we give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	9	pdc5	figs-metaphor	τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν	1	before our God	With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot adequately express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving for you could we give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	9	j6pj	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	before our God	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Since this is a rhetorical question, you could change it to a statement, and begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because of you, we greatly rejoice when we pray to God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	3	9	u00t	figs-doublet	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν	1	before our God	Here, **joy** and **rejoice** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy the apostles have because of how faithful the Thessalonian church has been towards God. Alternate translation: “for how much we greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	3	9	p5ka	figs-idiom	χαίρομεν…ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	before our God	Here, **before our God** is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we rejoice in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	3	10	k71n	figs-hyperbole	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ δεόμενοι	1	earnestly	This emphatic phrase is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how much and often the apostles pray for the Thessalonian church. Paul does not mean to say he never does anything else except pray. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we never stop intensely pleading” or “we continually and fervently pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	3	10	eb26	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον	1	to see your face	Here, the phrase **to see your face** is an idiom meaning “visit.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” or “to spend time with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	3	10	s0xz	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον	1	to see your face	Paul refers figuratively to **your face** to mean the whole Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TH	3	10	s0xz	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον	1	to see your face	Paul refers to **your face** to mean the whole Thessalonian church. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TH	3	10	e5fh	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1	to see your face	If your language does not use the abstract noun **faith**, you can express the idea behind it in another way (See also [2:17](../02/17.md)). Alternate translation: “and to provide support so that you remain faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	3	11	tet9	translate-blessing	δὲ…κατευθύναι	1	General Information:	Here the verb forms indicate that this is a blessing or prayer that continues through [3:13](../03/13.md). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now we pray that … would guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 1TH	3	11	f3wh	figs-hendiadys	ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	our God and Father … our Lord	Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God (See also [1:3](../01/03.md)). Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
 1TH	3	11	mc2m	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς	1	may our God and Father … direct	Paul uses the word **himself** to distinguish **our God and Father** from **our Lord Jesus**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	3	11	bql9	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1	our God and Father … our Lord	It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	3	11	um1c	figs-metaphor	κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς.	1	may … direct our way to you	Paul speaks figuratively about God as if he were a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “quickly bring us to you” or “direct our voyage so that we can visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	11	um1c	figs-metaphor	κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς.	1	may … direct our way to you	Paul speaks about God as if he were a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “quickly bring us to you” or “direct our voyage so that we can visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	12	f4ma	figs-doublet	ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Here, **increase** and **abound** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus make you completely excel” or “O that the Lord Jesus would cause you to fully thrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	3	12	o80n	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as something that can be quantified or measured. He means that he hopes the Thessalonian church will keep loving people well. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “in the way you love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	3	12	ofl2	figs-merism	εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul could be speaking figuratively, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+1TH	3	12	o80n	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul speaks of **love** as something that can be quantified or measured. He means that he hopes the Thessalonian church will keep loving people well. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “in the way you love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	12	ofl2	figs-merism	εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul could be speaking, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 1TH	3	12	gyy3	figs-nominaladj	εἰς πάντας	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul could be using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. It could refer to: (1) the whole human race. Alternate translation: “toward all humanity” (2) all Christians. Alternate translation: “for all your fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	3	12	dm6c		καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Here, **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the same way that we love you”
 1TH	3	13	ms8t	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **hearts** and **holiness**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “so that how you love one another strengthens you to become resolved to live blamelessly, as is appropriate for those who belong to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	3	13	ly21	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	to strengthen your hearts, blameless	Paul speaks figuratively of the people of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	13	ly21	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	to strengthen your hearts, blameless	Paul speaks of the people of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	13	taws	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	to strengthen your hearts, blameless	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he prays that God will increase the Thessalonian church’s love for all people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will strengthen your willpower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	3	13	jev8	figs-doublet	ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	Here, **blameless** and **holiness** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) a condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) how to become holy. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	3	13	p12j	figs-idiom	ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	This phrase is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -271,14 +271,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	intro	b1z5			0		# 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1-8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9-12)<br>* Reminder (4:9-10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11-12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address the topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and they should continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own business, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11-12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13-18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md)). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ and the Day of the Lord<br><br>All Christians believe that Jesus will return to earth to judge all people and to rule forever. As the Nicene Creed (381 A.D.) states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. However, there are various ways that Christians understand the “coming of the Lord” as explained in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md), and the “day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). Some believe they are one and the same event, but others believe them to be two separate events. Your translation should state clearly only what is clear in these verses without promoting any particular interpretation.
 1TH	4	1	vtas	grammar-connect-words-phrases	λοιπὸν οὖν	1	brothers	Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles’ teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	1	u2lw	figs-doublet	ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν	1	we beg and exhort you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	4	1	foeh	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	we beg and exhort you	Paul speaks figuratively as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	1	foeh	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	we beg and exhort you	Paul speaks as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	1	p4db	figs-metaphor	τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	1	ckii	figs-hendiadys	τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε)	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **to walk and to please** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **please** describes how the Thessalonian church should **walk**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TH	4	1	q937	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον	1	it is necessary for you to walk	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which apostles are begging and exhorting the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you can excel more and more” or “in order that you thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	4	2	oyu3	grammar-connect-time-background		0	through the Lord Jesus	Paul is providing this background information about the apostles’ teachings during their previous visit to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 1TH	4	2	dg4p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	This verse expresses that the Thessalonian church should do what the apostles previously taught them (See [4:1](../04/01.md)), because these teachings are actually commands from **the Lord Jesus** himself. Use a natural way in your language to express a result clause. Alternate translation: “The reason we beg and exhort you is because you realize that when we gave commands, it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	2	ebjm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	2	vg16	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Paul speaks figuratively of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	2	vg16	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Paul speaks of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	3	ycsw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν,	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	4	3	lit4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the commands from the Lord Jesus in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	3	vnp0	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	4	u98k	figs-distinguish	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul gives more instructions about the **sanctification** God wants for his people, by telling the Thessalonian church that every husband needs to treat his wife’s body and his own body **in sanctification and honor**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these verses clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	4	vhbp	figs-euphemism	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ,	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here, **to know to possess** refers to sexual intimacy. This is a polite way of referring to something private. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God desires that you treat your wives’ bodies like they belong to God and to honor them” or “each of you men must use your own body for God’s holy and honorable purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1TH	4	4	fk6n	figs-nominaladj	ἕκαστον	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Paul is using the adjective **each** as a noun in order to describe a group of men. Here it specifically is used to emphasize that every husband or man must obey this teaching. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “each and every man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TH	4	4	f4ux	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband’s own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	4	f4ux	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul speaks of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband’s own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	4	arkf	figs-possession	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Paul is using the possessive form **his own** to express ownership. Use a natural way in your language to express ownership. Alternate translation: “the wife that belongs to you” or “your very own wife” or “the body that belongs to you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	4	4	ihqe	figs-hendiadys	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	This phrase could express a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **honor** tells how a husband or man must live in **sanctification**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “by honorably setting it apart for God’s purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TH	4	5	utvd	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **in the passion of lust**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “not passionately lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -298,8 +298,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	5	tz8o	figs-genericnoun	τὰ ἔθνη	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **the Gentiles** refers to all the non-Christian nations in general, not one group of people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase (See your translation at [2:16](../02/16.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1TH	4	5	w03g	figs-distinguish	τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **who do not know God** is meant to give further information about the **Gentiles**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who have no relationship with God” or “who remain ignorant of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	6	wmb6	figs-hendiadys	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **exploit** describes **transgress** . If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “exploits by transgressing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TH	4	6	ho6h	figs-metaphor	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	Here, **transgress and exploit** speaks figuratively about adultery, by comparing it to a person who unlawfully enters someone’s property and claims it for their own. If your readers would not understand what it means to **transgress and exploit** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “must trespass and defraud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	6	ckez	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	the Lord is an avenger	Here, **in this matter** could be speaking figuratively of adultery as if someone is intruding in another person’s business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	6	ho6h	figs-metaphor	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	Here, **transgress and exploit** speaks about adultery, by comparing it to a person who unlawfully enters someone’s property and claims it for their own. If your readers would not understand what it means to **transgress and exploit** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “must trespass and defraud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	6	ckez	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	the Lord is an avenger	Here, **in this matter** could be speaking of adultery as if someone is intruding in another person’s business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	6	q7bf	grammar-connect-logic-result	διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων	1	the Lord is an avenger	This clause gives the final result for those who live “in the passion of lust” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express result. This could refer to: 1) all the matters spoken of in [4:3-6](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus will avenge all these things” 2) the sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord Jesus will punish all those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	6	d1ip	writing-background	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	Paul provides this background information about what the apostles said in an earlier visit (See in [2:10-12](../02/10.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This will happen just as we already told you and solemnly testified to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	4	6	ix4p	figs-doublet	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what the apostles had already told the Thessalonian church during a previous visit. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “exactly as we also solemnly forewarned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -315,14 +315,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	9	l1n7	figs-hyperbole	οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν	1	brotherly love	Here, **no need** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how successfully the Thessalonian church is practicing Christian love. Paul knows that they still have things to learn about loving fellow believers in Christ. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we feel no need to write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	4	9	fyqe	figs-ellipsis	οὐ χρείαν	1	brotherly love	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **for us** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TH	4	9	ctiq		αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε, εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους	1	brotherly love	This clause could refer to: (1) the content of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “because it is God himself who teaches you: love each other” (2) the manner of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “indeed, it is God who teaches you how to love each other” (3) the purpose of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “the reason why God teaches you is so that you would love each other” Use a natural way in your language for expressing this idea.
-1TH	4	9	j7z0	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε	1	brotherly love	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as though God himself were physically present as their teacher. Paul means that the Thessalonian church already has been taught **to love one another** through the words of Jesus (See John 13:34; 15:12, 17) by the apostles. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **taught by God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because you have learned well what God teaches,” or “since this is what God teaches you to do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	9	j7z0	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε	1	brotherly love	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though God himself were physically present as their teacher. Paul means that the Thessalonian church already has been taught **to love one another** through the words of Jesus (See John 13:34; 15:12, 17) by the apostles. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **taught by God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because you have learned well what God teaches,” or “since this is what God teaches you to do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	9	zroq	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ	1	brotherly love	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize that the Thessalonian church is doing what God teaches. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	4	10	e3e0	writing-background	καὶ γὰρ ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	Paul provides this background information to show another aspect of how the Thessalonian church “became an example” to the churches in Macedonia and Achaia (See [1:7-8](../01/07.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you habitually show love to all your fellow believers in Christ throughout the region of Macedonia” or “In fact, you are doing just that to all the fellow Christians throughout the province of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	4	10	dec9	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ γὰρ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	Here, **For indeed** indicates that what follows in an example of how the Thessalonian church shows Christian love. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	10	hg7a	figs-explicit	ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	What is implied here is that **this** refers back to the phrase “to love” in [4:9](../04/09.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	4	10	gxfa	figs-litany	παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί,	1	brothers	Speaking of what the apostles **exhort** the Thessalonian church to do, Paul uses a repetitive series of five verb forms that continues into [4:11](../04/11.md). This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone is urged to do. Alternate translation: “Now, fellow believers in Christ, we are urging you” or “But, fellow Christians, we strongly encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
 1TH	4	10	u3fl	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	abound	Here, **But** indicates that what follows are numerous exhortations. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “However” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	11	h2df	figs-metonymy	καὶ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι, ἡσυχάζειν καὶ πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια, καὶ ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶν ὑμῶν	1	to strive	Paul is figuratively describing peaceful communal living by using this combination of ideas. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and seek to lovingly honor others: by living quietly and tending to your own business and focusing on doing your own work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TH	4	11	h2df	figs-metonymy	καὶ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι, ἡσυχάζειν καὶ πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια, καὶ ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶν ὑμῶν	1	to strive	Paul is describing peaceful communal living by using this combination of ideas. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and seek to lovingly honor others: by living quietly and tending to your own business and focusing on doing your own work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	4	11	d2fg		καὶ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι, ἡσυχάζειν	1	to strive	These phrases continue the apostles’ exhortations. Here, the phrases translated **and to strive to live quietly** could refer to: (1) phrases that complement each other. Alternate translation: “and to aspire to live quietly” (2) phrases that express separate ideas. Alternate translation: “and seek to lovingly honor others, to live quietly,” Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this.
 1TH	4	11	j4c7	figs-explicit	πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια	1	to live quietly	Here, **to perform your own things** implies that the Thessalonian church should tend to their own concerns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to tend to your own business” or “to focus on your own tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	4	11	jmt9	figs-idiom	ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶν ὑμῶν	1	to perform your own things	Here, **to work with your own hands** is an idiom meaning “earn what you need to live.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to work hard to earn what you need” or “to labor to pay for your expenses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	12	wj25	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	you may walk properly	Here, **so that** could introduce a purpose clause. Paul could be stating the purpose for the apostles’ exhortation in [4:10](../04/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	4	12	oo9l	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα περιπατῆτε	1	you may walk properly	Here, **so that you may walk** could be a result clause. It is possible that this phrase refers to both purpose and result. If there is a way to indicate this in your language, you could express this dual meaning. Alternate translation: “as a result you now live” or “then you will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	12	hp6g	figs-metaphor	περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως	1	you may walk properly	Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “behave.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you would live appropriately” or “you would live nobly” or “you would behave modestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	12	k59r	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω	1	before those outside	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically located outside of an area. He means that they are not part of the Christian community. If your readers would not understand what “before those outside” means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of those who do not trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	12	k59r	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω	1	before those outside	Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically located outside of an area. He means that they are not part of the Christian community. If your readers would not understand what “before those outside” means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of those who do not trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	12	nait	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε	1	before those outside	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ exhortation in [4:10](../04/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and so that you would not need anything” or “and then you could be self-sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	13	vi2y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	General Information:	Here, **Now** is a connecting word that signals the beginning of an extended section in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md) about the Second Coming of Christ (See chapter and book introduction)(See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7-10; 2:3-12). If our language has a special section marker, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	13	lan8	figs-litotes	οὐ θέλομεν δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	General Information:	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “We want you to know for certain” or “Now we desire to clarify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	14	m1fy	figs-possession	ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ.	1	rose again	Paul is using the possessive form. Here, **through Jesus** could refer to: (1) being united to Jesus’ resurrection power **through** death. Alternate translation: “God will bring back with Jesus those who are united to him in death” (2) those who God will also bring back again **through** Jesus. Alternate translation: “it is through Jesus that God will bring back the dead people who are with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	4	14	tjqj	figs-explicit	αὐτῷ	1	rose again	Here Paul implies that **him** refers to **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	4	15	vvda	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμῖν λέγομεν ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου	1	by the word of the Lord	This clause indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to (See also [1:8](../01/08.md) for **the word of the Lord**). Alternate translation: “Certainly, what we now say to you is the Lord Jesus’ message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	15	ni3m	figs-metonymy	ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου	1	by the word of the Lord	The phrase **the word of the Lord** figuratively refers to “the whole message of the Lord’s gospel.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Here, **word** could refer to: (1) the authority of the message. Alternate translation: “because the Lord Jesus authorized our message” (2) the means of the message. Alternate translation: “with a message from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TH	4	15	ni3m	figs-metonymy	ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου	1	by the word of the Lord	The phrase **the word of the Lord** refers to “the whole message of the Lord’s gospel.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Here, **word** could refer to: (1) the authority of the message. Alternate translation: “because the Lord Jesus authorized our message” (2) the means of the message. Alternate translation: “with a message from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	4	15	gbe1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	Κυρίου, ὅτι ἡμεῖς	1	by the word of the Lord	Here, **that** indicates that the rest of the verse is the content of **the word of the Lord**. You could indicate this by changing the punctuation or some other natural way in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord: we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	15	fdwk	figs-exclusive	λέγομεν…ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες	1	by the word of the Lord	When Paul says **we say**, he is speaking of himself, Silvanus, and Timothy, so **we** would be exclusive. However, when Paul says **we who are alive**, since he seems to be referring to all Christians, **we who are alive** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles say … all of us believers in Christ who are still alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	4	15	hdlr	figs-distinguish	οἱ περιλειπόμενοι	1	by the word of the Lord	This phrase gives us further information about **we who are alive**. It is not making a distinction between **who are left behind** and **we who are alive**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “and survive” or “and remain here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	16	pjrh	figs-parallelism	καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ; καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον	1	the Lord himself … will descend	The first main verb **descend** is listed after the events that describe it. This is to show contrast with the second verb **rise**. After the **Lord** Jesus comes down from **heaven**, the **dead** Christians will resurrect from the earth. Paul makes two opposite statements, in similar ways, to emphasis the dramatic nature of the Lord’s Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “will come down from heaven, but the first to resurrect from the earth will be the dead people who are united to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	4	16	k7sg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	the Lord himself … will descend	The word **and** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “and then after that,” or “and afterward,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 1TH	4	16	dr89	figs-explicit	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Paul assumes that the Thessalonian church knows that **the dead** are the same as “those who are asleep” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated “fallen asleep” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	16	xrxu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Here Paul speaks figuratively about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	16	xrxu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Here Paul speaks about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	17	iy00	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔπειτα	1	we who are alive	Here, **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Afterward,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 1TH	4	17	l5l1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες	1	we who are alive	Though **we who are alive** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section implies that all Christians are in view, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ who remain alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	4	17	otiq	writing-pronouns	ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	we who are alive	Here, Paul refers to “the dead in Christ” (See [4:16](../04/16.md)) as **them**. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the reference explicit. Alternate translation: “together with the dead in Christ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	18	gt91	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε παρακαλεῖτε	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “So then, keep encouraging” or “Because of this, you must comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	18	y7zi	figs-imperative	παρακαλεῖτε	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	This is an imperative, but it communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “you should encourage” or “please continue to comfort (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	4	18	aya5	writing-pronouns	ἀλλήλους	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	The pronoun **one another** refers to the Thessalonian church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “each fellow member of your church” or “your fellow Thessalonian believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1TH	4	18	xsus	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τοῖς λόγοις τούτοις	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	Here, **with these words** could refer to “we will always be with the Lord” in [4:17](../04/17.md) or figuratively to all that has been said in [4:13-17](../04/13.md). Alternate translation: “by reminding each other of our message” or “with these promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TH	4	18	xsus	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τοῖς λόγοις τούτοις	1	will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air	Here, **with these words** could refer to “we will always be with the Lord” in [4:17](../04/17.md) or to all that has been said in [4:13-17](../04/13.md). Alternate translation: “by reminding each other of our message” or “with these promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TH	5	intro	ay3d			0		# 1 Thessalonians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 5<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on the Second Coming of Christ (5:1-10)<br>* Timing (5:1-3)<br>* Preparation (5:4-8)<br>* God’s plan (5:9-10)<br>2. Final Instructions (5:11-28)<br>* Final Commands (5:11-22)<br>* Final Prayer (5:23-24)<br>* Final Appeals (5:25-27)<br>* Final blessing (5:25-27)<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>#### Day of the Lord<br><br>The “day of the Lord” is an idiom for the time of final salvation for God’s people and final judgment for God’s enemies. “Day” is metaphorical for a time period. Thus, the exact time of the coming “day of the Lord” will be a surprise to the world. The simile “like a thief in the night” refers to this surprise timing. Because of this, Christians must prepare for the coming of the Lord by living with faith, hope and love [5:8](../05/08.md) toward God and others. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### Simile<br><br>#### Like a thief<br><br>The simile “like a thief in the night” refers to this surprise timing. Because of this, Christians must prepare for the coming of the Lord by living with faith, hope, and love [5:8](../05/08.md) toward God and others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>#### Day and night, light and darkness<br><br>The apostles use many metaphors throughout [5:1-11](../05/1.md). “Night,” “darkness,” “drunk,” “sleep” are all metaphors about spiritual ignorance or lack of readiness. “Day,” “light,” “sober,” “watch” are all metaphors about spiritual awareness and readiness.<br><br>#### Armor<br><br>Here, the apostles use a military metaphor to urge the Thessalonian church to be ready for Christ’s Second Coming at “the day of the Lord.” Just as soldiers must always be armed and ready to fight, so the Christian must live prepared for Christ’s return. Faithfulness and love are compared to a breastplate, and the hope of salvation is likened to a helmet [5:8](../05/08.md).<br><br>#### Prophecy<br><br>Those who “despise prophecies” in [5:20](../05/20.md) are said to “quench the Spirit.” This is a metaphor for trying to hinder the Holy Spirit’s guidance in the Church. All prophecies are to be examined and tested to determine if they adhere to apostolic teaching [5:21](../05/21.md). All prophecies that are proven to agree with apostolic teaching, are to be retained as good [5:21-22](../05/21/.md).<br><br>### Submission to Christian leadership<br><br>The apostles link the well-being and spiritual safety of the Thessalonian church to obedience to their leaders. Christian leaders are to be given recognition and loving respect by the church [5:12-13](../05/12.md).<br><br>### Holy Kiss<br><br>This refers to the ancient practice of exchanging a kiss of peace on the cheek during the liturgy. Different cultures have different standards of appropriate physical contact. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate this sensitive issue [5:26](../05/26.md).
 1TH	5	1	i2vm	figs-explicit	περὶ δὲ τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν	1	General Information:	Here, **Now concerning** signals a change in subject (See also [4:9](../04/09.md)). This phrase implies that the apostles are answering a specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church about the timing of “the coming of the Lord” and how the church should prepare for it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, about your question related to the exact timing of the Lord’s return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	5	1	a8f3	figs-idiom	τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν	1	General Information:	Here, **the times and the seasons** is an idiom referring to a specific point in time or a time period. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. This phrase could refer to: (1) a specific point in time. Alternate translation: “the appointed time when Jesus returns” or “the fixed time when Jesus returns” (See [Acts 1:7](acts/01/07.md)) for this exact phrase referring to the same thing)). (2) a specific amount of time. Alternate translation: “how long it will take for the Lord Jesus to return” or “when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -393,32 +393,32 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	3	iwc2	figs-idiom	τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	Here, **having in the womb** is an idiom meaning “pregnant.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “do for a woman in late pregnancy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	3	undo	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	Here, **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never” (See [4:15](../04/15.md)). If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they will never escape” or “there is no way to possibly escape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1TH	5	4	sk6v	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὑμεῖς δέ	1	you, brothers	Here what follows the words **But you** is in contrast to the “sudden destruction” of the people in [5:3](../05/03.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Certainly you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TH	5	4	b6lv	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει	1	are not in darkness	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually live in place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **in darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “are not unprepared” or “are not living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	4	b6lv	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει	1	are not in darkness	Paul speaks of these people as if they actually live in place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **in darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “are not unprepared” or “are not living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	4	elp9	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	so that the day might overtake you like a thief	This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “causing you to be like people such as those surprised by a robber. You are ready for the time when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	4	otz2	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἡμέρα	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, Paul speaks figuratively about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared, like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	4	ywez	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks figuratively of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](../05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	4	otz2	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἡμέρα	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, Paul speaks about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared, like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	4	ywez	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](../05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	5	ddce	figs-doublet	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **sons of the light** means basically the same thing as **sons of the day**. Also, **of the night** means basically the same thing as **of the darkness**. The repetition is used to emphasize how **light** characterizes **day** and how **darkness** characterizes **night**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, all of you are ready for Christ’s Second Coming. None of us are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	5	5	zp3z	figs-metaphor	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are God’s spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	5	zp3z	figs-metaphor	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are God’s spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	5	ilv4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church will escape God’s judgment on “the **day** of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	5	cxo9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες…ὑμεῖς…ἐστε	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the whole Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you Thessalonians are all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TH	5	5	d6fm	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	We are not of the night nor of the darkness	Again, Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually live in a place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See [5:4](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the night** or **of the darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We are not unprepared like those at night or those who live in the darkness, ” or “We are not characterized by being spiritually ignorant” or “We do not live like those who are characterized by sinful activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	5	d6fm	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	We are not of the night nor of the darkness	Again, Paul speaks of these people as if they actually live in a place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See [5:4](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the night** or **of the darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We are not unprepared like those at night or those who live in the darkness, ” or “We are not characterized by being spiritually ignorant” or “We do not live like those who are characterized by sinful activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	5	kq0x	figs-exclusive	ἐσμὲν	1	We are not of the night nor of the darkness	In [5:5-10](../05/05.md), **We** is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “We believers in Christ are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	5	5	f4uw	figs-possession	νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	We are not of the night nor of the darkness	Paul is using the possessive form to describe people who are characterized by spiritual ignorance or who live sinfully. This means that they will not be prepared at “**the day** of the Lord.” If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “characterized by being spiritually unprepared and living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	5	6	paqf	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρα οὖν	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here, **so then** emphatically introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “therefore” or “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	6	d2aj	figs-metaphor	μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here Paul speaks figuratively about the people “of the night” and “of the darkness” are if they are sleeping. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See notes for “darkness” at [5:4-5](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **sleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “we must not be unprepared like non-Christians” or “let us not be like the rest of humanity, who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	6	d2aj	figs-metaphor	μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here Paul speaks about the people “of the night” and “of the darkness” are if they are sleeping. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See notes for “darkness” at [5:4-5](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **sleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “we must not be unprepared like non-Christians” or “let us not be like the rest of humanity, who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	6	on3d	figs-imperative	μὴ καθεύδωμεν…γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here, the verb forms **sleep**, **keep watch**, and **be sober** could also refer to: (1) commands. Alternate translation: “we must not sleep … we must keep watch and be sober” (2) appeals. Alternate translation: “let us not sleep … let us keep watch and let us be sober” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	5	6	x0zh	figs-nominaladj	οἱ λοιποί	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Paul is using the adjective **the rest** as a noun in order to describe those who are unprepared for Christ’s return. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like others who are not ready for the Lord Jesus to return” or “like the rest of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	5	6	q33e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	we might not sleep	Here, what follows the word **but** is in contrast to **the rest** who **sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “On the contrary,” or “Instead,” or “Rather,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TH	5	6	sdww	figs-metaphor	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	Here, Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are watch guards. He means that they should be aware and be prepared for the Lord’s return by living as God’s people should live. If your readers would not understand what it means to **keep watch** or **be sober** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “instead, we must stay spiritually alert and prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	6	sdww	figs-metaphor	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	Here, Paul speaks of Christians as if they are watch guards. He means that they should be aware and be prepared for the Lord’s return by living as God’s people should live. If your readers would not understand what it means to **keep watch** or **be sober** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “instead, we must stay spiritually alert and prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	6	osxu	figs-hendiadys	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	These verbs express a similar idea by using two words connected with **and**. The verb **be sober** tells how Christians should **keep watch**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “we should remain calmly alert” or “let us remain soberly awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TH	5	7	fxca	figs-parallelism	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	These two phrases convey similar ideas by repeating the same verb forms twice. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to show that **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are states of being that make people unaware or unprepared. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could condense each phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, people sleep at night, and people get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	5	7	oyjo	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should “not sleep” or be unprepared for the Lord’s return (See [5:6](../05/06.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	7	s253	figs-metaphor	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), Paul speaks figuratively as if these people are actually sleeping, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or even sinful (See also notes at [5:2,4](../05/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **sleep** and **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Those who are sleeping are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	7	exa8	figs-metaphor	οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	those who are getting drunk, get drunk at night	Paul speaks figuratively as if these people are actually drunk, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or sinful. If your readers would not understand what **getting drunk** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who are drunk are unaware” or “those who drink too much alcohol tend to drink at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	7	s253	figs-metaphor	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), Paul speaks as if these people are actually sleeping, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or even sinful (See also notes at [5:2,4](../05/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **sleep** and **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Those who are sleeping are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	7	exa8	figs-metaphor	οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	those who are getting drunk, get drunk at night	Paul speaks as if these people are actually drunk, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or sinful. If your readers would not understand what **getting drunk** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who are drunk are unaware” or “those who drink too much alcohol tend to drink at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	8	wh3g	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	we, being of the day	What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to “getting drunk” at “night” in [5:7](../05/07.md). Instead, Christians are characterized by the activities of **the day** and staying **sober** (See [5:5–6](../05/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	5	8	iv63	figs-imperative	ἡμεῖς…νήφωμεν	1	we, being of the day	Here, **should stay sober** could refer to: (1) a command. Alternate translation: “we … must stay sober” (2) an appeal. Alternate translation: “let us … stay sober” (See your translation at [5:6](../05/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1TH	5	8	jqqo	figs-metaphor	ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες	1	we, being of the day	Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lord’s return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christ’s coming, we” or “Since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	8	ev6i	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10-18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	8	jqqo	figs-metaphor	ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες	1	we, being of the day	Paul speaks of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lord’s return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christ’s coming, we” or “Since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	8	ev6i	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul speaks of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10-18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	9	h5y2	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **wrath** refers to God’s future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	5	9	lrx6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should have “the hope of salvation” (See [5:8](../05/08.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	8	l89q	figs-possession	πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -427,26 +427,26 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	9	qfcf	figs-possession	εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, the phrase translated **to obtain salvation** is a possessive form that Paul uses to indicate that **salvation** is something that belongs to God’s people. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for the possessing of salvation” or “for the acquiring of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	5	10	arhm	figs-distinguish	τοῦ ἀποθανόντος περὶ ἡμῶν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **the one who died for us** gives us further information about what “salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ” is (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Paul means that God gives the guarantee that Christians will “obtain salvation,” because Jesus **died for us**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who died on our behalf” or “who died for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	5	10	dzq0	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα…ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ ζήσωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating why Jesus **died for us**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that … we could live together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	5	10	w59c	figs-metaphor	εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:14–17](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	10	w59c	figs-metaphor	εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:14–17](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	11	r921	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	build up one the other	Here, **Therefore** indicates the conclusion of this section about timing of “the day of the Lord,” and connects to the manner of Christ’s return in [4:14–18](../04/14.md) by again using the same phrase, **comfort one another**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	5	11	o85i	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε	1	build up one the other	**Therefore** begins a result clause. Paul explains how the Thessalonian church should respond to the fact that Jesus died so that Christians can “obtain salvation” (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Alternate translation: “This is why you should encourage” or “As a result, you must comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	11	m2c9	figs-doublet	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much Paul wants the Thessalonian church to encourage and support each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “As a result, continue to be supportive of what each person needs” or “This is why you must supportively console each other with this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	5	11	hepx	figs-imperative	παρακαλεῖτε…οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	These verbs are imperatives but could communicate an appeal rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates an urgent request or appeal. Alternate translation: “we apostles urge you to comfort … build up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1TH	5	11	fx2f	figs-idiom	οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Paul speaks figuratively of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	11	fx2f	figs-idiom	οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	11	kdae	figs-idiom	εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	Here, the term **one the one** is an idiom meaning “each and every one” or “each one.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “each one” or “one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	11	sfv4		καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Here Paul uses the emphatic phrase **just as also you are doing** to encourage the Thessalonian church to continue their practice of mutually supporting each other. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “exactly as you have been doing”
 1TH	5	12	pd47	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	General Information:	Here, **Now** indicates that what follows is the final section of instructions from the apostles. Alternate translation: “Lastly” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	5	12	fqh3	figs-distinguish	τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ, καὶ νουθετοῦντας ὑμᾶς	1	leading you in the Lord	This clause expresses different functions for the same group of leaders. It is not making a distinction between **those who are laboring among you** and **leading you** and **admonishing you**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “your leaders who are working among you and guiding you in the Lord and training you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1TH	5	12	f4jv	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	leading you in the Lord	Paul speaks figuratively as if the leaders of the church at Thessalonica were occupying space inside of **the Lord**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that these men represent Jesus himself in their leadership role in the Thessalonian church (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	12	f4jv	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	leading you in the Lord	Paul speaks as if the leaders of the church at Thessalonica were occupying space inside of **the Lord**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that these men represent Jesus himself in their leadership role in the Thessalonian church (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	13	jq0o	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because of their work on your behalf, we also ask you to lovingly show them the utmost consideration” or “and since they work so hard for you, we also urge you to show them the highest honor out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	13	p6m4	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks figuratively as if the Thessalonian church is occupying space inside of **love**. He is describing how they should show honor to their leaders. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Here, **in love** could refer to: (1) the means of love. Alternate translation: “by loving them” (2) the basis for love. Alternate translation: “on the basis of your love for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	13	p6m4	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks as if the Thessalonian church is occupying space inside of **love**. He is describing how they should show honor to their leaders. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Here, **in love** could refer to: (1) the means of love. Alternate translation: “by loving them” (2) the basis for love. Alternate translation: “on the basis of your love for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	13	rqs8	figs-imperative	εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here is the first of 17 final appeals in [5:13-26](../05/13.md) that the apostles give the Thessalonian church. **Be at peace** is an imperative, but here it could be an urgent request rather than a command. Use a natural way in your language to communicate an appeal or urgent request. Alternate translation: “We urge you to continue to live peacefully with your leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	5	14	lajk	figs-litany		0	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul uses a repetitive series of imperative sentences in [5:14–22](../05/14) to urge the Thessalonian church to show practical love to one another. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone should do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
 1TH	5	14	tdxa	grammar-connect-words-phrases	παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί,	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	This phrase signals the apostles’ final appeals to the Thessalonian church. Since there are 14 commands in this section [5:14-22](../05/14.md), you could use a marker from your language to indicate this final section. Alternate translation: “Finally, we urge you, fellow believers in Christ” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	5	14	qadb	figs-idiom	ἀδελφοί	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here the idiom **brothers** could refer to: (1) the whole Thessalonian church including the leaders. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers in Christ” (2) the leaders of the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “fellow leaders of Christ’s church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	14	g34k	figs-nominaladj	πρὸς πάντας	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “toward all your fellow believers in Christ” or “with the whole Thessalonian church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	5	15	vlp7	figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **See that** is an idiom used to command attention. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	15	dqs8	figs-metaphor	κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks figuratively of **evil** as if it were goods or money that could be exchanged. He means that if a someone treats you badly, you should not respond in the same way. If your readers would not understand what it means to **pay back evil for evil** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “treats anyone wrongly because they treated you wrongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	15	dqs8	figs-metaphor	κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were goods or money that could be exchanged. He means that if a someone treats you badly, you should not respond in the same way. If your readers would not understand what it means to **pay back evil for evil** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “treats anyone wrongly because they treated you wrongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	15	oz10	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here what follows the word **but** is in contrast to repaying **evil for evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “and instead,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	5	15	mc2z	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **always** could be using exaggeration to express emphasis. Paul means that the Thessalonian church should make it a habit to **pursue what is good**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “make every effort to” or “constantly” or “habitually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	5	15	pe3l	figs-merism	καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **both for one another and for all** is used to emphasize groups of people. In this context, the phrase could refer to: (1) the Thessalonian church and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “for your church at Thessalonica and for all believers in Christ” (2) the Thessalonian church and the whole human race (See how you translated this phrase in [3:12](../03/12.md)). Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “for everyone” or “for each and every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -459,23 +459,23 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	18	l3sk	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ	1	for this is the will of God	Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that could refer to: (1) all the commands in [5:14-18](../05/14.md) Alternate translation: “because all these things are what God desires” (2) **give thanks**. Alternate translation: “for in fact, this is God’s will” or “for certainly, this thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1TH	5	18	yu36	figs-ellipsis	τοῦτο	1	for this is the will of God	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TH	5	18	sw8b	figs-abstractnouns	θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **the will of God in Christ Jesus for you**, you can express the idea it in another way. Alternate translation: “how God desires people to live who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	5	18	mbz1	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	19	j1ei	figs-metaphor	τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul speaks figuratively of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	18	mbz1	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	Here, Paul speaks of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	19	j1ei	figs-metaphor	τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul speaks of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	19	sv8r	figs-litotes	μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle” or “Be fervent in” or “Keep working along with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	5	20	iv1n	figs-litotes	μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Readily accept” or “Cherish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	5	20	rrza	figs-parallelism	προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	The two phrases in [5:19–20](../05/19.md) could refer to the same thing. Paul could be saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to correct how the Thessalonian church viewed prophecy. He means that the Holy Spirit is the source of true prophecy (See [2 Peter 1:21](2pet/01/21.md)), so they should not “quench the Spirit” by rejecting all prophecies. You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this. Alternate translation: “Do not continue to despise prophetic messages from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	5	21	ihzh	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε; τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	This could mean: (1) Paul is beginning a general list of things that the Thessalonians should **Test** and **Hold fast** if they are **good**. (2) Paul is continuing to refer to the prophesies in the previous verse, and he wants the Thessalonians to **Test** those and **Hold fast** to the prophesies that are truly from God.
-1TH	5	21	wx69	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks figuratively as if the Thessalonians could make **all things** pass a test. This could mean: (1) they should examine everything they hear and do to make sure it conforms to what honors God. Alternate translation: “Carefully examine everything you hear and do” (2) they should examine and approve prophecies to determine whether or not they are genuinely from the Holy Spirit (See [2:4](../02/04.md) for a similar context)). Alternate translation: “examine and approve all prophecies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	21	wx69	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks as if the Thessalonians could make **all things** pass a test. This could mean: (1) they should examine everything they hear and do to make sure it conforms to what honors God. Alternate translation: “Carefully examine everything you hear and do” (2) they should examine and approve prophecies to determine whether or not they are genuinely from the Holy Spirit (See [2:4](../02/04.md) for a similar context)). Alternate translation: “examine and approve all prophecies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	21	sjh0	figs-nominaladj	πάντα	1	Test all things	Here, **all things** is an adjectival phrase. Depending on whether you decided this is a new list or a continuation of verse 20, this could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “everything you hear and do” (2) Alternate translation: “all prophesies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TH	5	21	n1jv	figs-metaphor	τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks figuratively of **good** things as if they were objects that someone could hold tightly in his hands. He means that the Thessalonian church should only believe and practice things that prove to be from the Holy Spirit. If your readers would not understand what it means to **hold fast to what {is} good** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Keep only the valid things” or “Retain what is from the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	21	n1jv	figs-metaphor	τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks of **good** things as if they were objects that someone could hold tightly in his hands. He means that the Thessalonian church should only believe and practice things that prove to be from the Holy Spirit. If your readers would not understand what it means to **hold fast to what {is} good** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Keep only the valid things” or “Retain what is from the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	21	jska	figs-ellipsis	τὸ καλὸν	1	Test all things	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	5	22	z9k0	figs-personification	παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ	1	Test all things	Here, **evil** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be seen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “anything clearly wicked” or “all that is obviously evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	5	22	z9k0	figs-personification	παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ	1	Test all things	Here, **evil** is spoken of as though it were a person who could be seen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “anything clearly wicked” or “all that is obviously evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	5	23	mqi7	translate-blessing	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἁγιάσαι	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here, the verb forms indicate that this is a blessing or prayer (See also [3:11–13](../03/11.md)). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now we pray that God himself, who gives peace, would sanctify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 1TH	5	23	ozyh	figs-parallelism	ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς, καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how much he wants God to preserve the Thessalonian church as his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “may … fully preserve you as his people to the end, and may every part of you be protected” or “may … completely preserve each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	5	23	sbxc	figs-possession	ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here Paul uses the possessive form **the God of peace**, which is a title for God found in the New Testament (See Romans 15:33; 16:20; Philippians 4:9; Hebrews 13:20). If this is not clear in your language, you could make it explicit. In this context, **the God of peace** could refer to: (1) who God is. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by peace” (2) what God does. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (3) Both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	5	23	nb1x	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Paul uses the word **himself** to emphasize the urgency of the apostles’ prayer or blessing by drawing attention to **God**, who is the only one who can sanctify and keep the Christian person blameless. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	5	23	vkhs	figs-activepassive	ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη.	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **be kept** with an active form, and you could emphasize who did the action. Alternate translation: “may God keep you completely blameless” or “may God make your whole life sinless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TH	5	23	s36k	figs-merism	ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Paul speaks figuratively, using these three aspects of the human person in order to represent the whole human being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “your whole being” or “your whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+1TH	5	23	s36k	figs-merism	ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Paul speaks, using these three aspects of the human person in order to represent the whole human being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “your whole being” or “your whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 1TH	5	23	nyma	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here, **coming of the Lord** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [4:15](../04/15.md)) or the “Day of the **Lord**” in [5:2](../05/02.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when our Lord Jesus Christ comes back to earth again” or “at the arrival of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	24	i03k	grammar-connect-logic-result	πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς, ὃς καὶ ποιήσει	1	who will also do it	Here, **who will also do it** expresses the result of God’s faithfulness. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Because God is faithful, he will also preserve you sanctified” or “Since God is trustworthy, he will also completely sanctify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	24	vx20	figs-explicit	πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς	1	Faithful is he who calls you	Here it is implied that **he** refers to “the God of peace” in [5:23](../05/23.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Faithful is God who calls you” or “The God who continues to summon you is faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

en_tn_54-2TH.tsv

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	1	1	hm3e	translate-names	Σιλουανὸς	1	Silvanus	**Silvanus** is the Latin form of “Silas.” **Silvanus** is the name of a man, the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler. If your readers may not know that these two are the same person, you could use the name “Silas” in the text and “Silvanus” in the footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TH	1	1	ge00	figs-ellipsis	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		You may want to fill in the words necessary to make this a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy send this letter to the church” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
 2TH	1	1	l8q8	figs-explicit	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος	1		Although Paul wrote this letter, he identifies Silvanus and Timothy as also sending it. This means that they were with him and were in agreement with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that clear, as in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-2TH	1	1	eajo	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+2TH	1	1	eajo	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 2TH	1	2	g6rb	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Grace to you	Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 2TH	1	2	bv9m	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **grace** and **peace**, you can express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	3	o6v9	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 3-12, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	1	11	r8gk	figs-abstractnouns	πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης, καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει	1	he may fulfill every desire of goodness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **desire**, **goodness**, **faith**, and **power**, you can express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he may make you able to do all of the good things that you want to do because you trust in Jesus and because God is powerful” or “he may empower you to act on what you believe in order to do good things in every way that you desire, because God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	11	c7o6	figs-ellipsis	καὶ πληρώσῃ	1		Here, **and he may fulfill** adds another reason why Paul and his associates **pray always** for the Thessalonian believers. This part of the sentence assumes some of the words from earlier in the sentence. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the earlier part of the sentence. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that he may fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TH	1	12	nvth	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὅπως	1		Here, **so that** introduces the purpose for which Paul and his associates pray all of the things mentioned in verse 11. It is a repetition of the same purpose that was given in verse 10, using similar words. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-2TH	1	12	c6ec	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, **the name of our Lord Jesus** figuratively stands for the person of the Lord Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the reputation of our Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	1	12	c6ec	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, **the name of our Lord Jesus** stands for the person of the Lord Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the reputation of our Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	1	12	q994	figs-activepassive	ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν	1	so that the name of our Lord Jesus might be glorified in you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) the Thessalonian believers will glorify Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (2) others will glorify Jesus because of what he has done for the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “so that people would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	12	pg2i	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ	1	and you in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus might glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	1	12	l4l1	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ	1		The phrase **and you in him** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make a complete sentence by supplying these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that you might be glorified in him” or “and so that he might glorify you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	7	si9i	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ…μυστήριον ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας	1	mystery of lawlessness	Here, **lawlessness** is characterized as a **mystery** because we cannot understand why people rebel against God’s wise instructions unless we understand the spiritual forces at work, which Paul explains here. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you can express them in another way. Alternate translation: “people are already mysteriously rebelling against God” or “Satan is already secretly leading people to reject God’s laws, as this man will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	7	fcu7		ὁ κατέχων	1	the one who restrains him	To restrain someone is to hold him back or to keep him from doing what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “the one who has been holding him back”
 2TH	2	7	bijc	writing-pronouns	γένηται	1		Here, **he** refers to the one who is restraining the man of lawlessness. If this is not clear to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who restrains the man of lawlessness moves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2TH	2	7	tt88	figs-metaphor	ἐκ μέσου γένηται	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the person who is restraining the man of lawlessness as though he were standing in front of him and blocking his path. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor or you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “he stops restraining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	7	tt88	figs-metaphor	ἐκ μέσου γένηται	1		Here Paul speaks of the person who is restraining the man of lawlessness as though he were standing in front of him and blocking his path. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor or you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “he stops restraining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	8	hn67	figs-activepassive	καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος	1	and then the lawless one will be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	8	vay9	figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	with the breath of his mouth	In this figure of speech, **breath** represents the power of God and **mouth** represents the spoken word of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	2	8	hy3y	figs-parallelism	ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1	and will bring to nothing by the appearance of his coming	These two phrases describe the same event. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how much more powerful Jesus is than the man of lawlessness. If it is confusing for your readers to talk about killing someone and then bringing him to nothing, you could reverse the order of the phrases, as in the UST, or you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “will destroy by his glorious appearance and with the breath of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	10	sl5b	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	This phrase could express: (1) the result of receiving the love of the truth. Alternate translation: “and thus be saved” or (2) the purpose of loving the truth. Alternate translation: “so that they could be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TH	2	10	xst1	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτούς	1	in all deceit of unrighteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, that would be God. Alternate translation: “for God to save them” or “so that God would save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	11	sj1v	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	because of this	What follows this connector is the result of the action of the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. Use a connector that shows that what the people did in verse 10 is the reason for what follows in this verse. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “because the people did not receive the love of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2TH	2	11	en8e	figs-metaphor	πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is speaking figuratively of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending** something to them. Alternate translation: “God is allowing them to think wrongly so that they believe the lies of the man of lawlessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	11	en8e	figs-metaphor	πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending** something to them. Alternate translation: “God is allowing them to think wrongly so that they believe the lies of the man of lawlessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	11	u7a0	figs-possession	ἐνέργειαν πλάνης	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **working** that is characterized by **error**. This means something that works to produce error in them. Alternate translation: “the ability to think in a wrong way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TH	2	11	nass	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God sends the **working of error**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2TH	2	11	bkpm	writing-pronouns	εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Here, **them** refers to the people who “did not receive the love of the truth” in verse 10. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that these people may believe” or “in order that the people who did not receive the love of the truth may believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	14	pke7	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “so that you might become glorious like our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	15	holv	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρα οὖν	1		The words **So then** connect this verse with verses 13 and 14 as their logical conclusion. Because God did the wonderful things in those verses, the Thessalonians should do what verse 15 says. Use a natural way to introduce a conclusion in your language. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Because God did all of that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TH	2	15	pa9j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Here, **brothers** means fellow believers in Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	2	15	u9ss	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used figuratively to mean to not change one’s beliefs but, rather, to remain steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “continue to believe the truth” or “do not give up your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths about Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them figuratively as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	15	u9ss	figs-metaphor	στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Here, the phrase **stand firm** is used to mean to not change one’s beliefs but, rather, to remain steadfast in what one believes. If this would be unclear in your language, consider using an equivalent expression, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “continue to believe the truth” or “do not give up your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths about Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “do not give up believing those truths” or “continue to believe the true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	15	cpdo	figs-doublet	στήκετε καὶ κρατεῖτε	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of doing this. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “keep on firmly believing” or “do not allow anyone to change your mind in any way about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2TH	2	15	whp8	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	you were taught	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	15	z2vs	figs-synecdoche	διὰ λόγου	1	whether by word or by our letter	Here, **by word** is an expression that means that Paul had been present with them and taught them personally. Alternate translation: “by what we said to you in person” or “when we were talking to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	3	3	yx9g	figs-explicit	ὃς στηρίξει	1	who will strengthen	The word **strengthen** here refers to spiritual strength, not physical strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, it can be made clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “who will strengthen you spiritually” or “who will make you inwardly strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	3	p91k		τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the evil one	This could mean: (1) the evil being Satan. Alternate translation: “Satan” or (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “evil”
 2TH	3	4	xk85	figs-nominaladj	πεποίθαμεν δὲ	1	we are confident	The phrase **We are also confident** may be confusing in some languages. If that is the case in your language, you could translate this as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “We also have faith” or “We also trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-2TH	3	4	w79e	figs-metaphor	πεποίθαμεν δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1		This could mean: (1) Paul has confidence in the Thessalonian believers because of the close relationship that they have with the Lord Jesus. In this case, Paul is speaking figuratively of this relationship as if they were inside the Lord Jesus. Alternative translation: “Because you are united to the Lord, we are also confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) Paul has confidence in the Lord Jesus, that he will cause them to do what is right. Alternative translation: “Because we trust in the Lord Jesus to enable you, we are also confident”
+2TH	3	4	w79e	figs-metaphor	πεποίθαμεν δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1		This could mean: (1) Paul has confidence in the Thessalonian believers because of the close relationship that they have with the Lord Jesus. In this case, Paul is speaking of this relationship as if they were inside the Lord Jesus. Alternative translation: “Because you are united to the Lord, we are also confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) Paul has confidence in the Lord Jesus, that he will cause them to do what is right. Alternative translation: “Because we trust in the Lord Jesus to enable you, we are also confident”
 2TH	3	5	giz4	figs-metonymy	ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	may the Lord direct your hearts	Here, **hearts** stands for a person’s thoughts or mind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand the love of God and the endurance of Christ” or “may the Lord help you to know the love of God and the endurance of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	3	5	wre3	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ	Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path. If your readers would not understand this figure of speech, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and the endurance that Christ supplies you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	5	dzbn	figs-possession	εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **love of God** can mean (1) the love that comes from God. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you” or (2) the love that people give to God. Alternate translation: “to love God more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	3	6	mst3	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 6-15, Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle. A heading for this section might be, “Believers Must Work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	3	6	v33v	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Now	The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2TH	3	6	x9l8	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί…ἀδελφοῦ	1	brothers	Here, the words **brothers** and **brother** refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters … brother or sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	3	6	y4a9	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** figuratively stands for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term figuratively is not clear in your language, you could express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	3	6	y4a9	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ	Here, **name** stands for the person of Jesus Christ. It can also mean “with the authority of.” If using this term is not clear in your language, you could express it directly. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” or “with the authority that our Lord Jesus Christ has given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	3	6	jvw1	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	of our Lord	Here, **our** refers to all believers. If you have exclusive and inclusive first-person plural pronouns in your language, this should be an inclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2TH	3	6	x2r8	figs-metaphor	ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of people who are not living well as if they walk in a haphazard manner. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “who is living in a bad way” or “who is not living correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	3	6	x2r8	figs-metaphor	ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος	1		Here Paul speaks of people who are not living well as if they walk in a haphazard manner. If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “who is living in a bad way” or “who is not living correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	3	6	se1g		τὴν παράδοσιν	1		Here, **the traditions** refers to the teachings that the apostles received from Jesus and are passing along to all believers. Alternate translation: “the teachings” or “the instructions”
 2TH	3	7	h222	figs-explicit	μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	to imitate us	The phrase **to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	7	b1i1	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	we did not behave disorderly among you	Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” or “we worked diligently when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	3	13	jx8t	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δέ	1	But	Paul here uses the word **But** to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Concerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 2TH	3	13	e59v	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	you	The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers, so it should be in plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2TH	3	13	usu9	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	3	14	mzs4	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν	1	if anyone does not obey our word	Paul is figuratively referring to his command to the Thessalonian believers as a **word**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TH	3	14	mzs4	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν	1	if anyone does not obey our word	Paul is referring to his command to the Thessalonian believers as a **word**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TH	3	14	nv3v	figs-idiom	τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε	1	note this one	Paul wants the Thessalonians to notice who this person is. Alternate translation: “point out that person” or “make sure everyone knows who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TH	3	14	y552	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐντραπῇ	1	so that he may be put to shame	Paul instructs believers to avoid lazy believers as a disciplinary action. If necessary, you could make this explicit to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “in order that he will know that his laziness is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TH	3	15	idj6	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφόν	1		Although the term **brother** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

en_tn_55-1TI.tsv

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 1TI	front	intro	wy83			0		# Introduction to 1 Timothy<br><br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Timothy<br><br>In this letter, Paul alternates between personal commands to Timothy that empower him to act as his representative and with his authority, and instructions for how followers of Jesus should live in community.<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1-2)<br>2. Paul commands Timothy to tell people not to teach false doctrines (1:3-20)<br>3. Paul gives instructions about how to re-establish order and decency in the church (2:1-15)<br>4. Paul gives instructions about how to ensure that elders and deacons are properly qualified (3:1-13)<br>5. Paul commands Timothy regarding his own personal conduct (3:14-5:2)<br>6. Paul gives instructions to ensure church support for worthy widows (5:3-16) and elders (5:17-20)<br>7. Paul commands Timothy that he must be impartial (5:21-25)<br>8. Paul gives instructions to ensure order in master-servant relationships (6:1-2a)<br>9. Paul commands Timothy regarding how he should teach and conduct himself (6:2b-16)<br>10. Paul gives instructions for how people who are rich should live (6:17-19)<br>11. Paul commands Timothy to guard what has been entrusted to his care (6:20-21a)<br>12. Closing blessing to the whole church (6:21b)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>A man named Paul wrote 1 Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul may have written other letters to Timothy, but this is the earliest one that we still have. That is why it is known as 1 Timothy or First Timothy. Timothy was Paul’s disciple and close friend. Paul probably wrote this letter near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed included church worship, qualifications for church leaders, and warnings against false teachers. This letter shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches while Timothy himself trained other leaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its customary title, “1 Timothy” or “First Timothy.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is discipleship?<br><br>Discipleship is the process of making people to be disciples of Christ. The goal of discipleship is to encourage other Christians to be more like Christ. This letter gives many instructions about how a leader should train a less mature Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ”?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>In [6:5](../06/05.md), the oldest Greek manuscripts differ from later Greek manuscripts. Modern translations may also differ depending on the Greek manuscript that they translate from. The ULT text translates the Greek from the oldest manuscripts and puts the differences from later manuscripts in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider following the decision in that translation. If not, translators are advised to follow the oldest Greek manuscripts as reflected in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TI	1	intro	a4v2			0		# 1 Timothy 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>In this chapter, Paul calls Timothy a “son” and his “child.” Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul called Timothy his “son in the faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter Paul speaks figuratively of people who are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith as if they had “missed the mark” that they were aiming at, as if they had “turned away” down a wrong path, and as if they had been “shipwrecked.” He speaks figuratively of following Jesus faithfully as “fighting the good fight.”
+1TI	1	intro	a4v2			0		# 1 Timothy 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>In this chapter, Paul calls Timothy a “son” and his “child.” Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul called Timothy his “son in the faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter Paul speaks of people who are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith as if they had “missed the mark” that they were aiming at, as if they had “turned away” down a wrong path, and as if they had been “shipwrecked.” He speaks of following Jesus faithfully as “fighting the good fight.”
 1TI	1	1	i3zz		Παῦλος	1	Paul	In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Immediately after introducing the writer, you might also want to indicate to whom the letter was written. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am the one writing this letter to you, Timothy”
 1TI	1	1	xl6d		κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν Θεοῦ	1	by the command of God	Alternate translation: “by the authority of God”
 1TI	1	1	wb8j		Θεοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν	1	God our Savior	Alternate translation: “God, who saves us”
-1TI	1	1	sw77	figs-metonymy	Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἡμῶν	1	the Lord Jesus Christ our hope	Here, **our hope** refers figuratively to the person in whom we have hope. Alternate translations: “Christ Jesus, the one in whom we have confidence” or “Christ Jesus, whom we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	1	1	sw77	figs-metonymy	Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἡμῶν	1	the Lord Jesus Christ our hope	Here, **our hope** refers to the person in whom we have hope. Alternate translations: “Christ Jesus, the one in whom we have confidence” or “Christ Jesus, whom we trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	1	2	pyi6	figs-metaphor	γνησίῳ τέκνῳ	1	a true son	Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and **son**. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ. That would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child, since Timothy entered his new life as a follower of Jesus because of Paul. Alternate translation: “who is truly like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	2	rd5v		χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	Grace, mercy, peace	In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Alternate translation: “I hope you are experiencing God’s kindness, mercy, and peace”
 1TI	1	2	p4lz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς	1	God the Father	Here, **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God, who is our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	5	iwnk	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν	1	Now the goal of this command is	Here Paul is expressing to Timothy the **goal** or the outcome that he desires from the commands that Paul gave him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding these things in order to get this result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TI	1	5	l7un		τῆς παραγγελίας	1	command	Here, **this command** refers to the instructions that Paul has given Timothy in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:4](../01/04.md).
 1TI	1	5	i9rs	figs-explicit	ἐστὶν ἀγάπη	1	is love	That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you could state “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	1	5	t123	figs-metaphor	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here the **heart** figuratively represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	5	mbe6	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	1	5	t123	figs-metaphor	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here the **heart** represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	5	mbe6	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here, **pure** indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	1	5	ar8t		συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς	1	a good conscience	Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
 1TI	1	5	m53g		πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου	1	a sincere faith	Paul presents **a sincere faith** as the third thing that leads to love, which is the one goal of the command. It is not a third goal of the command. Alternate translations: “and from faith that is genuine” or “and from faith that is without hypocrisy”
 1TI	1	5	zziu	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου	1	a sincere faith	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the phrase **a sincere faith**behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God. (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	1	6	j4z3	figs-metaphor	τινες ἀστοχήσαντες	1	some, having missed the mark	Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	6	se38	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν εἰς	1	have turned away to	Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	6	j4z3	figs-metaphor	τινες ἀστοχήσαντες	1	some, having missed the mark	Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	6	se38	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν εἰς	1	have turned away to	Here, **turned away** means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	7	v28u	figs-explicit	νομοδιδάσκαλοι	1	teachers of the law	Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	7	kz8x	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	μὴ νοοῦντες	1	not understanding	If the contrast is not clear in your language between what these people want to be (teachers of the law) and their ability to do it, you may want to mark the contrast. Alternate translations: “but not understanding” or “and yet they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TI	1	7	t131	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ…μήτε…μήτε	1	not … either … or	Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	9	t141		πατρολῴαις καὶ μητρολῴαις, ἀνδροφόνοις	1	father-killers and mother-killers, man-slayers	In this list Paul uses several compound words to express his meaning concisely and vividly. In each case the first term in the compound, a noun, is the object of the second term in the compound, a verb. Three of these compound words are in this verse, and two more are in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these terms by translating them either with single terms or with phrases. Alternate translations: “patricides and matricides, murders” or “people who kill other people, even their own fathers and mothers”
 1TI	1	9	t142	figs-gendernotations	ἀνδροφόνοις	1	man-slayers	Paul uses the term **man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	1	10	y5dx	figs-nominaladj	πόρνοις	1	the immoral	Paul is using the adjective **immoral** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have sexual relations outside of marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TI	1	10	v1gh	figs-idiom	ἀρσενοκοίταις	1	male-liers	The term **male-liers** is the fourth compound word on the list. The term “lie” figuratively means to have sexual relations. Alternate translation: “men who have sexual relations with other males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TI	1	10	v1gh	figs-idiom	ἀρσενοκοίταις	1	male-liers	The term **male-liers** is the fourth compound word on the list. The term “lie” means to have sexual relations. Alternate translation: “men who have sexual relations with other males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	1	10	bzw4	figs-gendernotations	ἀνδραποδισταῖς	1	man-stealers	The term **man-stealers** is the fifth and last compound word on the list. Paul uses the term **man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people who kidnap other people to sell them as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	1	10	gg42		καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερον τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀντίκειται	1	and if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that, in many languages, a sentence would need to be complete. He means that if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching, then the law is made for people who do that, too. Alternate translation: “and for people who do anything else that is against wholesome teaching”
 1TI	1	10	t147	figs-metonymy	τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	healthy teaching	The phrase **healthy teaching** is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translation: “correct teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	13	nv6k	figs-activepassive	ἠλεήθην	1	I was shown mercy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express who showed mercy to Paul with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	1	14	t158		δὲ	1	Indeed	Paul here uses the word **indeed** to introduce an expanded description of the way Jesus treated him mercifully even though he persecuted the followers of Jesus. This description will help Timothy and the other believers in Ephesus to understand how great the mercy of Jesus is. Alternate translation: “in fact”
 1TI	1	14	c1lg	figs-metaphor	ὑπερεπλεόνασεν…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	the grace of our Lord overflowed	Paul speaks of the **grace** of Jesus as if it were a liquid that fills a container until it flows over the top. Alternate translation: “Jesus showed me unlimited grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	14	z5lv	figs-idiom	μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	This could refer to: (1) faith and love that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean figuratively “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) the faith and love that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TI	1	14	z5lv	figs-idiom	μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	This could refer to: (1) faith and love that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) the faith and love that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	1	15	z48s		πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	In this context, the term **word** refers to an entire statement. Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
 1TI	1	15	rh2r		καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος	1	and worthy of all acceptance	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who does this action. Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
 1TI	1	15	t163	figs-quotemarks	Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι	1	Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners	Paul uses this phrase as a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow, “Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners,” with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@@ -74,17 +74,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	18	ijn8	figs-metaphor	ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν παρατίθεμαί σοι	1	This command I am placing before you	Paul speaks of his instructions as if he could physically put them in front of Timothy. Alternate translations: “I am entrusting you with this command” or “this is what I am commanding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	18	b6uq	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	child	Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and **child**. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	18	y6jg		κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας	1	in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how these prophecies happened and who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
-1TI	1	18	w2ex	figs-metaphor	στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν	1	fight the good fight	Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	18	w2ex	figs-metaphor	στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν	1	fight the good fight	Paul speaks about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	19	jj6k	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχων πίστιν	1	holding faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	19	ly6q	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν	1	a good conscience	See how you translated this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	1	19	h2wk	figs-metaphor	τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν	1	have shipwrecked regarding the faith	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could state as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	19	h2wk	figs-metaphor	τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν	1	have shipwrecked regarding the faith	Paul speaks of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could state as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	19	dyr6	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ τὴν πίστιν	1	regarding the faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	20	pv7f	translate-names	Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος	1	Hymenaeus … Alexander	**Hymenaeus** and **Alexander** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1TI	1	20	ty7n	figs-metaphor	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1	whom I have given over to Satan	Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them **to Satan**. If this does not make sense in your language, you could state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	20	ty7n	figs-metaphor	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1	whom I have given over to Satan	Paul speaks as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them **to Satan**. If this does not make sense in your language, you could state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	20	az10	figs-explicit	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1		This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	20	s76c	figs-activepassive	ἵνα παιδευθῶσι	1	so that they may be taught	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	intro	c6rf			0		# 1 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Peace<br><br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe that God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Other scholars believe that God wants women to use the gifts He gives them on an equal basis with men. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
-1TI	2	1	yk2z	figs-idiom	πρῶτον πάντων	1	first of all	As in [1:15](../01/15.md), the term **first** figuratively means the superlative example of a class. Alternate translation: “most importantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1TI	2	1	yk2z	figs-idiom	πρῶτον πάντων	1	first of all	As in [1:15](../01/15.md), the term **first** means the superlative example of a class. Alternate translation: “most importantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	2	1	iag7		παρακαλῶ	1	I urge	Alternate translation: “I encourage” or “I exhort”
 1TI	2	1	ql7a	figs-activepassive	ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας	1	for requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to be made	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action and who would receive the action. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	1	t183	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	2	15	krx4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TI	2	15	t222		σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” Later in the sentence, **they**  refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
 1TI	2	15	u8iv		σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1	she will be saved through childbearing	This could mean: (1) people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). Alternate translation: “God will save women as they attend to their families” (3) a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translation: “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
-1TI	2	15	i0ap	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1		If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TI	2	15	i0ap	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1		If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TI	2	15	n818	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	15	gh3c		ἐὰν μείνωσιν	1	if they remain	Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
 1TI	2	15	sl57	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ	1	in faith and love and holiness	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith**, **love**, and **holiness** by stating the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “trusting Jesus, loving others, and living in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -150,18 +150,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	3	5	c814	figs-metonymy	ἐκκλησίας Θεοῦ	1	the church of God	Here the term **church** refers to a local group of God’s people, not to a building. Alternate translations: “a group of God’s people” or “a local gathering of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	3	6	q7hu		μὴ νεόφυτον	1	not a new convert	Alternate translations: “he should not be still just learning the faith” or “he must be mature from a long, steady growth in the faith”
 1TI	3	6	t240	figs-explicit	τυφωθεὶς	1	puffed up	Paul is warning that a new convert might become excessively proud if he were given an important leadership position right away. Alternate translation: “becoming proud of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	3	6	t241	figs-metaphor	τυφωθεὶς	1	puffed up	Paul describes being proud figuratively as if it made a person swell in size. Alternate translation: “thinking that he is better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	6	t241	figs-metaphor	τυφωθεὶς	1	puffed up	Paul describes being proud as if it made a person swell in size. Alternate translation: “thinking that he is better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	6	v6f5	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	so that he may not fall … into the judgment of the devil	Paul describes the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as like falling into a hole. Alternate translation: “and have God condemn him … as he condemned the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	3	7	si1d	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἔξωθεν	1	those outside	Paul speaks of the church figuratively as though it were a place and unbelievers were physically outside of it. Alternate translation: “those who are not believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	3	7	qsa6	figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ	1	so that he may not fall into disgrace	Paul speaks of disgrace figuratively as if it were a hole that a person could fall into. Alternate translation: “so that he does not do anything that would make him ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	7	si1d	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἔξωθεν	1	those outside	Paul speaks of the church as though it were a place and unbelievers were physically outside of it. Alternate translation: “those who are not believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	7	qsa6	figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ	1	so that he may not fall into disgrace	Paul speaks of disgrace as if it were a hole that a person could fall into. Alternate translation: “so that he does not do anything that would make him ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	7	t245	figs-metaphor	παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου	1	the trap of the devil	Paul speaks of the devil tempting someone to sin as if it were a trap that could catch a person. Alternate translation: “so that the devil is not able to tempt him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	8	nz2w		διακόνους ὡσαύτως	1	Likewise deacons	Alternate translation: “deacons, just like overseers”
-1TI	3	8	sxq4	figs-metaphor	μὴ διλόγους	1	not double-talkers	Paul speaks figuratively about some people as if they could say two things at once. Alternate translation: “they should not say one thing but mean something else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	8	sxq4	figs-metaphor	μὴ διλόγους	1	not double-talkers	Paul speaks about some people as if they could say two things at once. Alternate translation: “they should not say one thing but mean something else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	8	g5qi	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ διλόγους	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind **not double-talkers** positively. Alternate translation: “be honest in what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1TI	3	9	c44a	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντας	1	holding	Paul speaks of true teaching about God as if it were an object that a person could hold. Alternate translation: “they must continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	9	jda1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ μυστήριον	1	the mystery	Paul uses the abstract noun **mystery** to refer to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was revealing at that moment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this term with a verb such as “reveal.” Alternate translation: “what God has now revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	3	9	rfv7	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως	1	the mystery of the faith	Here, **faith** refers to the content of the **mystery**, that is, the specific things that God has revealed and that followers of Jesus must believe. Alternate translation: “the teachings that God has revealed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	3	9	y91f	figs-metaphor	ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει	1	with a clean conscience	Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	3	9	y91f	figs-metaphor	ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει	1	with a clean conscience	Paul speaks of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	3	10	hl1p	figs-activepassive	καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον	1	let them also be tested first	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	3	11	xyc9		γυναῖκας	1	the women	This could mean: (1) deacons’ wives. (2) female deacons.
 1TI	3	11	q5qx		σεμνάς	1	dignified	Alternate translations: “people who act properly” or “people who are worthy of respect”
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	3	16	t271	figs-explicit	μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον	1	great is the mystery of godliness	Since Paul follows this statement by quoting a hymn or poem about the life of Jesus, the implication is that he sees Jesus as having made it possible for people to worship God in the most genuine way. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed about why we worship Jesus is great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	3	16	y8sp	writing-poetry	ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι, ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις, ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ	1	Who was revealed in flesh, was justified in the Spirit, was seen by angels, was proclaimed among the nations, was believed in the world, was taken up in glory.	This is most likely a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as through line-by-line formatting, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
 1TI	3	16	m4xi	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί	1	Who was revealed in flesh	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. (Be sure not to suggest in your translation that Jesus only seemed or appeared to be human.) Alternate translations: “he revealed himself as a human being” or “he came to earth as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	3	16	rqp6	figs-metonymy	ἐν σαρκί	1	in flesh	Paul uses the term **flesh** figuratively here to mean “in a human body.” He is describing the human body by reference to something associated with it, the flesh that envelops it. Alternate translation: “as a true human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	3	16	rqp6	figs-metonymy	ἐν σαρκί	1	in flesh	Paul uses the term **flesh** here to mean “in a human body.” He is describing the human body by reference to something associated with it, the flesh that envelops it. Alternate translation: “as a true human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	3	16	gm36	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι	1	was justified in the Spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit confirmed that he was who he said he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	3	16	fn1k	figs-activepassive	ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις	1	was seen by angels	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	3	16	c3wx	figs-activepassive	ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν	1	was proclaimed among the nations	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people in many nations told others about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	1	q13m		προσέχοντες	1	attending to	Alternate translations: “and turn their attention to” or “because they are paying attention to”
 1TI	4	1	ae5w	figs-doublet	πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων	1	deceiving spirits and teachings of demons	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TI	4	2	pw29		ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων	1	in false-speaking hypocrisy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “The people who teach these things are hypocrites, and they tell lies”
-1TI	4	2	u2f4	figs-metaphor	κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν	1	their own consciences having been seared	Paul is speaking figuratively of these people as if their sense of right and wrong had been ruined like skin that someone had burned with a hot iron. Alternate translation: “they will not have any sense of right and wrong any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	4	2	u2f4	figs-metaphor	κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν	1	their own consciences having been seared	Paul is speaking of these people as if their sense of right and wrong had been ruined like skin that someone had burned with a hot iron. Alternate translation: “they will not have any sense of right and wrong any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	2	t288	figs-activepassive	κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν	1	their own consciences having been seared	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will be people who have destroyed their sense of right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	3	t289		κωλυόντων γαμεῖν	1	forbidding to marry	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “these people teach that it is wrong to marry”
 1TI	4	3	wd2l	figs-explicit	κωλυόντων γαμεῖν	1	forbidding to marry	The implication of this phrase is that these false teachers will forbid believers to **marry**. Alternate translation: “these people will forbid believers to marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -218,13 +218,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	6	ks5x	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα ὑποτιθέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	Placing these things before the brothers	Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were objects that could be physically placed in front of the other believers. Alternate translation: “if you help the believers remember these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	6	hfx3		ταῦτα	1	these things	This refers to the teaching that began in [3:16](../03/16.md).
 1TI	4	6	h6qr	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	before the brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes men and women. Alternate translation: “the brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1TI	4	6	uyeb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers	The term **the brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus. Alternative translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	4	6	uyeb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers	The term **the brothers** means fellow believers in Jesus. Alternative translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	6	t304	figs-activepassive	ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας	1	being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expessed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	6	f8vs	figs-metaphor	ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας	1	being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed	Paul speaks of these statements and teachings as if they could physically feed Timothy and make him strong. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	4	6	ny78	figs-metonymy	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας	1	by the words of the faith and of the good teaching	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the statements of belief and the teachings that explain them, both expressed in words. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	4	6	ny78	figs-metonymy	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας	1	by the words of the faith and of the good teaching	Paul uses the term **words** to describe the statements of belief and the teachings that explain them, both expressed in words. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	4	7	th4i		τοὺς…βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους	1	the profane and old-womanish myths	See how you translated **myths** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **profane** in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “foolish, made-up stories in which nothing is sacred”
 1TI	4	7	elk7	figs-idiom	γραώδεις μύθους	1	old-womanish myths	The term **old-womanish** is an idiom that means “silly” or “foolish.” Paul tells Timothy in [5:2](../05/02.md) that he should respect older women as mothers, so Paul’s expression here should be recognized as idiomatic rather than disrespectful. Your language may have a similar expression. Alternate translation: “old wives’ tales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TI	4	7	sea5	figs-metaphor	γύμναζε…σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν	1	train yourself for godliness	Paul tells Timothy figuratively to work to develop godly character as if he were an athlete improving his physical conditioning. Alternate translation: “diligently practice acting in ways that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	4	7	sea5	figs-metaphor	γύμναζε…σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν	1	train yourself for godliness	Paul tells Timothy to work to develop godly character as if he were an athlete improving his physical conditioning. Alternate translation: “diligently practice acting in ways that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	8	t311	figs-quotemarks	γὰρ	1	for	What follows after the word **for** is a direct quotation of a saying that Paul uses for teaching. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow in the rest of the verse with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1TI	4	8	i6rh		σωματικὴ γυμνασία	1	bodily training	Alternate translation: “physical exercise”
 1TI	4	8	t313		πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος	1	is valuable for a little	This could mean: (1) it has some small value. (2) it has value for a little while. (3) it does not have very much value.
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	14	xp1k	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας	1	which was given to you through prophecy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “which you received when leaders of the church prophesied about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	14	rr8f	translate-symaction	ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου	1	with the imposition of the hands of the elders	Paul is speaking of a ceremony during which the church leaders put their **hands** on Timothy and prayed that God would enable him to do the work he had commanded him to do. Alternate translation: “when the elders all laid their hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 1TI	4	15	sbcg	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit what **these things** are. Alternate translation: “these things that I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	4	15	m65m	figs-metaphor	ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι	1	Study these things, be in them	Paul is speaking figuratively as if Timothy could physically be inside the instructions he has just given him. Alternate translation: “and follow them consistently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	4	15	m65m	figs-metaphor	ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι	1	Study these things, be in them	Paul is speaking as if Timothy could physically be inside the instructions he has just given him. Alternate translation: “and follow them consistently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	15	merc	figs-explicit	σου ἡ προκοπὴ	1	your progress	If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit in what way Timothy is to make **progress**. Alternate translation: “your increasing ability to live the way that Jesus wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	16	uq6c		ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	Pay attention to yourself and to the teaching	Alternate translation: “Pay attention to how you live and to what you teach”
 1TI	4	16	zxe7		ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς	1	Continue in these things	Alternate translation: “continue to do these things”
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	4	w38h		πρῶτον	1	first	This could mean one of two things, or possibly both: (1) of all of their religious duties, taking care of their family is the most important one and the one that they should learn to do before anything else. Alternate translation: “as the most basic part of belonging to God’s people” (2) these children and grandchildren should be the first ones to take care of their family members, before the rest of the congregation. Alternate translation: “before the church offers any support”
 1TI	5	4	fnab		μανθανέτωσαν…εὐσεβεῖν	1	let them learn to honor	Here, **learn** means to practice, that is, to learn by doing. Alternate translation: “let them become proficient in honoring”
 1TI	5	4	t344	figs-parallelism	μανθανέτωσαν…τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις	1	let them learn to honor their own household and to make repayment to their forebears	These two phrases may: (1) mean similar things and you could combine them if that would be helpful to your readers. If **honor** is an idiom for “provide” here, as in the previous verse, then Paul may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “let them provide the support that their widowed mother or grandmother needs and deserves” (2) have a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Paul may actually be giving two reasons why people should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “this is a respectful thing to do for widowed family members, and it will repay them for supporting their children and grandchildren as they were growing up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TI	5	4	g5mu	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον	1	their own household	Paul uses this phrase figuratively to refer to family members, by association to the way they live in the same house. Alternate translations: “their own family members” or “those living in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	5	4	g5mu	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον	1	their own household	Paul uses this phrase to refer to family members, by association to the way they live in the same house. Alternate translations: “their own family members” or “those living in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	5	4	q5c8		ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς προγόνοις	1	make repayment to their forebears	Alternate translation: “let them do good to their mother or grandmother in return for the good things their parents and grandparents gave them”
 1TI	5	4	t347	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	for	Paul uses the term **for** to introduce an additional reason why family members should support their widowed mothers or grandmothers. Alternate translation: “also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TI	5	4	t348	figs-metaphor	τοῦτο…ἐστιν ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	this is pleasing before God	Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Alternate translations: “this is pleasing in God’s view” or “this pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	5	u1lj	figs-ellipsis	προσμένει ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	continues in requests and prayers	Paul leaves a verb unexpressed here that your language might need to express. Alternate translations: “continues in making requests and prayers” or “continues to make requests and to offer prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TI	5	5	rwp4	figs-hendiadys	ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1	in requests and prayers	The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by stating the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
 1TI	5	5	rb9f	figs-merism	νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας	1	night and day	The words **night** and **day** are used together to mean that she prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that she prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-1TI	5	6	qy5h	figs-metaphor	ζῶσα τέθνηκεν	1	living, has died	Paul speaks figuratively about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: “has died in her spirit, even though she is still alive physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	5	6	qy5h	figs-metaphor	ζῶσα τέθνηκεν	1	living, has died	Paul speaks about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: “has died in her spirit, even though she is still alive physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	7	qw6m		καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν	1	Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable	This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
 1TI	5	8	p7h2	figs-idiom	τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ	1	someone does not provide for his own, and especially for household members	Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives’ needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	8	y645	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται	1	he has denied the faith	Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus and obeying him. Paul explains that this action would be equivalent to denying all of this. Alternate translations: “by doing that, he denies that he belongs to Jesus” or “he has shown that he does not follow the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	10	l8nm	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη	1	attested in good works	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	10	mik7		ἐξενοδόχησεν	1	has received strangers	Alternate translations: “has welcomed strangers into her home” or “practiced hospitality”
 1TI	5	10	ygl3	translate-symaction	ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν	1	has washed the feet of the saints	In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-1TI	5	10	t366	figs-synecdoche	ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν	1	has washed the feet of the saints	Paul may be using one type of humble service figuratively to represent humble service in general. Alternate translation: “has done humble things to help other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1TI	5	10	t366	figs-synecdoche	ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν	1	has washed the feet of the saints	Paul may be using one type of humble service to represent humble service in general. Alternate translation: “has done humble things to help other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TI	5	10	bw4h	figs-idiom	ἁγίων	1	the saints	The term **saints** refers to believers in Jesus as people who are “holy” or “set apart” for God. Alternate translations: “the believers” or “God’s holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	10	ey6i	figs-nominaladj	θλιβομένοις ἐπήρκεσεν	1	she has relieved the afflicted	Paul is using the adjective **afflicted** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “has helped people who were suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	10	h96j	figs-hyperbole	παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν	1	she has pursued every good work	Paul uses the word **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “she has done many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -301,16 +301,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	14	u94k		τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ	1	the one opposing	This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This could refer to: (1) Satan. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
 1TI	5	15	fy54	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	having … turned aside after Satan	Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	16	mf4s	figs-explicit	ἔχει χήρας	1	has widows	The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	5	16	y6hf	figs-metaphor	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	Paul speaks figuratively of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	5	16	y6hf	figs-metaphor	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	Paul speaks of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	16	t384	figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	16	d35m		ὄντως χήραις	1	genuine widows	Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
 1TI	5	17	u93q	figs-activepassive	οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν	1	The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	17	wp9d	figs-abstractnouns	διπλῆς τιμῆς	1	of double honor	Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	5	17	t389	figs-hendiadys	ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	in the word and in teaching	This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by stating the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TI	5	17	t390	figs-metonymy	λόγῳ	1	the word	Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TI	5	18	kh55	figs-personification	λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή	1	For the Scripture says	Paul figuratively describes Scripture as if it could speak for itself. Alternate translations: “for it is written in the Scriptures” or “for we read in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TI	5	17	t390	figs-metonymy	λόγῳ	1	the word	Paul may be using the term **word** here to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	5	18	kh55	figs-personification	λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή	1	For the Scripture says	Paul describes Scripture as if it could speak for itself. Alternate translations: “for it is written in the Scriptures” or “for we read in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TI	5	18	t392	figs-declarative	βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις	1	You will not muzzle a threshing ox	Here the Scriptures use a statement in order to give a command. Alternate translation: “you must not muzzle an ox while it is treading on grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1TI	5	18	vw3a	figs-metaphor	βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις	1	You will not muzzle a threshing ox	Paul is quoting this passage figuratively. He is using it to indicate that, just as God wanted oxen to be able to eat some of the grain that they were working to separate from its husks, so church leaders deserve to receive payment from the Christian community that they are serving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	5	18	vw3a	figs-metaphor	βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις	1	You will not muzzle a threshing ox	Paul is quoting this passage. He is using it to indicate that, just as God wanted oxen to be able to eat some of the grain that they were working to separate from its husks, so church leaders deserve to receive payment from the Christian community that they are serving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	18	g985	translate-unknown	οὐ φιμώσεις	1	you will not muzzle	A **muzzle** is a sleeve that goes over an animal’s snout to prevent it from opening its jaws and eating while it is doing work. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use a more general expression instead. Alternate translations: “Do not keep an ox’s mouth shut” or “You must not prevent an ox from eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1TI	5	18	t6kp	translate-unknown	βοῦν ἀλοῶντα	1	a threshing ox	An **ox** in this culture would “thresh” grain by walking on it or pulling a heavy object over it to separate the grain from the husks. Alternate translation: “an ox that is separating grain from husks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1TI	5	18	kys1		ἄξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	The worthy is worthy of his wages	Alternate translations: “a worker has a right to be paid” or “a worker should receive his wages”
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	20	ql4m	figs-explicit	ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	so that the rest also may have fear	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	20	t404	figs-idiom	φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	may have fear	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	21	x0zp		διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων	1	I adjure you, before God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels	By calling on **God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels** as witnesses to what Paul is saying, Paul is making Timothy responsible to God to do what he says. If this is not clear, then put this into the form that your language uses for an oath. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are my witnesses, I put you under oath”
-1TI	5	21	t405	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before God and Christ Jesus	Paul uses the expression **before**, meaning “in front of,” to indicate “where they can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	5	21	t405	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before God and Christ Jesus	Paul uses the expression **before**, meaning “in front of,” to indicate “where they can see.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	21	t7jq	figs-idiom	τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων	1	the chosen angels	This phrase refers to the **angels** whom God has **chosen** to serve him in a special way. Alternate translation: “the angels who are God’s special servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	21	dph6		ταῦτα φυλάξῃς	1	keep these things	Alternate translation: “you follow these instructions”
 1TI	5	21	t409		ταῦτα	1	these things	Grammatically, this could refer either to the instructions Paul has just given Timothy about elders or to the instructions he is about to give Timothy regarding his own personal conduct. But since Paul tells Timothy to follow these instructions without favoring one person over another, it is most likely that this refers to the instructions about elders. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just told you”
@@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	1	e3ce		ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this negative phrase in a positive way. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will always speak respectfully about God’s character and about the things that we teach”
 1TI	6	1	xb92	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the name of God	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translations: “God’s character” or “God’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	6	1	f5pc	figs-explicit	ἡ διδασκαλία	1	the teaching	Implicitly Paul means **the teaching** about Jesus and about how his followers should live. Alternate translation: “our teaching about how believers should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	6	2	fvv7	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί εἰσιν	1	they are brothers	Here, **brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+1TI	6	2	fvv7	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί εἰσιν	1	they are brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	2	nmh9		καὶ ἀγαπητοὶ	1	beloved	This could have either, or both, meanings: (1) God loves these people. Alternate translation: “whom God loves” (2) other believers love these people. Alternate translation: “and so their believing slaves should love them”
 1TI	6	3	t430	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις	1	to the healthy words	See how you translated the term **healthy** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Here, as well, it is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translations: “to the correct words” or “to the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TI	6	3	t431	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις	1	to the healthy words	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1TI	6	3	t431	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις	1	to the healthy words	Paul uses the term **words** to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	6	3	sshf		τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		This could refer to: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
-1TI	6	4	pn8n	figs-metaphor	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	Paul speaks figuratively of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	4	pn8n	figs-metaphor	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	Paul speaks of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	4	t433	figs-activepassive	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the phrase **puffed up** with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	4	t434	figs-gendernotations	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	Here, **he** refers to anyone in general who teaches what is not correct. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	4	z2rb	figs-hyperbole	μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενος	1	understanding nothing	Paul uses the term **nothing** here as a generalization for emphasis. It is specifically God’s true message that the person does not understand. Alternate translation: “he understands nothing about God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -373,25 +373,25 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	8	lbk5	figs-declarative	ἀρκεσθησόμεθα	1	we will be satisfied	Here Paul uses a statement in order to express a moral imperative. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1TI	6	8	t451	figs-activepassive	ἀρκεσθησόμεθα	1	we will be satisfied	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	9	ij4j	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Now	Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that he is returning to the topic of those who think being godly will make them wealthy. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-1TI	6	9	pl5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα	1	fall into temptation and a trap	Paul speaks figuratively about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	9	pl5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα	1	fall into temptation and a trap	Paul speaks about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	9	gfy7	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐπιθυμίας πολλὰς ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς	1	and many foolish and harmful desires	This phrase continues the figure of speech from the previous phrase. Paul speaks about these desires if they too were a hole that a hunter was using as a trap. Alternate translation: “and will experience destructive impulses than they cannot overcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	9	t456	figs-hendiadys	ἐπιθυμίας…ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς	1	foolish and harmful desires	Here Paul expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **foolish** tells why these desires are **harmful**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by stating the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “destructive impulses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TI	6	9	nc3i	figs-metaphor	αἵτινες βυθίζουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν	1	whatever plunges men into ruin and destruction	This phrase summarizes the character of the temptations and impulses that Paul has just described. He speaks of them figuratively as if they could make people drown in deep water. Alternate translation: “people cannot escape from such things and they destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	9	nc3i	figs-metaphor	αἵτινες βυθίζουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν	1	whatever plunges men into ruin and destruction	This phrase summarizes the character of the temptations and impulses that Paul has just described. He speaks of them as if they could make people drown in deep water. Alternate translation: “people cannot escape from such things and they destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	9	t458	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπους	1	men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	9	t459	figs-doublet	ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν	1	ruin and destruction	These two words **ruin** and **destruction** mean very similar things. Paul uses them both to emphasize that this is very bad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use one term with a word that adds emphasis. Alternate translations: “complete destruction” or “total ruin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TI	6	10	t460	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Paul uses the word **For** to introduce the reasons for what the previous sentence stated. Alternate translation: “this is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TI	6	10	xs9d	figs-metaphor	ῥίζα…πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ φιλαργυρία	1	a root of all evils is the love of money	Paul speaks figuratively of evil as if it were a plant, and of **the love of money** as if it were the **root** from which that plant grew. Alternate translation: “loving money leads a person to do all kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	10	xs9d	figs-metaphor	ῥίζα…πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ φιλαργυρία	1	a root of all evils is the love of money	Paul speaks of evil as if it were a plant, and of **the love of money** as if it were the **root** from which that plant grew. Alternate translation: “loving money leads a person to do all kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	10	t462	figs-hyperbole	πάντων τῶν κακῶν	1	of all evils	Paul uses the term **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “of many kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TI	6	10	j5z9		ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι	1	which, some desiring	The reference here is to people **desiring** money, not evil. You could start a new sentence here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “people who want to become rich”
-1TI	6	10	b83v	figs-metaphor	ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	have been led away from the faith	Paul speaks figuratively of the desire for money as if it were an evil guide that intentionally leads people down the wrong path. Alternate translation: “have stopped believing in Jesus because of their desire for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	10	b83v	figs-metaphor	ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	have been led away from the faith	Paul speaks of the desire for money as if it were an evil guide that intentionally leads people down the wrong path. Alternate translation: “have stopped believing in Jesus because of their desire for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	10	t465	figs-activepassive	ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι, ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	have been led away from the faith	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “this love for money has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	10	a1fx	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς	1	have pierced themselves with many sorrows	Paul speaks about grief as if it were a sword that people use to stab themselves. Alternate translation: “have experienced great sorrows in their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	11	tp97		ὦ ἄνθρωπε Θεοῦ	1	O man of God	Alternate translations: “you servant of God” or “you person who belongs to God”
 1TI	6	11	h9c6	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα φεῦγε	1	flee these things	Paul speaks of these temptations and sins as if they were things a person could physically run away from. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	11	a88g		ταῦτα	1	these things	This phrase could refer to: (1) everything Paul has been talking about in this section of the letter (false teachings, pride, arguments, and the love of money). (2) what Paul has been talking about most recently (the love of money). If possible, it is best to leave it as a general reference.
 1TI	6	11	zjl3	figs-metaphor	δίωκε	1	pursue	Paul speaks of righteousness and other good qualities as if they were things that a person could run after and catch. This metaphor is the opposite of “flee from.” It means to try your best to obtain something. Alternate translation: “seek to acquire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	12	w21p	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως	1	Fight the good fight of the faith	Here, Paul speaks figuratively about a person persevering in following Jesus as if he were a warrior fighting at his best, or an athlete doing his best to win an event. Alternate translation: “do your best to obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	12	y6m8	figs-metaphor	ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς	1	grasp eternal life	Paul speaks figuratively about people wanting **eternal life** so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	12	w21p	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως	1	Fight the good fight of the faith	Here, Paul speaks about a person persevering in following Jesus as if he were a warrior fighting at his best, or an athlete doing his best to win an event. Alternate translation: “do your best to obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	12	y6m8	figs-metaphor	ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς	1	grasp eternal life	Paul speaks about people wanting **eternal life** so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	12	usd1	figs-activepassive	εἰς ἣν ἐκλήθης	1	to which you were called	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “to which God called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	12	qw96		ὡμολόγησας τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν	1	you confessed the good confession	Alternate translation: “you publicly stated your faith in Jesus”
 1TI	6	12	vm6q	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων	1	before many witnesses	The implication is that Timothy’s statement of his faith was binding because these **witnesses** were present and could testify that he had made it. In your translation, you could use the expression used in your culture for a public, legal commitment. Alternate translation: “while many people were watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	13	t477	figs-explicit	καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	and Christ Jesus	The implication is that Paul is also asking **Jesus** to be his witness. Alternate translation: “and with Christ Jesus … as my witness as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	13	amy1	figs-explicit	τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πειλάτου τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν	1	the one having testified the good confession before Pontius Pilate	Paul is offering Jesus to Timothy as an example of someone who publicly affirmed his obedience to God even when others were hostile and threatening. Alternate translation: “who acknowledged God himself when Pontius Pilate put him on trial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	14	p9n9	figs-doublet	ἄσπιλον ἀνεπίλημπτον	1	spotless, irreproachable	The terms **spotless** and **irreproachable** mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TI	6	14	t480	figs-metaphor	ἄσπιλον	1	spotless	A spot figuratively means a moral fault. This could mean: (1) Timothy should live in such a way that Jesus will not find fault with him or blame him for doing wrong. (2) Timothy should live in such a way that other people will not find fault with him or blame him for doing wrong. Alternate translation: “blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	14	t480	figs-metaphor	ἄσπιλον	1	spotless	A spot means a moral fault. This could mean: (1) Timothy should live in such a way that Jesus will not find fault with him or blame him for doing wrong. (2) Timothy should live in such a way that other people will not find fault with him or blame him for doing wrong. Alternate translation: “blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	14	nk52		μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	until the appearance of our Lord Jesus Christ	Alternate translation: “until our Lord Jesus Christ returns”
 1TI	6	15	t482	figs-idiom	καιροῖς ἰδίοις	1	in its own times	See how you translated this expression in [2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “at the time that God will choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	6	15	ac6y	figs-explicit	ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος Δυνάστης	1	the blessed and only Sovereign	This expression refers implicitly to God. Alternate translation: “God, the One we praise, who alone rules over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -411,11 +411,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	17	z4ec		ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι	1	in the present age	The **present age** is the time period in which we are living, before Jesus returns and establishes God’s rule over all people. Alternate translation: “at this time”
 1TI	6	17	drj6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι	1	in the uncertainty of riches	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **uncertainty**behind this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “in riches, which are so uncertain” or “in wealth, which a person can lose so easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	6	17	iq61	figs-ellipsis	πάντα πλουσίως εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν	1	all things richly unto enjoyment	By **all**, Paul is referring to all of the things that anyone actually has, not to everything that it might be possible to have. If it would be helpful in your language, you may want to include words to make that clear. Alternate translation: “all of the things that we have so that we can enjoy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TI	6	18	cii3	figs-metaphor	πλουτεῖν ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς	1	to be rich in good works	Paul speaks figuratively of doing things to help others as a way of becoming wealthy, but it is measured in something other than money. Alternate translation: “to serve and help others in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	19	zc9d	figs-metaphor	ἀποθησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	storing up for themselves a good foundation for what is coming	Paul speaks figuratively about the blessings that God will give to those who have served him faithfully as if they were riches that a person was **storing** in a safe place. Alternate translation: “securing a good start now on their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	19	t493	figs-metaphor	ἀποθησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	storing up for themselves a good foundation for what is coming	Paul also speaks figuratively about the blessings that God will give as if they were the **foundation** of a building. He means that they will give a person a good start on their new life in the presence of God forever. Alternate translation: “securing a good start now on their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	18	cii3	figs-metaphor	πλουτεῖν ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς	1	to be rich in good works	Paul speaks of doing things to help others as a way of becoming wealthy, but it is measured in something other than money. Alternate translation: “to serve and help others in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	19	zc9d	figs-metaphor	ἀποθησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	storing up for themselves a good foundation for what is coming	Paul speaks about the blessings that God will give to those who have served him faithfully as if they were riches that a person was **storing** in a safe place. Alternate translation: “securing a good start now on their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	19	t493	figs-metaphor	ἀποθησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	storing up for themselves a good foundation for what is coming	Paul also speaks about the blessings that God will give as if they were the **foundation** of a building. He means that they will give a person a good start on their new life in the presence of God forever. Alternate translation: “securing a good start now on their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	19	t494	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	for what is coming	In the New Testament, this expression can refer to different things, but in this case it seems to refer to the new life that believers will have in God’s presence after death and the end of history. It is equivalent to the expression “the coming life” in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “their future life in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TI	6	19	z5ru	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς ὄντως ζωῆς	1	so that they may grasp genuine life	Paul is using the same image as in the phrase **grasp** eternal **life** in [6:12](../06/12.md). He is speaking figuratively about people wanting eternal life so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. Alternate translation: “so that they can indeed live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	6	19	z5ru	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς ὄντως ζωῆς	1	so that they may grasp genuine life	Paul is using the same image as in the phrase **grasp** eternal **life** in [6:12](../06/12.md). He is speaking about people wanting eternal life so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. Alternate translation: “so that they can indeed live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	20	dd1v	figs-explicit	τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον	1	guard the entrustment	The implication is that Jesus has entrusted Timothy with the message to proclaim about him. Alternate translation: “protect the message about Jesus that he has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	20	vgr8	figs-metonymy	ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας	1	avoiding the profane chatter	In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	6	20	t498		καὶ ἀντιθέσεις	1	and contradictions	This could mean: (1) the false teachers are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements” (2) the false teachers are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time.

en_tn_56-2TI.tsv

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	5	ayl4	figs-idiom	ὑπόμνησιν λαβὼν	1	having received remembrance	This is an idiom that simply means, “remembering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	1	5	buc3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως	1	of the genuine faith in you	Paul refers to Timothy’s **faith** with an abstract noun. Your language may have a particular way of expressing this concept, such as with a verb. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	5	p008	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως	1	of the genuine faith in you	Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were an object inside of Timothy. Paul is referring to Timothy’s faith in God here, not to anyone’s faith in Timothy. Alternate translation: “your genuine faith” or “your faith that is genuine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	1	5	vgz2	figs-personification	ἐν σοὶ…πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί	1	of … faith in you, which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you	Paul is speaking figuratively of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “of … faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2TI	1	5	vgz2	figs-personification	ἐν σοὶ…πίστεως, ἥτις ἐνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ μάμμῃ σου, Λωΐδι, καὶ τῇ μητρί σου, Εὐνίκῃ; πέπεισμαι δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἐν σοί	1	of … faith in you, which dwelt first in your grandmother Lois and your mother Eunice, and I am convinced that it is also in you	Paul is speaking of their **faith** as if it were something that was alive and lived **in** each of them. Alternate translation: “of … faith that you have. Lois, your grandmother, and then Eunice, your mother, had this genuine faith in God, and now I am confident that you have this same genuine faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2TI	1	5	l8wc	translate-names	Λωΐδι	1	Lois	This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s grandmother, who is probably his mother’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	5	p009	translate-names	Εὐνίκῃ	1	Eunice	This is the name of a woman, Timothy’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	6	j58k		δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν	1	for which reason	Paul writes that the **reason** for asking Timothy to rekindle his gift is that he is confident of Timothy’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “because of your faith in Jesus”
@@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	9	lmas		οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν	1	not according to our works	It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. If you do start a new sentence, for clarity you may wish to repeat some words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “He did not save us and call us because of our works”
 2TI	1	9	kyr5	figs-hendiadys	ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν	1	but according to his own purpose and grace	Here the words **purpose and grace** work together to mean “gracious purpose.” Paul is saying that God’s purpose or plan for us includes showing us grace or kindness through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “but because of his gracious purpose” or “but because he planned to show us kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2TI	1	9	p012	figs-activepassive	καὶ χάριν, τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “and grace, which God gave to us in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	1	9	pq1z	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **purpose and grace** or “gracious purpose” as if it were an object inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to God’s plan to save people that Jesus fulfilled. So when people begin a relationship with Jesus, then God saves them. Alternate translation: “through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	1	9	pq1z	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks of God’s **purpose and grace** or “gracious purpose” as if it were an object inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to God’s plan to save people that Jesus fulfilled. So when people begin a relationship with Jesus, then God saves them. Alternate translation: “through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	9	zq7m	figs-idiom	πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων	1	before eternal times	This is an idiom that indicates that God decided to save through faith in Christ before time and the creation of the world. Alternate translation: “before time began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	1	10	h5e5	figs-metaphor	φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν	1	and which now has been revealed	Paul speaks of God’s gracious plan to save us as if it were an object that could be uncovered and shown to people through the arrival of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “and which now people can know” or “and which now people can experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	10	p013	figs-activepassive	φανερωθεῖσαν δὲ νῦν	1	and which now has been revealed	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “which now God has revealed” or “which now God has allowed people to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	1	10	i3wl	figs-metaphor	φωτίσαντος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	and brought to light life and immortality through the gospel	Paul refers to **life and immortality** as if they were objects that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see them. He is figuratively speaking of revealing something or making it known to people. Alternate translation: “and revealed life and immortality through the gospel” or “and declared life and immortality through the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	1	10	i3wl	figs-metaphor	φωτίσαντος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	and brought to light life and immortality through the gospel	Paul refers to **life and immortality** as if they were objects that could be brought from darkness into light so that people could see them. He is speaking of revealing something or making it known to people. Alternate translation: “and revealed life and immortality through the gospel” or “and declared life and immortality through the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	10	a1n7	figs-hendiadys	ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν	1	life and immortality	Here, **life and immortality** are probably working together to mean “immortal life.” Alternate translation: “eternal life” or “incorruptible life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2TI	1	11	tb9b	figs-activepassive	ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ	1	I was appointed a herald	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God chose me to be a herald” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	1	11	p014	translate-unknown	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a **herald** is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	12	p6pi	figs-metaphor	τὴν παραθήκην μου φυλάξαι	1	to guard my deposit	Paul is using a metaphor of a person leaving something with another person who is supposed to protect it until he gives it back to the first person. The two people involved are Jesus and Paul, but it is not clear which one is holding the **deposit**. This could mean: (1) Paul is trusting Jesus to keep something safe that Paul has entrusted to Jesus. This could be Paul’s own life, or, more specifically, that Paul would remain faithful to Jesus all of his life. Alternate translation: “to keep me faithful to him” (2) Paul is trusting Jesus to preserve the good news that Jesus has deposited with Paul for Paul to preach. Alternate translation: “to help me keep preaching his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	12	hhu5	figs-possession	τὴν παραθήκην μου	1	my deposit	The term **my** here conveys the idea that this **deposit** is associated with Paul in some way. The particular association depends on what we consider the deposit to be. This could mean: (1) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is Paul’s own life or Paul’s faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “my faithfulness to him” (2) the deposit is associated with Paul because it is the gospel message that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “the gospel message that he has entrusted to me to preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2TI	1	12	qcu3	figs-explicit	ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν	1	that day	This refers to the **day** when Jesus returns for judgment. Alternate translation: “the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	1	13	h1qd	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαινόντων λόγων	1	of the healthy words	Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** figuratively means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI	1	13	p016	figs-metonymy	λόγων	1	of … words	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	1	13	h1qd	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαινόντων λόγων	1	of the healthy words	Paul wants Timothy to teach the things that he taught and thereby to follow his example. The expression **the healthy words** means “the correct message” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that the correct message was reasonable. Alternate translation: “the correct message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	1	13	p016	figs-metonymy	λόγων	1	of … words	Paul uses the term **words** to describe the expression in words of what Christians believe. Alternate translation: “of … message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	1	13	p017	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	Paul uses two abstract nouns, **faith** and **love**, to refer to actions that Timothy should do. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	1	13	b2ld		ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	Here, **love** could refer to: (1) the love that Timothy should show others. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving others because you belong to him” (2) the love that Timothy should show to God. Alternate translation: “trusting in Christ Jesus and loving him”
-2TI	1	13	ix6w	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks figuratively of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this phrase in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	1	13	ix6w	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Paul speaks of **faith and love** as if they were objects inside of **Christ Jesus**. This refers to the faith and love that Jesus enables us to have when we belong to him. See how you translated this phrase in 1:9. Alternate translation: “ours through our relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	1	14	i5g5	figs-explicit	τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην	1	the good deposit	Here, **the good deposit** refers to the gospel message that God has entrusted to Timothy to share with his people. Alternate translation: “the good message entrusted to you for God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	14	cb5q	figs-explicit	τὴν καλὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον	1	Guard the good deposit	Timothy needs to be alert to protect the gospel message because people will oppose him and try to distort what he says and teaches, turning it into a different message. Alternate translation: “Protect the good deposit against those who will try to distort it” or “Because people will try to distort the gospel message, guard it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	14	a3v2		διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	through the Holy Spirit	Here, **through** means “by means of” or “by the power of.” Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit” or “with the help of the Holy Spirit”
@@ -116,16 +116,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	2	7	bdk9	figs-explicit	νόει ὃ λέγω, δώσει γάρ σοι ὁ Κύριος σύνεσιν	1	Think about what I am saying, for the Lord will give you understanding	Paul gave Timothy three metaphors in verses 3-6, but he did not completely explain their implications. He expected Timothy to figure out, with God’s help, the lesson of these metaphors for Christ’s servants. For that reason, if you want to include an explanation of the meaning of the metaphors, we recommend that you state the meaning in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. Alternate translation: “you will have to think carefully about what I have just told you to understand it completely, but you can depend on God to help you to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	7	p036	figs-metonymy	ὃ λέγω	1	what I am saying	Paul refers to what he has just written in his letter with the verb **saying** to express the idea of communicating. Alternate translation: “what I have just told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	7	a22q	figs-explicit	ἐν πᾶσιν	1	in everything	Here, **in everything** refers to everything related to the three metaphors that Paul has written just before this. Alternate translation: “about everything that I have just said” or “about all that I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	8	mh1k	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυείδ	1	from the seed of David	The phrase **from the seed of** refers figuratively to Jesus being descended from King David. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	8	mh1k	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυείδ	1	from the seed of David	The phrase **from the seed of** refers to Jesus being descended from King David. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	8	p037	translate-names	Δαυείδ	1	of David	This is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	2	8	wt31	figs-idiom	ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised from the dead	The expression **raised from the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	2	8	p038	figs-activepassive	ἐγηγερμένον ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised from the dead	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “whom God raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	8	s4vh	figs-possession	κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου	1	according to my gospel	The term **my** conveys the idea that it is the gospel associated with Paul because he preaches it. Alternate translation: “according to the gospel message that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2TI	2	9	t2ax	figs-metonymy	μέχρι δεσμῶν	1	unto chains	Paul uses the expression **unto chains** figuratively to express how far his suffering has gone: from being beaten, to being arrested, to being in chains in prison. Alternate translation: “to the point of being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	9	t2ax	figs-metonymy	μέχρι δεσμῶν	1	unto chains	Paul uses the expression **unto chains** to express how far his suffering has gone: from being beaten, to being arrested, to being in chains in prison. Alternate translation: “to the point of being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	9	p039	figs-simile	ὡς κακοῦργος	1	like a criminal	Paul compares his situation to the shameful one that a person would be in who had actually committed a crime. Alternate translation: “as if I were a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 2TI	2	9	pc6t	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται	1	the word of God is not bound	Here, **bound** means being held in chains as a prisoner, referring to Paul’s condition. Paul contrasts himself, an actual prisoner, with God’s message, which can never be held prisoner. Alternate translation: “nothing is holding back the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	9	p040	figs-activepassive	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται	1	the word of God is not bound	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this idea. Alternate translation: “nothing is holding back the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	2	9	p041	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to describe the message from God that he and others are communicating with words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	9	p041	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Paul uses the term **word** to describe the message from God that he and others are communicating with words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	10	p042	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ὑπομένω	1	I endure all things	Here the term **all** is a generalization that likely refers to the sufferings that Paul describes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I endure all of these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TI	2	10	aa1x	figs-nominaladj	διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	for the chosen	The term **chosen** is an adjective that functions as a noun here and refers to a group of people. If your language would not use an adjective in that way, you could translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “for the people whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 2TI	2	10	j2bk		καὶ αὐτοὶ σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	they also may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus	The phrase **obtain the salvation** could also be expressed with Christ Jesus, who grants salvation, as the subject. Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus may grant them salvation”
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	2	11	p044		πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	You could represent the meaning of the adjective **trustworthy** with an active verb, if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you could trust this statement”
 2TI	2	11	p045	figs-quotemarks	πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	Paul uses this phrase to introduce a direct quotation. The words that follow in the rest of this verse and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md) are a poem or hymn that expresses the message that Paul says is trustworthy. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by marking these words as a direct quotation or by setting them farther to the right, as the General Notes at the beginning of this chapter suggest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 2TI	2	11	g6e4	writing-poetry	εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συνζήσομεν	1	For if we died with him, we will also live with him	This is the beginning of a poem or hymn that Paul is probably quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as by setting individual phrases on separate lines, you could use it here and in [2:12](../02/12.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md). If not, you could translate this material as regular prose rather than as poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
-2TI	2	11	in38	figs-metaphor	εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν	1	if we died with him	Paul is speaking figuratively since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could refer to: (1) the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have figuratively “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	11	in38	figs-metaphor	εἰ…συναπεθάνομεν	1	if we died with him	Paul is speaking since he and Timothy and other believers who should trust this statement have not actually died. This could refer to: (1) the way that believers accept Jesus’ death for their sins when they trust him for salvation. This means that they have “died” to their old life of sin. Alternate translation: “if we have ended our old way of life by accepting Jesus’ death for us” (2) the way that people who believe in Jesus may suffer for him, possibly to the point of dying for him. Alternate translation: “if we are prepared to die for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	11	p046		καὶ συνζήσομεν	1	we will also live with him	Although Paul is referring to dying with Christ in a figurative sense, **live** is probably not figurative, but could refer to: (1) life after physical death. This seems most likely given Paul’s mention of “eternal glory” in the previous verse and “we will reign with him” in the next. Alternate translation: “then God will raise us from the dead to live with Jesus” (2) how believers will act in this life before physical death. Alternate translation: “we will not pursue our own desires, instead we will do what Jesus wants us to do”
 2TI	2	12	p048		εἰ ἀρνησόμεθα	1	if we deny him	Paul uses the term **deny** to refer to the action of believers saying that they do not know Jesus Christ during this present life. It is presented as the opposite of **endure**, so it refers to someone who gives in to persecution and denies being a follower of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if we say now that we do not know him”
 2TI	2	12	p049		κἀκεῖνος ἀρνήσεται ἡμᾶς	1	he also will deny us	In this second usage of the word **deny**, Paul is referring to the action of Jesus Christ on the day of final judgment. On that day, Jesus will either receive a faithful believer or reject those who are not true followers. Those who deny that they are followers of Jesus while on earth are not true followers. Alternate translation: “he will reject us on the day of judgment”
@@ -143,29 +143,29 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	2	13	p050	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος πιστὸς μένει	1	he remains faithful	This could mean : (1) he remains faithful to them. (2) he remains true to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	13	ihd4		ἀρνήσασθαι…ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται	1	he is not able to deny himself	Paul states that Jesus is not able to **deny himself**, meaning that Jesus is not able to go against his character and will remain true to what he said he would do. Paul may have one or both of the following ideas in mind. (1) Jesus’ character includes being the Savior who can forgive our unfaithfulness when we repent of it, as Peter experienced (John 21:15-19). This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains faithful to us.” (2) Jesus’ character also includes being the holy God who judges people for their sin when they do not repent. This favors the interpretation of the previous phrase as “he remains true to himself.” Alternate translation: “he must always act according to his character”
 2TI	2	14	u661		ὑπομίμνῃσκε	1	Remind them	The word **them**, which is implicit in the Greek verb, probably refers to the people that Timothy has responsibility over. Alternate translation: “Remind the people there”
-2TI	2	14	p051	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God is watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	14	p051	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Paul uses the expression **before God**, which means “in front of God,” to mean “where God can see.” Seeing, in turn, means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God is watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	14	r5lq	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	The implication is that Paul is telling Timothy to tell the believers, when he gives them this command, that God will be watching what they do. Alternate translation: “with God as their witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	2	14	g6p7	figs-metaphor	μὴ λογομαχεῖν	1	not to battle about words	Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. This could mean: (1) the believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) the believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	14	g6p7	figs-metaphor	μὴ λογομαχεῖν	1	not to battle about words	Paul uses the term **battle** to describe arguments. This could mean: (1) the believers are not to argue about unimportant things such as the words that someone uses to present the gospel message. That only distracts people from talking about important things, such as the gospel message itself. Alternate translation: “not to fight about small things like words” (2) the believers are not to argue about what words mean. Again, this causes disunity among the believers for no good reason. Alternate translation: “not to fight about the meanings of words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	14	rke6		ἐπ’ οὐδὲν χρήσιμον	1	it is useful for nothing	Paul adds that battling about words has no benefit for those involved. Alternate translation: “it does not benefit anyone”
 2TI	2	14	ywty	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων	1	to the destruction of those who hear	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it destroys those who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	14	x7gx	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων	1	to the destruction of those who hear	Here, **destruction** refers not to physical harm, but to the spiritual harm that is done to believers who hear their teachers foolishly arguing about unimportant things. This teaches the believers that being seen as right about small things is more important than love and unity, and can cause them to have wrong ideas about the faith or to stop following Jesus altogether. Alternate translation: “and can make those who hear it want to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	15	m3vy		σπούδασον σεαυτὸν, δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ Θεῷ	1	Strive to present yourself approved to God	Alternate translation: “Do your best to please God”
-2TI	2	15	rj6y	figs-metaphor	ἐργάτην	1	a worker	Paul says figuratively that Timothy will be a skilled workman if he correctly teaches God’s word. Alternate translation: “like a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	15	xgz9	figs-metaphor	ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	cutting the word of truth straight	Paul refers figuratively to **the word of truth** as if it were a path that someone was cutting through difficult terrain. When such a path is **straight**, travelers can follow it directly to their destination. By contrast, the useless discussions that Paul describes in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [2:16](../02/16.md) would be needless detours in terms of this same metaphor. Alternate translation: “show people how to follow the Scriptures directly” or “teach the Scriptures correctly so that people can follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	15	p052	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could refer to: (1) the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	15	rj6y	figs-metaphor	ἐργάτην	1	a worker	Paul says that Timothy will be a skilled workman if he correctly teaches God’s word. Alternate translation: “like a craftsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	15	xgz9	figs-metaphor	ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	cutting the word of truth straight	Paul refers to **the word of truth** as if it were a path that someone was cutting through difficult terrain. When such a path is **straight**, travelers can follow it directly to their destination. By contrast, the useless discussions that Paul describes in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [2:16](../02/16.md) would be needless detours in terms of this same metaphor. Alternate translation: “show people how to follow the Scriptures directly” or “teach the Scriptures correctly so that people can follow them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	15	p052	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	Paul uses the term **word** to refer to something that is expressed in words. This could refer to: (1) the message that Timothy is to teach. Alternate translation: “the true message” (2) the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	15	p053	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the true message” or “the true things that God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	2	16	e27q	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας	1	they will advance into greater ungodliness	Paul speaks of these discussions figuratively as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is figuratively describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	16	e27q	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πλεῖον…προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας	1	they will advance into greater ungodliness	Paul speaks of these discussions as if they could physically progress in a certain direction, and he speaks of godlessness as that direction. Paul is describing the effect that these discussions have on people. Alternate translation: “they cause people to become more and more ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	17	i73t	figs-simile	ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει	1	their word will have a spreading like gangrene	This is a simile. It means that something will spread from person to person and harm the faith of all those who hear it. The thing that will spread could refer to: (1) the habit of having useless and godless discussions. (2) the things that the people were saying in these empty discussions, or both. Alternate translation: “these empty discussions will spread quickly and cause destruction like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-2TI	2	17	p054	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν	1	their word	Paul uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to something that is expressed in words. Alternate translation: “these discussions” or “what people who take part in these discussions say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	17	p054	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν	1	their word	Paul uses the term **word** to refer to something that is expressed in words. Alternate translation: “these discussions” or “what people who take part in these discussions say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	17	p055	translate-unknown	ὡς γάγγραινα	1	like gangrene	**Gangrene** is type of tissue death caused by infection or lack of blood circulation. It quickly spreads in a person’s body and can lead to death. If your readers would not know what **gangrene** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “like an infectious disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	2	17	p056	writing-pronouns	ὧν ἐστιν Ὑμέναιος, καὶ Φίλητος	1	among whom are Hymenaeus and Philetus	Paul gives Timothy the names of two men who are examples of ungodliness and foolish talk. To make the relationship between these names and the preceding **their word** clear in your language, you may have to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Hymeneus and Philetus are such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2TI	2	17	x2k6	translate-names	Ὑμέναιος, καὶ Φίλητος	1	Hymenaeus and Philetus	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	2	18	fi9z	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἠστόχησαν	1	who have missed the mark regarding the truth	Paul uses this expression to speak figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target at which people should aim. Those who have **missed the mark** do not believe or teach what is true. Alternate translation: “who are teaching things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	18	fi9z	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἠστόχησαν	1	who have missed the mark regarding the truth	Paul uses this expression to speak of faith in Christ as if it were a target at which people should aim. Those who have **missed the mark** do not believe or teach what is true. Alternate translation: “who are teaching things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	18	p057	figs-abstractnouns	οἵτινες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἠστόχησαν	1	who have missed the mark regarding the truth	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “who teach things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	18	pu22	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι	1	the resurrection has already happened	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God has already raised the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	18	ura5	figs-metaphor	ἀνατρέπουσιν τήν τινων πίστιν	1	who are destroying the faith of some	Paul refers to **faith** as though it were an object that could be destroyed. Alternate translation: “they are causing some people to stop believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	19	ir1z	figs-metaphor	ὁ…στερεὸς θεμέλιος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἕστηκεν	1	the firm foundation of God stands	Paul uses the image of the foundation of a building to explain that even though a false and destructive message has been destroying the faith of some people, God has nevertheless given people who want to continue to follow him a true message, which figuratively provides for them a safe and secure “place to stand.” Alternate translation: “God has provided a secure basis for people to continue to believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	19	p058	figs-metonymy	ἔχων τὴν σφραγῖδα ταύτην	1	having this seal	Paul speaks figuratively of the inscription on this foundation as if it were a **seal**, since seals on the outside of documents often bore inscriptions describing their contents. Alternate translation: “having this inscription” or “which can be described in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	19	ir1z	figs-metaphor	ὁ…στερεὸς θεμέλιος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἕστηκεν	1	the firm foundation of God stands	Paul uses the image of the foundation of a building to explain that even though a false and destructive message has been destroying the faith of some people, God has nevertheless given people who want to continue to follow him a true message, which provides for them a safe and secure “place to stand.” Alternate translation: “God has provided a secure basis for people to continue to believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	19	p058	figs-metonymy	ἔχων τὴν σφραγῖδα ταύτην	1	having this seal	Paul speaks of the inscription on this foundation as if it were a **seal**, since seals on the outside of documents often bore inscriptions describing their contents. Alternate translation: “having this inscription” or “which can be described in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	19	p059	figs-quotemarks	ἔχων τὴν σφραγῖδα ταύτην	1	having this seal	Paul uses this phrase to introduce two direct quotations. The statements that follow in the rest of this verse describe two aspects of the basis that God has provided for people to continue to believe in him. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by marking these statements as quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 2TI	2	19	nd7t	figs-idiom	ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου	1	who names the name of the Lord	The expression **names the name of the Lord** is an idiom that refers to saying the name of the Lord in order to declare that one belongs to him. Alternate translation: “who says he believes in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	2	19	y3bc	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποστήτω ἀπὸ ἀδικίας	1	must abstain from unrighteousness	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “must stop doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -173,28 +173,28 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	2	20	p061	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα	1	but also wood and clay	Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TI	2	20	j75l		σκεύη	1	containers	The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you can use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
 2TI	2	20	mt5e	figs-abstractnouns	ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν	1	both some for honor and some for dishonor	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2TI	2	21	jm3p	figs-metaphor	ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων	1	has cleansed himself from these	Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	21	g79f	figs-metaphor	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	21	jm3p	figs-metaphor	ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων	1	has cleansed himself from these	Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	21	g79f	figs-metaphor	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	Paul speaks of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	21	p062	figs-explicit	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	21	mh63		ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον	1	he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work	These four phrases could mean: (1) the ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) all four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
 2TI	2	21	p063	figs-activepassive	ἡγιασμένον	1	having been sanctified	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	21	nl5d	figs-metaphor	ἡγιασμένον	1	having been sanctified	If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	21	p064	figs-metaphor	εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ	1	useful to the Master	In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	21	p064	figs-metaphor	εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ	1	useful to the Master	In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	21	p065	figs-activepassive	εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον	1	having been prepared for every good work	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who has gotten himself ready to do any good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	22	h9p6	figs-metaphor	τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε	1	flee youthful lusts	Paul speaks about youthful desires as if they were a dangerous person or animal that Timothy should run away from. Alternate translation: “control your youthful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	22	p066	figs-metonymy	τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε	1	flee youthful lusts	Paul speaks figuratively of immoral activities by association with the desires that lead a person to engage in them. Alternate translation: “refuse to do the wrong things that young people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	22	p066	figs-metonymy	τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε	1	flee youthful lusts	Paul speaks of immoral activities by association with the desires that lead a person to engage in them. Alternate translation: “refuse to do the wrong things that young people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	22	srb7	figs-metaphor	δίωκε δὲ δικαιοσύνην, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην	1	and pursue righteousness, faith, love, and peace	Paul is using the verb **pursue** in contrast to **flee**. He speaks of these positive things as if Timothy should run towards them because they will do him good. Alternate translation: “be eager to do what is right, to believe in God, to love God and others, and to live in peace with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	22	p067	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην	1	righteousness, faith, love, and peace	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **righteousness**, **faith**, **love**, and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “do what is right, believe in God, love other people, and live peacefully with other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	22	hg99		μετὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν Κύριον ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	with those who call on the Lord from a clean heart	This likely means that Paul wants Timothy to pursue these positive things together with others who are sincere in their faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this phrase at the beginning of Paul’s command to Timothy, as in the UST, before **pursue**. Alternate translation: “together with those who worship the Lord with sincere intentions”
 2TI	2	22	gl3q	figs-idiom	τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν Κύριον	1	those who call on the Lord	The expression **call on the Lord** is an idiom that means to trust and worship the Lord. Alternate translation: “those who worship the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TI	2	22	p068	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a clean heart	Paul uses a physical part of the body, the **heart**, figuratively to represent the intentions and desires of a person. Alternate translation: “with sincere intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	22	p068	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a clean heart	Paul uses a physical part of the body, the **heart**, to represent the intentions and desires of a person. Alternate translation: “with sincere intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	22	b2ti	figs-metaphor	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a clean heart	Paul uses the word **clean** to describe the intentions or thoughts of a person as though they were an object that could be made clean. Alternate translation: “with sincere intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	23	tmf7	figs-metonymy	τὰς…μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ	1	avoid foolish and ignorant questions	Paul refers to certain kinds of discussions figuratively by association with the kind of questions that people might ask that would lead to these discussions or by association with the kind of people that would ask these questions. Alternate translation: “do not become involved in foolish and ignorant discussions” or “do not allow people to involve you in discussions that they start because they are foolish and ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	2	23	tmf7	figs-metonymy	τὰς…μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ	1	avoid foolish and ignorant questions	Paul refers to certain kinds of discussions by association with the kind of questions that people might ask that would lead to these discussions or by association with the kind of people that would ask these questions. Alternate translation: “do not become involved in foolish and ignorant discussions” or “do not allow people to involve you in discussions that they start because they are foolish and ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	2	23	p069	figs-doublet	μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις	1	foolish and ignorant questions	Paul may be using the words **foolish** and **ignorant** together to emphasize a single idea. Alternate translation: “very stupid questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2TI	2	23	kh6p	figs-metaphor	γεννῶσι μάχας	1	they give birth to battles	Paul speaks of the **questions** figuratively as if they were women giving birth to children (the **battles**). Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	23	p070	figs-metaphor	μάχας	1	battles	Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	24	p071	figs-metaphor	δοῦλον…Κυρίου	1	the slave of the Lord	Paul is using the expression **slave of the Lord** figuratively to refer to leaders in the church, including Timothy, who do what God tells them to do. This includes teaching the believers and interacting with the quarrelsome teachers who challenge their authority and the truth. Alternate translation: “a leader in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	24	p072	figs-metaphor	οὐ δεῖ μάχεσθαι	1	must not battle	Paul uses the term **battle** figuratively to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “must not argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	23	kh6p	figs-metaphor	γεννῶσι μάχας	1	they give birth to battles	Paul speaks of the **questions** as if they were women giving birth to children (the **battles**). Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	23	p070	figs-metaphor	μάχας	1	battles	Paul uses the term **battle** to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “they cause arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	24	p071	figs-metaphor	δοῦλον…Κυρίου	1	the slave of the Lord	Paul is using the expression **slave of the Lord** to refer to leaders in the church, including Timothy, who do what God tells them to do. This includes teaching the believers and interacting with the quarrelsome teachers who challenge their authority and the truth. Alternate translation: “a leader in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	2	24	p072	figs-metaphor	οὐ δεῖ μάχεσθαι	1	must not battle	Paul uses the term **battle** to describe arguments. Alternate translation: “must not argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	25	un9l	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πραΰτητι	1	in meekness	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **meekness** in this expression with an adverb. Alternate translation: “meekly” or “gently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	25	u6rp		παιδεύοντα	1	educating	Paul presents this as the godly response to quarrels. This term can mean “teach” or “correct.” Alternate translation: “teaching” or “correcting”
 2TI	2	25	jt1r	figs-metaphor	μήποτε δώῃ αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς μετάνοιαν	1	God may perhaps give them repentance	Paul speaks of **repentance** as if it were an object that God could give people. Alternate translation: “God may cause them to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	2	26	p074	figs-activepassive	ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα	1	having been captured by him for his will	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “after the devil has captured them and made them do what he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	26	dj4j	figs-metaphor	ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα	1	having been captured by him for his will	Paul speaks of the devil’s deception as if the devil had physically captured them and made them do what he wanted. Alternate translation: “after the devil has deceived them and made them do what he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	intro	k2cr			0		# 2 Timothy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Many scholars understand the **last days** to mean the entire time from when Jesus first came to when he will return, which includes Paul’s time. If so, then what Paul teaches in this chapter about being persecuted applies to all believers. But some scholars understand the **last days** to mean a time in the future just before Jesus returns. If that is the meaning, then Paul is prophesying in verses 1-9 and 13 about those days. If possible, translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
-2TI	3	1	g65r	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	in the last days	Paul is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the period of time before the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2TI	3	1	g65r	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	in the last days	Paul is using the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the period of time before the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	3	1	n7gs	figs-explicit	ἐνστήσονται καιροὶ χαλεποί	1	there will be difficult times	The implication from what Paul goes on to say about people becoming ungodly and violent is that it will be difficult for believers in this time period. Alternate translation: “believers will face difficult situations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	3	2	p075	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	men	Here Paul is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TI	3	2	jb27		φίλαυτοι	1	self-loving	Here, **self-loving** refers to loving oneself more than loving family or friends with a natural human love. This is not the kind of love that comes from God. Alternate translation: “self-centered”
@@ -219,13 +219,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	3	5	p077	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Paul uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2TI	3	5	p078	figs-nominaladj	τούτους ἀποτρέπου	1	turn away from these	The term **these** is a demonstrative adjective that refers to the people who show the ungodly qualities that Paul lists in the previous verses. Paul is using the term as a noun. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can add the word “people” in your translation. Alternate translation: “avoid these people” or “avoid such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 2TI	3	5	xm1c	figs-metaphor	τούτους ἀποτρέπου	1	turn away from these	The expression **turn away** is a metaphor for avoiding someone. Alternate translation: “avoid these people” or “avoid such people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	3	6	gu4b	figs-metaphor	αἰχμαλωτίζοντες	1	captivating	Here Paul uses the term **captivating** figuratively to mean greatly influencing someone by the use of deception. Alternate translation: “manipulating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	6	gu4b	figs-metaphor	αἰχμαλωτίζοντες	1	captivating	Here Paul uses the term **captivating** to mean greatly influencing someone by the use of deception. Alternate translation: “manipulating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	6	u9m5		γυναικάρια	1	foolish women	The term **foolish women** refers to women who are spiritually weak and immature. They allow these men into their homes and listen to them because they are weak, idle, and have many sins. Alternate translation: “women who are spiritually weak”
-2TI	3	6	e9ex	figs-metaphor	σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις	1	who are loaded with sins	Paul speaks figuratively of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean: (1) these women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) these women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	6	e9ex	figs-metaphor	σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις	1	who are loaded with sins	Paul speaks of these **sins** as if they were heaped up on the backs of these women. Paul is explaining why these men can easily influence these women. This could mean: (1) these women sin often or even continually. Alternate translation: “who sin often” (2) these women feel terrible guilt because they sin. Alternate translation: “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	6	p079	figs-activepassive	σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις	1	who are loaded with sins	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who sin often” or “who feel terrible guilt for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	3	6	p080	figs-activepassive	ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις	1	led away by various desires	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “various desires lead them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	3	6	izz9	figs-personification	ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις	1	led away by various desires	Paul speaks figuratively about these **various desires** as if they could physically lead a person away. He means that the women decide to do evil things in order to satisfy their desires. Alternate translation: “they decide to sin in various ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-2TI	3	7	p082	figs-metaphor	μηδέποτε εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν δυνάμενα	1	never able to come to the knowledge of the truth	Paul speaks figuratively of the **knowledge of the truth** as if it were a destination at which people could arrive. Alternate translation: “never able to understand the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	6	izz9	figs-personification	ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις	1	led away by various desires	Paul speaks about these **various desires** as if they could physically lead a person away. He means that the women decide to do evil things in order to satisfy their desires. Alternate translation: “they decide to sin in various ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2TI	3	7	p082	figs-metaphor	μηδέποτε εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν δυνάμενα	1	never able to come to the knowledge of the truth	Paul speaks of the **knowledge of the truth** as if it were a destination at which people could arrive. Alternate translation: “never able to understand the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	8	p083		ὃν τρόπον δὲ	1	And what way	Alternate translation: “Just as”
 2TI	3	8	b8el	translate-names	Ἰάννης καὶ Ἰαμβρῆς	1	Jannes and Jambres	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	3	8	p084	figs-explicit	Ἰάννης καὶ Ἰαμβρῆς	1	Jannes and Jambres	Paul assumes that Timothy will know that he is referring here to the magicians in Pharaoh’s court who tried to duplicate the miracles that Moses was doing. The Bible does not record their names, but according to Jewish tradition their names were Jannes and Jambres. These men wanted to show that Pharaoh did not have to listen to Moses or obey Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify them more explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jannes and Jambres, Pharaoh’s magicians,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -249,13 +249,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	3	10	l4pp	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ὑπομονῇ	1	longsuffering	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **endurance** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “how I endure when I suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	3	11	p092	translate-names	ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ, ἐν Λύστροις	1	in Antioch, in Iconium, in Lystra	These are the names of three cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	3	11	p093		οἵους διωγμοὺς ὑπήνεγκα	1	what kind of persecutions I endured	Paul is reminding Timothy that he knows of the various ways in which Paul suffered and how he endured until God rescued him. Alternate translation: “how I endured various persecutions”
-2TI	3	11	r9vk	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πάντων, με ἐρρύσατο ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord rescued me from them all	Paul speaks figuratively as if God had physically removed him from a situation of danger. Alternate translation: “the Lord preserved me through them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	11	r9vk	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πάντων, με ἐρρύσατο ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord rescued me from them all	Paul speaks as if God had physically removed him from a situation of danger. Alternate translation: “the Lord preserved me through them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	12	ke7f		ζῆν εὐσεβῶς	1	to live piously	The term **piously** means in an obedient way that honors God. Alternate translation: “to live in a godly way”
 2TI	3	12	xm9l	figs-activepassive	διωχθήσονται	1	will be persecuted	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “people will persecute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	3	13	p094	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωποι	1	men	Here Paul is using the term **men** in a generic sense that can include both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TI	3	13	xo4q	figs-hendiadys	πονηροὶ…ἄνθρωποι καὶ γόητες	1	evil men and impostors	This is probably a hendiadys, and the **evil men and impostors** are not two groups of people, but one group of people. Alternate translation: “evil people who only pretend to follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2TI	3	13	s7f2		γόητες	1	impostors	The term **impostors** refers here to a person who wants other people to think he is a true Christian when he is not. Alternate translation: “people who are pretending to be believers”
-2TI	3	13	imc8	figs-metaphor	προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον	1	will advance unto the worse	Paul speaks figuratively of evil people and their character as something that moves forward physically, making gradual progress in a direction. Alternate translation: “will become worse and worse” or “will become even more evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	3	13	imc8	figs-metaphor	προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον	1	will advance unto the worse	Paul speaks of evil people and their character as something that moves forward physically, making gradual progress in a direction. Alternate translation: “will become worse and worse” or “will become even more evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	13	p095	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον	1	unto the worse	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “worse and worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	3	13	eyx5	figs-metaphor	πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι	1	leading astray and being led astray	The expression **leading astray** uses the image of physically taking a person to a place that he didn’t think he was going to. This is a figurative reference to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “teaching lies and believing lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	3	13	p096	figs-activepassive	πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι	1	leading astray and being led astray	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “teaching lies and believing lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -277,10 +277,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	1	cb15	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before God and Christ Jesus	Here the word **before** means “in front of,” that is, “in the presence of.” The implication is that God and Christ Jesus will witness and approve this command or oath. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God and Christ Jesus” or “with God and Christ Jesus as the witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	4	1	u32g	figs-merism	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	Paul refers to **the living** and **the dead** together to mean all people, whether they are alive at the time of judgment or have died. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 2TI	4	1	p100	figs-nominaladj	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	The terms **living** and **dead** are adjectives that Paul is using as nouns to refer to groups of people. If your language does not use adjectives in that way, you can translate these terms with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “those who are still alive and those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-2TI	4	1	lwt2	figs-metonymy	καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	and by his appearing and his kingdom	Paul refers figuratively to Christ’s return by association to the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns, and he refers figuratively to Christ’s rule as king by association to the kingdom that he will rule. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and on Christ’s return and on his rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	1	lwt2	figs-metonymy	καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	and by his appearing and his kingdom	Paul refers to Christ’s return by association to the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns, and he refers to Christ’s rule as king by association to the kingdom that he will rule. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and on Christ’s return and on his rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	1	anqh		καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	and by his appearing and his kingdom	This can be understood in two different ways, depending on if Paul is placing Timothy under an oath or giving Timothy a command. (1) If Paul is placing Timothy under an oath, then he is saying that these are the things that Timothy would be denying if he fails to fulfill the oath. Alternate translation: “with an oath as strong as your desire for Christ’s return and for his rule as king” (2) If Paul is introducing a command in this verse, then Paul is appealing to these things to strengthen his command. Alternate translation: “and as surely as Christ will return and rule as king”
-2TI	4	2	j2z7	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Paul is using the term **word** to refer figuratively to the whole message about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the Gospel message” or “the Good News” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI	4	2	zzh4	figs-merism	εὐκαίρως, ἀκαίρως	1	opportunely, inopportunely	Paul means that Timothy should be ready to preach about Jesus when it seems like a good time to do so and also when it does not seem like a good time. He is using the two types of occasions together figuratively to indicate all occasions. Alternate translation: “when it is convenient and when it is not convenient” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+2TI	4	2	j2z7	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Paul is using the term **word** to refer to the whole message about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the Gospel message” or “the Good News” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	2	zzh4	figs-merism	εὐκαίρως, ἀκαίρως	1	opportunely, inopportunely	Paul means that Timothy should be ready to preach about Jesus when it seems like a good time to do so and also when it does not seem like a good time. He is using the two types of occasions together to indicate all occasions. Alternate translation: “when it is convenient and when it is not convenient” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 2TI	4	2	g7ax	figs-explicit	ἔλεγξον	1	reprove	The command to **reprove** implies that the action is directed toward people who have done something wrong and are in need of correction. Alternate translation: “correct those who have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	4	2	p101		ἐπιτίμησον	1	rebuke	The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
 2TI	4	2	p102	figs-hendiadys	ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ	1	with all patience and teaching	Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -289,12 +289,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	3	jv7a		ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε	1	there will be a time when	Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
 2TI	4	3	u2cc		οὐκ ἀνέξονται	1	they will not endure	Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
 2TI	4	3	ilx7	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀνέξονται	1	they will not endure	The context indicates that **they** means people who are a part of the community of believers. Alternate translation: “some believers will no longer listen patiently to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2TI	4	3	fyl3	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας	1	healthy teaching	The expression **healthy teaching** figuratively means “correct teaching” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that correct teaching was reasonable. Alternate translation: “correct teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	3	fyl3	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας	1	healthy teaching	The expression **healthy teaching** means “correct teaching” by association, since a healthy mind would recognize that correct teaching was reasonable. Alternate translation: “correct teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	3	e5t2	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους	1	they will heap up for themselves teachers according to their own desires	Paul speaks of how people will obtain many teachers as if they were putting them into a heap or pile. They will want many teachers, but not value these teachers for how they live godly lives or how accurately they teach. Alternate translation: “they will gather many teachers for themselves who will teach what they want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	3	s375	figs-idiom	κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν	1	their ear itching	Paul speaks of people badly wanting to hear something as if their ears itched and could only be relieved if they found many teachers who would tell them what they wanted to hear. Alternate translation: “because they want to hear it so badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2TI	4	3	p104	figs-metonymy	κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν	1	their ear itching	Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean hearing. Alternate translation: “because they want to hear it so badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	3	p104	figs-metonymy	κνηθόμενοι τὴν ἀκοήν	1	their ear itching	Paul uses the **ear** to mean hearing. Alternate translation: “because they want to hear it so badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	4	rh2i	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	4	4	p105	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	4	p105	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul uses the **ear** to mean listening. Listening, in turn, means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	4	xrv7	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	4	p106	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	5	ehz7	figs-metaphor	νῆφε	1	be sober	Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -303,18 +303,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	6	sh23	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	6	p108	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	6	fb7l	figs-euphemism	ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν	1	the time of my departure is here	Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-2TI	4	7	d9ts	figs-metaphor	τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι	1	I have fought the good fight	Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	7	d9ts	figs-metaphor	τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι	1	I have fought the good fight	Paul speaks of himself as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	7	kq83	figs-metaphor	τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα	1	I have finished the race	Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	7	vk2p	figs-metaphor	τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα	1	I have kept the faith	Paul speaks of **the faith**, by which he means his trust in Christ and his obedience to God, as if they were valuable objects that he has kept safe in his possession. This could mean: (1) Paul was faithful to do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “I have remained faithful in doing my ministry” (2) Paul was faithful to teach the truth. Alternate translation: “I have preserved the teachings from any error” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	8	ujg5	figs-activepassive	ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος	1	the crown of righteousness has been reserved for me	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God has reserved the crown of righteousness for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI	4	8	hg8i	figs-metaphor	τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος	1	the crown of righteousness	Here, the **crown** could: (1) figuratively represent the reward that God gives to people who have lived the right way. Alternate translation: “the reward for the righteous” (2) represent righteousness itself. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. Alternate translation: “the reward that is righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	8	hg8i	figs-metaphor	τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος	1	the crown of righteousness	Here, the **crown** could: (1) represent the reward that God gives to people who have lived the right way. Alternate translation: “the reward for the righteous” (2) represent righteousness itself. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. Alternate translation: “the reward that is righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	8	dwn6	translate-unknown	στέφανος	1	crown	See how you translated **crown** in [2:5](../02/05.md). The **crown** that Paul is using as an illustration of the future award from God was a wreath made of laurel tree leaves that was given to winners of athletic contests. You can use a word in your language that would refer to a prize for winning a contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	4	8	n3k8	figs-explicit	ἐν, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on that day	As in [1:12](../01/12.md), this refers to the **day** when Jesus returns to judge people. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	4	8	uh88		τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ	1	those who have loved his appearing	Alternate translation: “those who are looking forward to his return”
-2TI	4	8	p109	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ	1	his appearing	See how you translated **his appearing** in [4:1](../04/01.md). Paul is referring figuratively to Christ’s return by association with the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns. Alternate translation: “his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	8	p109	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ	1	his appearing	See how you translated **his appearing** in [4:1](../04/01.md). Paul is referring to Christ’s return by association with the fact that he will appear once again to people on earth when he returns. Alternate translation: “his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	9	t8b7		σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν…ταχέως	1	come … quickly	Alternate translation: “come … as soon as possible”
 2TI	4	10	e4xx	translate-names	Δημᾶς…Κρήσκης…Τίτος	1	Demas … Crescens … Titus	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	10	ji2l	figs-metonymy	τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα	1	the present age	The expression **the present age** refers to worldly things as opposed to the things of God. Paul refers to these worldly things figuratively by association with the present time when people generally desire them, as opposed to the future time when the things of God will be established throughout the earth. Alternate translation: “the temporary comforts of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2TI	4	10	ji2l	figs-metonymy	τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα	1	the present age	The expression **the present age** refers to worldly things as opposed to the things of God. Paul refers to these worldly things by association with the present time when people generally desire them, as opposed to the future time when the things of God will be established throughout the earth. Alternate translation: “the temporary comforts of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	10	u2qb	figs-ellipsis	Κρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν, Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν	1	Crescens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He means that like Demas, Crescens and Titus have left him. However, he is probably not saying that they did this because they also “loved this present age” like Demas. It is more likely that they are traveling to help the churches. Alternate translation: “Crescens has left me and gone to Galatia, and Titus has left me and gone to Dalmatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2TI	4	10	gs61	translate-names	Γαλατίαν…Δαλματίαν	1	Galatia … Dalmatia	This are the names of parts of the Roman empire. **Galatia** is an official Roman province and **Dalmatia** is an area in the southern part of the province of Illyricum. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	11	p110	translate-names	Λουκᾶς…Μᾶρκον	1	Luke … Mark	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	13	e395	translate-unknown	μάλιστα τὰς μεμβράνας	1	especially the parchments	The term **parchments** may refer to a specific type of scroll. Alternate translation: “especially those made from animal skins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	4	14	un4v	translate-unknown	Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ χαλκεὺς	1	Alexander the coppersmith	The term **coppersmith** refers to a person who worked with things made of copper and other metals. Alternate translation: “Alexander, who works with metal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2TI	4	14	kv94	translate-names	Ἀλέξανδρος	1	Alexander	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2TI	4	14	wbx4	figs-metaphor	ἀποδώσει αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	The Lord will repay him according to his deeds	Paul speaks figuratively of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will give him the right punishment for what he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	14	wbx4	figs-metaphor	ἀποδώσει αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	The Lord will repay him according to his deeds	Paul speaks of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will give him the right punishment for what he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	15	i4aj	figs-metonymy	ἀντέστη τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις	1	he … opposed our words	The term **words** refers to the message that Paul and Timothy and their co-workers teach. Alternate translation: “he … opposed the message that we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	16	v847		ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ μου ἀπολογίᾳ	1	At my first defense	Paul is referring to the opening session of his trial. By writing **first**, he is likely indicating that he will have to appear in court again. Alternate translation: “At the opening session of my trial” or “When I first appeared in court and explained my actions”
 2TI	4	16	f2c3		οὐδείς μοι παρεγένετο	1	no one appeared with me	Paul explains to Timothy that he had to go to court alone, without any supporters. Alternate translation: “no one testified on my behalf”
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	17	t1fw	figs-metaphor	ὁ…Κύριός μοι παρέστη	1	the Lord stood with me	Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: “the Lord helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	17	y69m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δι’ ἐμοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ	1	so that through me, the proclamation might be fully carried out	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. This could mean: (1) at his trial, Paul was able to explain the entire message God had given him to proclaim. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to proclaim all of the Lord’s message” (2) Paul was able to continue proclaiming God’s message right through to this time when he expected to lose his life. Alternate translation: “so that I was able to continue proclaiming the Lord’s message right to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	17	p113	figs-hyperbole	καὶ ἀκούσωσιν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	and all the Gentiles might hear	Here, **all** could be: (1) a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “so that as many Gentiles as possible could hear it” (2) a reference to all the Gentiles in the court. Alternate translation: “so that all the Gentiles who were there might hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TI	4	17	gsr8	figs-metaphor	ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος	1	I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion	Paul speaks figuratively as if he had been in danger of being killed by a lion at his court appearance. He could mean the physical danger of being sentenced to execution, or the spiritual danger of being tempted not to speak boldly for Jesus, or both. It would probably be best to leave both possibilities open in your translation. Alternate translation: “I was rescued from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TI	4	17	gsr8	figs-metaphor	ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος	1	I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion	Paul speaks as if he had been in danger of being killed by a lion at his court appearance. He could mean the physical danger of being sentenced to execution, or the spiritual danger of being tempted not to speak boldly for Jesus, or both. It would probably be best to leave both possibilities open in your translation. Alternate translation: “I was rescued from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	17	p114	figs-activepassive	ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος	1	I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “God rescued me from great danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	18	p115	figs-idiom	εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων	1	to the ages of the ages	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2TI	4	19	p116	translate-names	Πρίσκαν	1	Priscilla	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -354,6 +354,6 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	21	er77	translate-names	Κλαυδία	1	Claudia	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	4	21	mk26	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	the brothers	The word **brothers** means all believers, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all the believers here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TI	4	22	tx26	figs-you	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου	1	The Lord be with your spirit	Paul ends his letter with a blessing for Timothy. Here, **you** is singular and refers to Timothy. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes your spirit strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-2TI	4	22	p119	figs-synecdoche	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου	1	The Lord be with your spirit	Paul figuratively describes Timothy as a whole person by reference to his **spirit**, perhaps because he is wishing particularly for Timothy to receive spiritual strengthening. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes you strong” or “I pray that the Lord will strengthen you spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+2TI	4	22	p119	figs-synecdoche	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου	1	The Lord be with your spirit	Paul describes Timothy as a whole person by reference to his **spirit**, perhaps because he is wishing particularly for Timothy to receive spiritual strengthening. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes you strong” or “I pray that the Lord will strengthen you spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2TI	4	22	k85y	figs-you	ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	Paul ends his letter with a second blessing. The **you** here is plural and refers to all of the believers who are with Timothy. Alternate translation: “May grace be with all of you there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2TI	4	22	p120		ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you”

en_tn_58-PHM.tsv

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 PHM	front	intro	sz2w			0		# Introduction to Philemon<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Philemon<br><br>1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1-3)<br>2. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4-21)<br>3. Conclusion (1:22-25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?<br><br>Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Saul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philemon about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a believer in Jesus who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison there, where Paul brought Onesimus to Jesus.<br><br>Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philemon.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Philemon” or “The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does this letter approve the practice of slavery?<br><br>Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean that Paul thought that slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people being reconciled to each other and that they serve God in whatever situation they were in. It is important to note that in the culture of the time, people became slaves for various reasons and it was not considered a permanent state.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There “you” refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>Three times Paul identifies himself as the author of this letter (in verses 1, 9, and 19). Evidently Timothy was with him and may have written down the words as Paul said them. All instances of “I,” “me,” and “my” refer to Paul. Philemon is the main person to whom this letter is written. All instances of “you” and “your” refer to him and are singular unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 PHM	1	1	ne8k	figs-123person	Παῦλος	1		Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Use that here. Alternate translations: “From me, Paul” or “I, Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
 PHM	1	1	cgs4		δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	a prisoner of Christ Jesus	Paul was in prison because people in authority did not want him to preach about Jesus. They put him there in order to stop him and to punish him. This does not mean that Jesus had put Paul in prison. Alternate translation: “a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus”
-PHM	1	1	sv3p		ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1	our brother	Paul is using the term **brother** figuratively to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our companion in the faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+PHM	1	1	sv3p		ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1	our brother	Paul is using the term **brother** to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our companion in the faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 PHM	1	1	y9zu	figs-exclusive	ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1		Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Timothy to Paul and the readers as a brother in Christ. If your language requires this, you could do the same. If not, you could follow the original wording, which says, “the brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHM	1	1	gvmy	translate-names	Φιλήμονι	1		This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHM	1	1	q84z	figs-explicit	Φιλήμονι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could include the information that this is a letter in which Paul is speaking directly to Philemon, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ PHM	1	1	r3l9	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	The word **our** here refers to Pau
 PHM	1	1	ww3l		καὶ συνεργῷ ἡμῶν	1	and our fellow worker	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how Philemon worked with Paul. Alternate translation: “who, like us, works to spread the gospel” or “who works as we do to serve Jesus”
 PHM	1	2	b37l	translate-names	Ἀπφίᾳ	1		This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHM	1	2	bb1s	figs-exclusive	τῇ ἀδελφῇ	1		Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Apphia to Paul and the readers as a sister in Christ. If your language requires this, you could do the same. If not, you could do the same as the original, which says, “the sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-PHM	1	2	hhpc	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀδελφῇ	1		Paul is using the term **sister** figuratively to mean a woman who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our spiritual sister” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+PHM	1	2	hhpc	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀδελφῇ	1		Paul is using the term **sister** to mean a woman who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our spiritual sister” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 PHM	1	2	e8su	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHM	1	2	kyzo		Ἀπφίᾳ…Ἀρχίππῳ…τῇ…ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		The letter is predominantly addressed to Philemon. It could be misleading to suggest Paul is writing to **Apphia**, **Archippus**, and **the church** in Philemon’s house, on the same level as he is writing to Philemon.
 PHM	1	2	sq44	translate-names	Ἀρχίππῳ	1	Archippus	This is the name of a man in the church with Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ PHM	1	6	n25e	figs-explicit	εἰς Χριστόν	1	in Christ	If it would be hel
 PHM	1	7	vyc7	figs-abstractnouns	χαρὰν γὰρ πολλὴν ἔσχον καὶ παράκλησιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **joy** and **comfort**behind them with adjectives. Alternate translation: “For you made me very joyful and comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	7	xlp6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ ἀγάπῃ σου	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with a verb. Alternate translation: “because you love people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	7	shpv	figs-activepassive	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ	1	the inward parts of the saints are being refreshed by you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have refreshed the inward parts of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PHM	1	7	aq4g	figs-metonymy	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων	1	the inward parts of the saints	Here, **inward parts** figuratively refers to a person’s emotions or inner being. Use the figure that is normal in your language for this, such as “hearts” or “livers,” or give the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “the thoughts and feelings of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHM	1	7	z0ne	figs-metaphor	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ	1		Here, **being refreshed** figuratively refers to the feeling of encouragement or relief. Alternate translation: “you have encouraged the saints” or “you have helped the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHM	1	7	aq4g	figs-metonymy	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων	1	the inward parts of the saints	Here, **inward parts** refers to a person’s emotions or inner being. Use the figure that is normal in your language for this, such as “hearts” or “livers,” or give the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “the thoughts and feelings of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PHM	1	7	z0ne	figs-metaphor	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ	1		Here, **being refreshed** refers to the feeling of encouragement or relief. Alternate translation: “you have encouraged the saints” or “you have helped the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHM	1	7	m5ip	figs-metaphor	σοῦ, ἀδελφέ	1	you, brother	Paul called Philemon **brother** because they were both believers, and he wanted to emphasize their friendship. Alternate translation: “you, dear brother” or “you, dear friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHM	1	8	ayy1			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul begins his plea and the reason for his letter.
 PHM	1	8	fd84		πολλὴν ἐν Χριστῷ παρρησίαν	1	all boldness in Christ	This could mean: (1) “all authority because of Christ” (2) “all courage because of Christ.”

en_tn_61-1PE.tsv

@@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	2	ukos	figs-explicit	εἰς ὑπακοὴν καὶ ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **obedience** could refer to: (1) obeying God. Alternate translation: “for obedience of God and the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ” (2) obeying Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “for obedience of Jesus Christ and the sprinkling of his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	2	oiuz	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obedience**, you can express the same idea with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “for you to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	2	j96u	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοὴν	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which the Holy Spirit sanctifies believers. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	1	2	rwkk	figs-metaphor	ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ	Peter uses **sprinkling** figuratively to refer to believers being in a covenant relationship with God. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel in [Exodus 24:1–11](../exo/24/01.md) to symbolize that they were joining in a covenant relationship with God, believers are joined in a covenant relationship with God by means of Jesus’ death. Moses also sprinkled blood on the priests to set them apart to serve God as priests ([Leviticus 8:30](../lev/08/30.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the covenant between believers and God established by the blood of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	1	2	i9kf	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the blood of Jesus Christ	Here, **blood** refers figuratively to the death of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the blood, the symbol of the death of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	2	rwkk	figs-metaphor	ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ	Peter uses **sprinkling** to refer to believers being in a covenant relationship with God. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel in [Exodus 24:1–11](../exo/24/01.md) to symbolize that they were joining in a covenant relationship with God, believers are joined in a covenant relationship with God by means of Jesus’ death. Moses also sprinkled blood on the priests to set them apart to serve God as priests ([Leviticus 8:30](../lev/08/30.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the covenant between believers and God established by the blood of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	2	i9kf	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the blood of Jesus Christ	Here, **blood** refers to the death of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the blood, the symbol of the death of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	2	k547	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 1PE	1	2	iam1	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	2	z7df	figs-metaphor	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace be to you, and may your peace increase	Peter speaks of **grace** and **peace** figuratively as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May grace and peace increase in your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	2	z7df	figs-metaphor	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1	May grace be to you, and may your peace increase	Peter speaks of **grace** and **peace** as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May grace and peace increase in your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	2	gj71	figs-activepassive	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May God multiply grace and peace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	3	y6aq			0	General Information:	Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. [Verses 3–5](../01/03.md) are one sentence, but you may need to divide them into shorter sentences in your language.
 1PE	1	3	l4vi	figs-declarative	εὐλογητὸς	1		Peter is using a statement to give an exhortation. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for exhortation. Alternate translation: “Let us bless” or “Let us praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	3	c92y	figs-metaphor	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς	1	he has given us new birth	The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation and include an explanation if necessary. Alternate translation: “has caused us to be spiritually reborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	3	cbxb	figs-infostructure	ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν, δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		The clause **into a living hope** is parallel to “into an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” in the next verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse in order to show that parallel structure. Alternate translation: “who has caused us to be born again through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from dead ones into a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	1	3	qe1c	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1		Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us a living hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	1	3	kngt	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1		Peter uses **living** figuratively to describe **hope** that is certain and will not lead to disappointment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into a hope that will not disappoint you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	3	kngt	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν	1		Peter uses **living** to describe **hope** that is certain and will not lead to disappointment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into a hope that will not disappoint you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	3	lh0r	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through Jesus Christ being resurrected from among dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	4	v9jq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1		Here, **into** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a second purpose for which God causes believers to be born again. This clause states what the “living hope” in the previous verse is. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of giving us an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1PE	1	4	b2zy	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	for an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **inheritance**, you can express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “into what we will inherit that is imperishable and undefiled and unfading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	4	cy1g	figs-metaphor	κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	an … inheritance	Peter uses **inheritance** figuratively to refer to what we will receive in heaven. This could refer to: (1) The promise of God that we will live forever with him. Alternate translation: “a sure and unfailing promise the we will live forever with God” (2) future blessings in heaven after this life. Alternate translation: “imperishable and undefiled and unfading blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	4	cy1g	figs-metaphor	κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον	1	an … inheritance	Peter uses **inheritance** to refer to what we will receive in heaven. This could refer to: (1) The promise of God that we will live forever with him. Alternate translation: “a sure and unfailing promise the we will live forever with God” (2) future blessings in heaven after this life. Alternate translation: “imperishable and undefiled and unfading blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	4	z6w4	figs-activepassive	τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	reserved in heaven for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God has kept in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	5	r4es	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους	1	who are protected by the power of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God is protecting with his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	5	a4ab	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ πίστεως	1	through faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	6	hy8d	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	In this you greatly rejoice	**In** here introduces the reason why Peter’s readers rejoice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of this you greatly rejoice” or “Because of this you greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1PE	1	6	dtvb	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary, and it is, to have been distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1PE	1	6	a2bq	figs-activepassive	ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if now it is necessary for various trials to distress you a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	7	vvp1	figs-metaphor	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως…διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	so that the proof of your faith	Here Peter speaks of **faith** figuratively, as if it were gold that is refined by passing it through **fire**. He also uses **fire** figuratively to refer to the hardships that test how well believers trust in Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the genuineness of your faith … but being tested by hardships the way fire tests gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	7	vvp1	figs-metaphor	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως…διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	so that the proof of your faith	Here Peter speaks of **faith**, as if it were gold that is refined by passing it through **fire**. He also uses **fire** to refer to the hardships that test how well believers trust in Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the genuineness of your faith … but being tested by hardships the way fire tests gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	7	ct3n	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως	1	the proof of your faith	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **genuineness** and **faith**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the fact that you genuinely believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	7	g1oe	figs-infostructure	ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου, εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν, ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “so that the genuineness of your faith might be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ; that faith is more precious than the perishing gold, but being tested by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	1	7	u63m	figs-explicit	ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ δοκιμαζομένου	1	of your faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes. But, being tested by fire	In this clause Peter means that **faith** is more valuable than **gold** because faith lasts forever but gold does not, even if it is refined by someone passing it through **fire**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “of your faith, which is more precious than gold because even gold that is tested by fire can perish, but your faith will not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	7	lewt	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the future **revelation of Jesus Christ**, when Jesus returns to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future revelation of Jesus Christ” or “when Jesus Christ reveals himself again in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	7	bkr9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	at the revealing of Jesus Christ	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the time when Jesus Christ is revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	8	eka3	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ	1	with joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory	Here, **inexpressible** and **filled with glory** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how great the joy is. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with joy so great that words cannot describe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	1	9	hw6y	figs-metaphor	κομιζόμενοι…σωτηρίαν	1	the salvation	Here Peter speaks figuratively of **salvation** as if it were an object that someone could receive. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiencing … the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	9	hw6y	figs-metaphor	κομιζόμενοι…σωτηρίαν	1	the salvation	Here Peter speaks of **salvation** as if it were an object that someone could receive. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experiencing … the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	9	jkcb	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of you believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	9	j2qe	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	the salvation of your souls	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God saving your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	9	uk4a	figs-synecdoche	σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν	1	the salvation of your souls	Here, **souls** refers to the individual Christians to whom Peter is writing this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “your salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -72,16 +72,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	12	c7jz	figs-explicit	Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the evangelists proclaimed the gospel to Peter’s readers. Peter uses **the Holy Spirit** here to refer specifically to the Holy Spirit’s work of giving those evangelists the ability or power to proclaim the gospel effectively. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Holy Spirit sent from heaven enabling them to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	12	yzqk	figs-activepassive	ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	12	lyzl	figs-explicit	εἰς ἃ	1		Here, **things** refers to what God had revealed to the prophets and some evangelists had proclaimed to Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into which things God revealed to the prophets and which were declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	1	12	xi4d	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι	1	into which things angels long to look	Peter uses **look** figuratively to refer to getting a clearer understanding of what God has revealed about salvation. This does not mean that the angels do not understand salvation at all. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things which angels desire to understand more clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	12	xi4d	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι	1	into which things angels long to look	Peter uses **look** to refer to getting a clearer understanding of what God has revealed about salvation. This does not mean that the angels do not understand salvation at all. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things which angels desire to understand more clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	13	bjg9	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	So	**Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has written in [verses 1–12](../01/01.md). If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this concisely. Alternate translation: “Since all these things I have just written are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1PE	1	13	zvgh	figs-declarative	ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν, νήφοντες, τελείως ἐλπίσατε	1		The clauses **having girded up the loins of your mind** and **being sober** could indicate: (1) two commands in addition to the command to **hope fully** that occurs in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, hope fully” (2) two actions that are means by which Peter wants his readers to obey the command to **hope fully**. Alternate translation: “hope fully, by having girded up the loins of your mind and by being sober” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1PE	1	13	u87y	figs-idiom	ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν	1	having girded the loins of your mind	Girding up **the loins** is an idiom that means to prepare to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one’s robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having prepared your minds for action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1PE	1	13	i56f	figs-metaphor	νήφοντες	1		Here Peter uses **sober** figuratively to refer to mental clarity and alertness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	13	i56f	figs-metaphor	νήφοντες	1		Here Peter uses **sober** to refer to mental clarity and alertness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	13	y771	figs-activepassive	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1	the grace that is being brought to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace God is bringing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	13	ut69	figs-metaphor	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1	the grace that is being brought to you	Here Peter speaks of **grace** as if it were an object that could be brought to people. If this might confuse you readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the grace God is giving to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	13	qk5s	figs-metonymy	τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν	1		Here, **the grace** refers to salvation, as it also does in [verse 10](../01/10.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gracious salvation being brought to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	13	l45d	figs-possession	ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the revelation of Jesus Christ	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	1	14	opvh	figs-metaphor	ὡς τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1		Here Peter uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not express the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “Like children of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	14	opvh	figs-metaphor	ὡς τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1		Here Peter uses **children** to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not express the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “Like children of obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	14	n5wg	figs-possession	τέκνα ὑπακοῆς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **children** who are characterized by **obedience**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “obedient” instead of the noun “obedience.” Alternate translation: “obedient children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	1	14	e4tb	figs-idiom	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις	1	not being conformed to your former desires	Here, **not being conformed to** is an idiom meaning “not letting one’s life be controlled by.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “not being controlled by your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	1	14	nepq	figs-declarative	μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον…ἐπιθυμίαις	1		Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “do not be conformed to your former desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	17	s6gv	figs-metaphor	τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον	1	conduct yourselves in fear during the time of your journey	Here Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land far away from their homes. Like people living away from home, so are Christians living away from their home in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “during the time that you are living away from your true home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	18	pcm5	figs-infostructure	οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ἀργυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you have been redeemed from your futile behavior handed down from your fathers, not with perishable things, with silver or with gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	1	18	q4pc	figs-activepassive	ἐλυτρώθητε	1	you have been redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	18	git3	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1		Here, **handed down** figuratively refers to one generation teaching **futile behavior** to another generation, as if that behavior were an object that could be passed by hand from one person to another. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your futile behavior taught to you by your fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	18	git3	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατροπαραδότου	1		Here, **handed down** refers to one generation teaching **futile behavior** to another generation, as if that behavior were an object that could be passed by hand from one person to another. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your futile behavior taught to you by your fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	18	ctgm	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	18	b5qa	figs-activepassive	πατροπαραδότου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that your fathers handed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	1	19	s4jd	figs-metonymy	τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ	1	with the precious blood of Christ	Peter uses **the blood of Christ** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christ’s precious death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	19	s4jd	figs-metonymy	τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ	1	with the precious blood of Christ	Peter uses **the blood of Christ** to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christ’s precious death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	19	gk6a	figs-simile	ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	as an unblemished and spotless lamb	Peter compares Jesus’ blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the people’s sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	1	19	smu8	figs-doublet	ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	unblemished and spotless	The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	1	20	msw5	figs-activepassive	προεγνωσμένου	1	He has been chosen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having foreknown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -112,55 +112,55 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	21	lt5u	figs-idiom	τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	who has raised him from the dead	Here, to **raise him** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	1	21	f7mn	figs-abstractnouns	δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα	1	has given him glory	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has glorified him” or “has shown that he is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	21	k85r	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα, εἶναι εἰς Θεόν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **hope**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “you would believe and hope in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	1	22	hj14	figs-metaphor	τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες	1	Having purified	**Having purified** figuratively refers to being forgiven for sins. In the Bible, sin is often referred to as something that makes people dirty, and the forgiveness for sin is referred to as the removal of that dirt. God is the one who forgives sins and **purifies** those who believe in Jesus. However, here Peter is referring to his readers’ responsibility in their salvation, which is the responsibility to repent and believe that the gospel is true. Alternate translation: “Having made your souls spiritually pure” or “Having cleansed your souls from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	22	hj14	figs-metaphor	τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες	1	Having purified	**Having purified** refers to being forgiven for sins. In the Bible, sin is often referred to as something that makes people dirty, and the forgiveness for sin is referred to as the removal of that dirt. God is the one who forgives sins and **purifies** those who believe in Jesus. However, here Peter is referring to his readers’ responsibility in their salvation, which is the responsibility to repent and believe that the gospel is true. Alternate translation: “Having made your souls spiritually pure” or “Having cleansed your souls from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	22	luj3	figs-synecdoche	τὰς ψυχὰς	1	Having purified your souls	See how you translated **souls** in [verse 9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1PE	1	22	qyt5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	by obedience to the truth	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **truth**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by obeying what is true” or “by obeying the true information” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	22	iyze	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Here, **the truth** refers to the true teaching about Jesus, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	1	22	j777	figs-gendernotations	φιλαδελφίαν	1	brotherly love	Although **brotherly** is a masculine word, Peter is using the phrase **brotherly love** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	1	22	e9wr	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς	1	love one another earnestly from a pure heart	Peter uses **heart** here figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. The word **from** indicates that the **heart** must be the source of the **love** that Peter is telling his readers to have. Therefore, this phrase has a similar meaning to the word “sincere” in the previous clause. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly based on sincere thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	22	e9wr	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς	1	love one another earnestly from a pure heart	Peter uses **heart** here to refer to a person’s thoughts or emotions. The word **from** indicates that the **heart** must be the source of the **love** that Peter is telling his readers to have. Therefore, this phrase has a similar meaning to the word “sincere” in the previous clause. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly based on sincere thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	23	k79f	figs-metaphor	ἀναγεγεννημένοι	1		See how you translated **born again** in [verse 3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	23	w4v3	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς	1	having been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable	The word **seed** usually refers to either the seed of a plant or the sperm cell of a man, which is used to produce a baby. However, here Peter uses **seed** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) the **word of God** mentioned later in the verse. In this case, Peter is saying what the **word of God** is not. Alternate translation: “not by means of a human message that can perish” (2) physical human birth, in which case the meaning is similar to the idea expressed in [John 1:13](../jhn/01/13.md). Alternate translation: “not by means of mortal physical birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	23	nh9r	figs-ellipsis	ἀφθάρτου	1	from imperishable	Peter is leaving out a word that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “from imperishable seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	1	23	tjq9	figs-metonymy	λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος	1	through the living and enduring word of God	Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and was proclaimed to Peter’s readers by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s living and enduring message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	23	tjq9	figs-metonymy	λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος	1	through the living and enduring word of God	Here Peter uses **word** to describe the gospel message that came from God and was proclaimed to Peter’s readers by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s living and enduring message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	23	pkpl	figs-doublet	ζῶντος…καὶ μένοντος	1		Here, **living** and **enduring** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God’s word is permanent. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “perpetually enduring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	1	24	kyc5	writing-quotations	διότι	1		**For** here introduces a quotation of some phrases from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	1	24	e299	figs-quotemarks	πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν,	1		In these clauses and the first clause of the next verse, Peter quotes parts of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	1	24	dr75	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	All flesh	Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to human beings in general, which are made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All humankind” or “Everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	24	zaa4	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς	1		Peter quotes Isaiah using **glory** figuratively to refer to whatever is beautiful or magnificent about humankind. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that is glorious about humankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	1	24	dr75	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	All flesh	Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the term **flesh** to refer to human beings in general, which are made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All humankind” or “Everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	24	zaa4	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς	1		Peter quotes Isaiah using **glory** to refer to whatever is beautiful or magnificent about humankind. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that is glorious about humankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	24	ysnb	figs-genericnoun	ἄνθος χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of **grass** and flowers in general, not of one particular blade of **grass** or one **flower**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “flowers of grass. Grass dried up, and flowers fell off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1PE	1	24	w0s8	figs-possession	ἄνθος χόρτου	1		Here Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form to describe the **flower** that grows in the **grass**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flower that grows in the grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	1	24	r0fd	figs-simile	ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος	1	All flesh is like grass … The grass dries up	In this clause the prophet Isaiah continues the comparison between humankind and **grass**. Just like **grass** dies quickly, so human beings only live a short time. If this would confuse your readers, you could express this meaning by repeating the simile language from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “Like the grass dries up, so do people die after a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	1	24	hd2f	figs-simile	τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν	1	all its glory is like the flower of the grass … its flower falls off	In this clause the prophet Isaiah continues the comparison between the glory of humankind and flowers. Just like a **flower** dies and falls to the ground, so does the beauty of mankind disappear. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning by repeating the simile language from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “like the flower that fell off the plant, so does everything that is glorious about humankind come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	1	25	lqjz	figs-quotemarks	τὸ δὲ ῥῆμα Κυρίου μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		This clause completes Peters quotation of [Isaiah 40:6–8](../isa/40/06.md) that began in the previous verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this ending by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	1	25	aba2	figs-metonymy	τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	1	25	aba2	figs-metonymy	τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	25	pp62	figs-metonymy	τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα	1		Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	1	25	s11j	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν	1	the word that has been proclaimed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	intro	a121			0		# 1 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)<br>2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../eph/02/20.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sheep and shepherds<br><br>The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care of believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]])
 1PE	2	1	n3x5	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	**Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1PE	2	1	inct	figs-declarative	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1PE	2	1	g65y	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1	having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander	Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	1	g65y	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1	having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander	Peter speaks of these sinful actions as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	1	r853	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	2	y6fv	figs-simile	ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε	1	As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk	The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	2	2	rm71		ἐπιποθήσατε	1	long for	Alternate translation: “desire intensely” or “yearn for”
-1PE	2	2	fn81	figs-metaphor	τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα	1	pure spiritual milk	The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks figuratively of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s pure word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	2	ypy6	figs-metaphor	αὐξηθῆτε	1	you may grow up	Peter speaks figuratively of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	2	fn81	figs-metaphor	τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα	1	pure spiritual milk	The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s pure word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	2	ypy6	figs-metaphor	αὐξηθῆτε	1	you may grow up	Peter speaks of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	2	vg76	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	to salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until you are saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	2	wmw2	figs-explicit	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1		Here, **salvation** refers to when Jesus returns and God completes the **salvation** of his people. Peter also uses this meaning for **salvation** in [1:5](../01/05.md). See how you translated **salvation** there. Alternate translation: “until God saves you completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	3	uja9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you have tasted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-1PE	2	3	tui9	figs-metaphor	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1	if you have tasted that the Lord is kind	Peter uses **tasted** figuratively to refer to personally experiencing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	3	tui9	figs-metaphor	εἰ ἐγεύσασθε	1	if you have tasted that the Lord is kind	Peter uses **tasted** to refer to personally experiencing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if you have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	3	hruw	figs-quotemarks	ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος	1		This clause is a paraphrase of [Psalm 34:8](../psa/34/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	4	n5pm	figs-explicit	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι	1		Here, **coming** could indicate: (1) a factual statement, as in the UST. (2) a command, in which case “being built up” in the next verse would also be a command. Alternate translation: “Come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	4	apbp	writing-pronouns	πρὸς ὃν	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, who is called “Lord” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1PE	2	4	c4lu	figs-metaphor	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα	1	coming to him, a living stone	Peter refers to Jesus figuratively as if he were a **stone** in a building. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “coming to him, who is like a living stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	4	ihq2	figs-personification	λίθον ζῶντα	1	him, a living stone	Peters speaks of a **stone** figuratively as if it were **living**. This could refer to: (1) a stone that is alive. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus is alive even though he had died. Alternate translation: “a stone that lives” (2) a stone that gives life. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus gives eternal life to everyone who believes in him. Alternate translation: “a stone that gives eternal life to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1PE	2	4	c4lu	figs-metaphor	πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα	1	coming to him, a living stone	Peter refers to Jesus as if he were a **stone** in a building. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “coming to him, who is like a living stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	4	ihq2	figs-personification	λίθον ζῶντα	1	him, a living stone	Peters speaks of a **stone** as if it were **living**. This could refer to: (1) a stone that is alive. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus is alive even though he had died. Alternate translation: “a stone that lives” (2) a stone that gives life. This interpretation emphasizes the fact that Jesus gives eternal life to everyone who believes in him. Alternate translation: “a stone that gives eternal life to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1PE	2	4	e8sy	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον	1	having been rejected by men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one that men have rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	4	euuz	figs-gendernotations	ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1PE	2	4	a438	figs-activepassive	παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν	1	but chosen by God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	5	z11h	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	you, like living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house	Peter uses **stones** figuratively to refer to his readers, people who believe in Jesus. Just as people in the Old Testament used **stones** to build the temple that God dwelled in, God is using believers to bring together a group of people in whom he will dwell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, like stones that are put together and built into a house, are living stones that are being brought together into a spiritual community in which God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	5	g33x	figs-simile	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες	1	you, like living stones	Peters uses **stones** figuratively as if they were **living**. This emphasizes the fact that Peter’s readers have eternal life because they believe in Jesus. In this verse, **living** cannot mean to give life, because only God can give life. Alternate translation: “like stones that live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1PE	2	5	z11h	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	you, like living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house	Peter uses **stones** to refer to his readers, people who believe in Jesus. Just as people in the Old Testament used **stones** to build the temple that God dwelled in, God is using believers to bring together a group of people in whom he will dwell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you, like stones that are put together and built into a house, are living stones that are being brought together into a spiritual community in which God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	5	g33x	figs-simile	αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες	1	you, like living stones	Peters uses **stones** as if they were **living**. This emphasizes the fact that Peter’s readers have eternal life because they believe in Jesus. In this verse, **living** cannot mean to give life, because only God can give life. Alternate translation: “like stones that live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	2	5	v3jw	figs-activepassive	οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς	1	living stones, are being built up as a spiritual house	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God is building up as a spiritual house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	5	e6dm	figs-explicit	οἰκοδομεῖσθε	1		Here, **are being built up** could indicate: (1) a factual statement, as in the UST. (2) a command, in which case “coming to him” in the previous verse would also be a command. Alternate translation: “be built up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	5	i4bn	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας	1	a holy priesthood to offer the spiritual sacrifices	Here Peter speaks of believers figuratively as if they were part of a **priesthood** and as if their good deeds and acts of worship were **sacrifices** offered to God. Just as the priests in the Old Testament offered sacrifices to God, so should believers do good deeds and worship God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a synonym. Alternate translation: “like the holy priesthood that offered sacrifices to God, so you are made into a group which does good spiritual deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	5	i4bn	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας	1	a holy priesthood to offer the spiritual sacrifices	Here Peter speaks of believers as if they were part of a **priesthood** and as if their good deeds and acts of worship were **sacrifices** offered to God. Just as the priests in the Old Testament offered sacrifices to God, so should believers do good deeds and worship God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a synonym. Alternate translation: “like the holy priesthood that offered sacrifices to God, so you are made into a group which does good spiritual deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	5	ekkp	grammar-collectivenouns	εἰς ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον	1		The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of holy priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1PE	2	5	zf45	figs-explicit	πνευματικὰς θυσίας εὐπροσδέκτους	1		This could mean: (1) the **sacrifices** are of a spiritual, rather than physical, nature. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices of a spiritual nature that are acceptable” (2) the **sacrifices** are offered by the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices offered by the power of the Holy Spirit, which are acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	6	ibi1	figs-personification	περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ	1	it stands in scripture	Here the quotation of **scripture** that occurs next in the verse is spoken of as if it were a person who **stands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is written in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -168,18 +168,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	6	wdwx	figs-quotemarks	ἰδοὺ, τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ.	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	6	q7jx	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Peter quotes Isaiah using **Behold** to call his readers to pay attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	6	skrt	figs-123person	τίθημι	1		In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, lay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-1PE	2	6	xsx8	figs-metaphor	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον	1	a cornerstone	Here God refers to the Messiah figuratively as if he were not only a **stone**, but even the most important **stone** in a building, the **cornerstone**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who is like the most important stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	6	xsx8	figs-metaphor	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον	1	a cornerstone	Here God refers to the Messiah as if he were not only a **stone**, but even the most important **stone** in a building, the **cornerstone**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who is like the most important stone in a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	6	klv2	figs-distinguish	λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον	1	a cornerstone, chosen, precious	Here, **chosen** and **precious** show a distinction between this **cornerstone** and any other **cornerstone**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “a cornerstone that is chosen and precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1PE	2	6	lrxm	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1		The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. God uses them together to emphasize the truth of this statement. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1PE	2	7	ze1c	figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1		Here, **this honor** refers to the statement in the previous verse that people who believe in Jesus will “certainly not be ashamed.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this honor of never being ashamed is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	7	rdhk	figs-explicit	ἡ τιμὴ	1		The phrase translated **this honor** could also be translated as “precious,” in which case it would refer to the “cornerstone” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he is precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	7	sj13	figs-ellipsis	ἀπιστοῦσιν δὲ	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But to those who do not believe, God says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	2	7	hext	figs-quotemarks	λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:22](../psa/118/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	7	uu3j	figs-metaphor	λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The stone that was rejected by … has become the head of the corner	The author uses **stone** figuratively to refer to the Messiah, and he uses **builders** figuratively to refer to those who **rejected** Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The Messiah who was rejected just like builders reject a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	7	uu3j	figs-metaphor	λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The stone that was rejected by … has become the head of the corner	The author uses **stone** to refer to the Messiah, and he uses **builders** to refer to those who **rejected** Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The Messiah who was rejected just like builders reject a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	7	ql12	figs-metaphor	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	the head of the corner	This phrase has the same meaning as “cornerstone” in the previous verse. It refers to the most important stone in a building. Here it refers specifically to the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who is like a cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	8	k0dm	writing-quotations	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “and Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	2	8	vxhb	figs-quotemarks	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	8	i72g	figs-metaphor	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking figuratively of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	8	i72g	figs-metaphor	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	8	ydkr	figs-possession	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form twice in this sentence to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling** and a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A stone that makes people stumble and a rock that makes people feel offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	2	8	ptx5	figs-parallelism	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1	A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense	These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that people will be offended by this **stone**. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will surely stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1PE	2	8	h7ta	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	stumble because they disobey the word	Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -194,18 +194,18 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	9	m1f8	grammar-collectivenouns	βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα	1		The word **priesthood** is a singular noun that refers to a group of priests. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of royal priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1PE	2	9	qk7f	figs-abstractnouns	λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν	1	a people for possession	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **possession**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a people for God to possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	9	ra7z	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐκ σκότους ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος, εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	who called you from	This clause refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, who called you from darkness into his marvelous light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	2	9	nvf5	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	from darkness into his marvelous light	Here, **darkness** refers figuratively to the condition of people who do not know God and are sinful, and **light** refers figuratively to the condition of people who know God and are righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	9	nvf5	figs-metaphor	ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς	1	from darkness into his marvelous light	Here, **darkness** refers to the condition of people who do not know God and are sinful, and **light** refers to the condition of people who know God and are righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	10	pveb	figs-quotemarks	οὐ λαὸς…λαὸς Θεοῦ…οὐκ ἠλεημένοι…ἐλεηθέντες	1		All four of these phrases are quotations from the Old Testament ([Hosea 1:6–10](../hos/01/06.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate these quotations with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	11	jnr9			0	General Information:	Peter begins to tell his readers how to live Christian lives.
 1PE	2	11	ve9u	figs-doublet	παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους	1	foreigners and exiles	Here, **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Christians on this earth are far away from their home in heaven. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “true exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	2	11	x8af	figs-metaphor	παροίκους	1		Peter uses **foreigners** here figuratively to refer to his Christian readers. Just like a foreigner is not in his homeland, so are Christians not at home while living on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those living away from their home in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	11	x8af	figs-metaphor	παροίκους	1		Peter uses **foreigners** here to refer to his Christian readers. Just like a foreigner is not in his homeland, so are Christians not at home while living on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those living away from their home in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	11	hjuk	figs-metaphor	παρεπιδήμους	1	foreigners and exiles	See how you translated **exiles** in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	11	ubn9	figs-metonymy	ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν	1	to abstain from fleshly desires	Here, **fleshly** refers figuratively to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to abstain from satisfying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	2	11	q4zn	figs-personification	στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς	1	make war against your soul	Peter speaks of **fleshly desires** figuratively as if they were soldiers trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will destroy your spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1PE	2	11	ubn9	figs-metonymy	ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν	1	to abstain from fleshly desires	Here, **fleshly** refers to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to abstain from satisfying your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	2	11	q4zn	figs-personification	στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς	1	make war against your soul	Peter speaks of **fleshly desires** as if they were soldiers trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will destroy your spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1PE	2	11	x3q5	figs-genericnoun	τῆς ψυχῆς	1	your soul	Peter is referring to each individual Christian to whom he is writing this letter, not one particular **soul**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “your souls” or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1PE	2	12	uiwd	figs-declarative	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1		Peter is using a statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for command, starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Keep your behavior among the Gentiles good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1PE	2	12	b5nv	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν	1	keeping your behavior among the Gentiles good	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “behaving well among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	12	nqql	figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Peter uses **Gentiles** here figuratively to refer to people who are not Christians. Just like a **Gentile** was not a member of the Jewish people, so people who are not Christians are not members of God’s people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “among those who do not believe in Jesus” or “among those who are not Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	12	nqql	figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Peter uses **Gentiles** here to refer to people who are not Christians. Just like a **Gentile** was not a member of the Jewish people, so people who are not Christians are not members of God’s people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “among those who do not believe in Jesus” or “among those who are not Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	12	mkt4		ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς	1	in whatever they speak about you as	Alternate translation: “with regard to what they slander you for as ” or “with respect to the very things that they slander you for as”
 1PE	2	12	w3yn	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες	1	from observing your good works	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they may observe the good things that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	12	s2ji	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς	1	in the day of visitation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **visitation**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day when he visits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	17	gwy8	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀδελφότητα	1	the brotherhood	Here, **brotherhood** refers to all Christian believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	18	w2nc			0	General Information:	Peter begins to speak specifically to people who were slaves who worked in people’s houses.
 1PE	2	18	xgk8	figs-doublet	τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν	1	the good and gentle	The words **good** and **gentle** mean similar things. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that such masters treat their servants very kindly. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to the very kind ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	2	18	mueb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς σκολιοῖς	1		Here, **crooked ones** is used figuratively to refer to people who act dishonestly or unjustly as if their morals were an object that could be bent or twisted. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dishonest ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	18	mueb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς σκολιοῖς	1		Here, **crooked ones** is used to refer to people who act dishonestly or unjustly as if their morals were an object that could be bent or twisted. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dishonest ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	19	r1h1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…χάρις	1	this is praiseworthy	Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to finding **favor** with God, which is what he states in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this is deserving of God’s favor” or “this is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	19	zm8e	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1	because of awareness of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **consciousness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because one is aware of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	2	19	rjyf	figs-possession	διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **consciousness** that is about or concerning **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of having consciousness about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -234,28 +234,28 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	20	qii1		τοῦτο χάρις παρὰ Θεῷ	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse.
 1PE	2	21	c1jn	figs-explicit	εἰς τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers back to what Peter stated at the end of the previous verse. Believers are called by God to endure suffering while doing what is good. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to endure suffering when you have done what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	21	xit1	figs-activepassive	εἰς τοῦτο…ἐκλήθητε	1	to this you were called	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	21	si3l	figs-metaphor	ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	for you so that you might follow in his footsteps	Peter uses **follow in his footsteps** figuratively to refer to following Jesus’ example about enduring suffering. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might imitate his behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	21	si3l	figs-metaphor	ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	for you so that you might follow in his footsteps	Peter uses **follow in his footsteps** to refer to following Jesus’ example about enduring suffering. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might imitate his behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	22	wii5	figs-quotemarks	ὃς ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1		This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:9](../isa/53/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	22	tyz4	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	neither was deceit found in his mouth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	22	cjai	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Peter quotes Isaiah referring to **deceit** figuratively as if it were an object that could be found inside someone’s mouth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither was deceit spoken out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	22	lw1u	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	neither was deceit found in his mouth	Peter quotes Isaiah figuratively describing something the Messiah would say by association with **his mouth**, which he would use to say something. In this case it is something the Messiah did not say. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “neither did he say something deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	2	22	cjai	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Peter quotes Isaiah referring to **deceit** as if it were an object that could be found inside someone’s mouth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “neither was deceit spoken out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	22	lw1u	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ	1	neither was deceit found in his mouth	Peter quotes Isaiah describing something the Messiah would say by association with **his mouth**, which he would use to say something. In this case it is something the Messiah did not say. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “neither did he say something deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	2	23	lj4a	figs-activepassive	ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει	1	He, being reviled, did not revile back	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people reviled, did not revile them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	2	23	gqb5	figs-explicit	παρεδίδου…τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως	1		Here, **the one who judges justly** refers to God. This means that Jesus trusted God to punish those who reviled him or to prove that he was innocent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entrusted himself to God, who judges justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	2	24	k632	figs-rpronouns	ὃς τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνήνεγκεν	1	He himself	Peter uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that Jesus alone is the one who bore our sins. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus bore our sins” or “Jesus, that very person, bore our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1PE	2	24	w49m	figs-metaphor	τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν…ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον	1	carried our sins in his body to the tree	Peter uses **bore our sins** figuratively to refer to Jesus being punished for **our sins** as if **sins** were an object that he carried on **his body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	24	zl8e	figs-metonymy	τὸ ξύλον	1	the tree	Peter uses **tree** figuratively to refer to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	2	24	w49m	figs-metaphor	τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν…ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον	1	carried our sins in his body to the tree	Peter uses **bore our sins** to refer to Jesus being punished for **our sins** as if **sins** were an object that he carried on **his body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	24	zl8e	figs-metonymy	τὸ ξύλον	1	the tree	Peter uses **tree** to refer to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	2	24	x7ni	figs-metaphor	ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι	1		Here, **having died to sins** is a metaphor that means to no longer be controlled by sin. Like a dead person is free from sinning because they are no longer alive, so believers are free to stop sinning because Jesus bore the punishment for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being no longer controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	24	fxej	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι	1		This clause refers to an event that occurs before the event in the next clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “after having died to sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 1PE	2	24	jaka	figs-exclusive	τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζήσωμεν	1		When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and other believers in Christ, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1PE	2	24	w69k	figs-quotemarks	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε	1		This clause is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:5](../isa/53/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	2	24	ep4s	figs-activepassive	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε	1	of whose wounds you were healed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has healed you by means of his wounds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	24	lx3n	figs-synecdoche	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι	1		Here, **wounds** figuratively refers to all the suffering Jesus endured when he was beaten and killed on the cross. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by whose suffering and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1PE	2	24	lx3n	figs-synecdoche	οὗ τῷ μώλωπι	1		Here, **wounds** refers to all the suffering Jesus endured when he was beaten and killed on the cross. If our readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by whose suffering and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1PE	2	24	n0l5	figs-metaphor	ἰάθητε	1		Here, **healed** could mean: (1) being freed from the penalty and power of sin, which could include physical healing. Alternate translation: “you were freed from the effects of sin” (2) being forgiven for their sins and having a restored relationship with God. Alternate translation: “you were forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	2	25	sgt9	figs-simile	ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι	1	you as sheep are being led astray	Peter speaks figuratively about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep that were wandering around aimlessly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were living aimlessly without knowing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1PE	2	25	sgt9	figs-simile	ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι	1	you as sheep are being led astray	Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep that were wandering around aimlessly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were living aimlessly without knowing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	2	25	jkfu	figs-activepassive	ἐπεστράφητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE	2	25	i5lu	figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1	the shepherd and guardian of your souls	Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	25	i5lu	figs-metaphor	τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1	the shepherd and guardian of your souls	Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	25	z6q2	figs-synecdoche	τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1PE	3	intro	cqf4			0		# 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.<br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
+1PE	3	intro	cqf4			0		# 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.<br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
 1PE	3	1	p454			0	General Information:	In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives.
 1PE	3	1	wp5p	figs-metonymy	τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ	1	some are disobedient to the word	Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	1	kbis	figs-activepassive	κερδηθήσονται	1	they will be won	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -273,8 +273,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	4	l1js	figs-possession	ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1		Peter is using the possessive form to indicate that the **imperishable thing** is the same thing as **a gentle and quiet spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the imperishable thing, which is a gentle and quiet spirit” or “in the imperishable thing, namely, a gentle and quiet spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	3	4	spi6	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1		Here,**quiet** means “peaceful” or “calm.” It does not mean the opposite of loud. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	4	gbw9	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος	1	of a gentle and quiet spirit	Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or temperament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a gentle and quiet attitude.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	4	j5bu	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές	1	which is precious before God	Peter refers to God’s opinion figuratively as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	5	dq60	figs-metaphor	ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς	1		Peter speaks figuratively of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something with which they **adorned themselves**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	4	j5bu	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές	1	which is precious before God	Peter refers to God’s opinion as if it were a person standing directly in front of him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which God considers to be very precious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	5	dq60	figs-metaphor	ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς	1		Peter speaks of the attitude of the holy women as if it were something with which they **adorned themselves**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “made themselves beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	5	jbuf		ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν	1		See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 1](../03/01.md).
 1PE	3	6	kpnl	translate-names	Σάρρα…τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1		**Sarah** is the name of a woman and **Abraham** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1PE	3	6	t3xl	figs-idiom	ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα	1	whose children you have become	Peter uses a Hebrew idiom here in which people are said to be the **children** of someone who has qualities similar to theirs. Women who believe and who act like Sarah acted are thought of as if they were her actual **children**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “who resemble her as if you were her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -282,24 +282,24 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	7	lbc2			0	General Information:	In this verse Peter gives instructions specifically to men who are husbands.
 1PE	3	7	uddn	figs-genericnoun	συνοικοῦντες…τῷ γυναικείῳ	1		Here, **the female** refers to the wives of the men to whom Peter is writing, not to one particular woman. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “live with the women whom you have married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1PE	3	7	lulz	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ γνῶσιν	1	live with your wife according to understanding, as with a weaker container	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **knowledge**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a knowledgeable way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	7	eq1z	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει	1	as with a weaker container	Here Peter refers to women figuratively as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	7	eq1z	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει	1	as with a weaker container	Here Peter refers to women as if they were **weaker** containers. The word **container** is a term used to refer to both men and women in the Bible ([Acts 9:15](../act/09/15.md)). Just as clay pots can break easily, so are human beings weak. Here Peter specifically refers to women as **weaker** containers because woman are usually physically weaker than men. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as with someone who is weaker than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	7	a88w	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς καὶ συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	assigning her honor as also fellow heirs of the grace of life	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **heirs**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “honor them as also those who will inherit with you the grace of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	7	n4rf	figs-metaphor	συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	fellow heirs of the grace of life	Peter speaks of **the grace of life** figuratively as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	7	n4rf	figs-metaphor	συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς	1	fellow heirs of the grace of life	Peter speaks of **the grace of life** as if it were something that people inherit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “those who will experience the grace of life together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	7	quba	figs-possession	χάριτος ζωῆς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is **life**. The word **grace** refers to a gracious gift and **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gracious gift, namely, eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	3	7	dwm6	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν	1	so that your prayers will not be hindered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that nothing will hinder your prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	8	nk97			0	General Information:	In [verses 8–12](../03/08.md) Peter writes instructions to all believers.
 1PE	3	8	f5y7		ὁμόφρονες	1	be likeminded	Alternate translation: “have the same opinion and be” or “have the same attitude and be”
 1PE	3	8	tzgc	figs-gendernotations	φιλάδελφοι	1		Although **brothers** is masculine, Peter is using the phrase **loving as brothers** in a generic sense to refer to the kind of love that all believers should have for other believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loving as fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	3	9	z5u3	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας	1	Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult	Peter uses **paying back** figuratively to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insulting someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	9	z5u3	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας	1	Do not pay back evil in exchange for evil or insult in exchange for insult	Peter uses **paying back** to refer to responding to the actions of another person as if one was returning money to that person for those actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not doing evil to someone who does evil to you or insulting someone who insults you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	9	t6il	figs-ellipsis	εὐλογοῦντες	1	blessing	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “blessing those who do evil to you or insult you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	3	9	w5df	figs-activepassive	εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε	1	to this you were called	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	9	wx2r	figs-explicit	εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) **blessing** earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “you were called to bless so that” (2) **inherit a blessing** later in the verse “to this you were called so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	9	n3xc	figs-metaphor	ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε	1	so that you might inherit a blessing	Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** figuratively as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	9	n3xc	figs-metaphor	ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε	1	so that you might inherit a blessing	Peter speaks of experiencing God’s **blessing** as if one is receiving an inheritance. If this might confuse your readers, you could express it plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience God’s blessing as your permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	10	dpf2	writing-quotations	γὰρ	1		**For** here introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It is as David wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	3	10	tce3	figs-quotemarks	ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς, παυσάτω	1		From this clause through to the end of [verse 12](../03/12.md), Peter quotes from [Psalm 34:12–16](../psa/34/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	3	10	p9bl	figs-parallelism	ὁ…θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to love life and to see good days	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the one truly wanting to have a good life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1PE	3	10	btkp	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to see good days	Peter quotes David speaking figuratively of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	3	10	rqa9	figs-synecdoche	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1	his tongue … his lips	Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** figuratively to refer to the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1PE	3	10	btkp	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς	1	to see good days	Peter quotes David speaking of experiencing a good lifetime as **seeing good days**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience a good lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	10	rqa9	figs-synecdoche	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1	his tongue … his lips	Peter quotes David using the words **tongue** and **lips** to refer to the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “himself from speaking evil and from speaking deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1PE	3	10	y4kd	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **deceit**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “his tongue from saying evil things and his lips from speaking deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	11	n5sr	figs-metaphor	ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ	1	let him turn away from evil	Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to avoid doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him avoid doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	11	fu8e	figs-doublet	ζητησάτω εἰρήνην καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν	1		The phrases **seek peace** and **pursue it** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the importance of living peacefully with other people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Let him earnestly pursue peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	12	r5xf	figs-idiom	ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	his ears are upon their requests	Here, **ears** being **toward** someone’s **request** is an idiom that refers to God listening to that person’s request. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord listens to their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	3	12	tytz	figs-explicit	ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	his ears are upon their requests	The idea that the Lord listens to the requests of righteous people also implies that he responds to those requests. If this might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he listens to and grants their request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	12	p2vi	figs-genericnoun	δέησιν αὐτῶν	1	his ears are upon their requests	Here, **request** refers to requests in general, not to one particular **request**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-1PE	3	12	es9n	figs-synecdoche	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	But the face of the Lord is against	Here, **face** refers figuratively to the Lord himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the Lord is against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+1PE	3	12	es9n	figs-synecdoche	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	But the face of the Lord is against	Here, **face** refers to the Lord himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the Lord is against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1PE	3	12	t22b	figs-idiom	πρόσωπον δὲ Κυρίου ἐπὶ	1	But the face of the Lord is against	Here, **the face** being **against** someone is an idiom that refers to one person opposing another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Lord opposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1PE	3	12	gw7w	figs-quotemarks	ποιοῦντας κακά	1		After this phrase, Peter also ends his quotation from the book of Psalms. If you decided in [verse 10](../03/10.md) to mark this as a quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	3	13	wkw4			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 13–22](../03/13.md) Peter teaches the believers how to behave when unbelievers persecute them.
@@ -319,11 +319,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	14	j8ds	figs-quotemarks	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:12](../isa/08/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	3	14	f9u8	figs-parallelism	τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε	1	But do not fear their fear, nor be troubled	These two phrases mean the same thing. Peter states the same idea twice in order to emphasize that believers should not be afraid of people who persecute them. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “But you should not fear at all what people might do to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1PE	3	14	yz6y	figs-possession	τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε	1	their fear	This could refer to: (1) the fear that unbelievers have. Alternate translation: “you should not fear what they fear” or “you should not fear the same things that they fear” (2) the fear that righteous people have for unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you should not fear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1PE	3	15	vgv7	figs-metaphor	Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts	Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** figuratively to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	15	vgv7	figs-metaphor	Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts	Peter uses **sanctify the Lord Christ** to refer to acknowledging Christ’s holiness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	15	qjg3	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** refers to the thoughts or emotions of Peter’s readers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	15	d69e	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς ἀπολογίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **defense**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to defend your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	15	q8i1	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον	1		Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	15	w3xw	figs-metaphor	περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος	1		Peter speaks of **hope** figuratively as if it were something that could be inside a person. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	3	15	q8i1	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον	1		Peter uses **word** to refer to an answer or explanation spoken by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who asks you for a statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	15	w3xw	figs-metaphor	περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος	1		Peter speaks of **hope** as if it were something that could be inside a person. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “concerning your hope” or “concerning the hope that you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	16	hzya	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **meekness** and **fear**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by being meek and fearful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	16	ctk3	figs-abstractnouns	συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν	1		This phrase implies not doing anything sinful that would cause a person to not have a **good conscience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “doing nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	16	wrk5	figs-infostructure	ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καταλαλεῖσθε, καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “so that the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ may be ashamed about why you are being slandered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	16	qflw	figs-explicit	ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1		Here, **in Christ** refers to being a Christian. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your good behavior as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	16	dvwr	figs-activepassive	καταισχυνθῶσιν, οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may shame the ones who are reviling your good behavior in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	17	bt09	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀγαθοποιοῦντας…κακοποιοῦντας	1		These two phrases indicate two different reasons for suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of doing good … because of doing evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1PE	3	17	x8qu	figs-metonymy	εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **the will of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	17	x8qu	figs-metonymy	εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **the will of God** to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	18	me4u	figs-explicit	περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν	1		Here, **sins** implies the **sins** of people other than Jesus, because Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	18	q9fa	figs-activepassive	θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ	1	having been put to death in the flesh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people having killed him in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	18	j5lh	figs-metonymy	θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ	1	having been put to death in the flesh	Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body, which was made of **flesh**. Peter is saying that the body of Christ was killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -342,61 +342,61 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	3	19	ez3d	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν	1	to the spirits in prison	Here, **spirits** could refer to: (1) evil spirits whom God imprisoned because of what they did before the flood that occurred in Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)), as in the UST. (2) the spirits of people who died during the flood that occurred in Noah’s time. This interpretation is a less likely to be correct because Peter never refers to people as **spirits**, but rather “souls,” as in the next verse. Alternate translation: “to those people who had died and were in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	19	zpyr	figs-metaphor	ἐν φυλακῇ	1		Here Peter uses **prison** as a metaphor. It could refer to: (1) a place where God imprisoned certain evil spirits whom he will judge when he judges the whole world (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md)). Alternate translation: “whom God had imprisoned to await judgment” (2) the place where sinful people go when they die. Alternate translation: “in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	3	20	qxah	figs-ellipsis	ἀπειθήσασίν	1	when the patience of God was waiting	Peter is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “having disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1PE	3	20	s7qm	figs-metonymy	ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία	1	the patience of God	Peter uses **patience of God** figuratively to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	3	20	yyth	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε	1		Here Peter uses **days of Noah** figuratively to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	20	s7qm	figs-metonymy	ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία	1	the patience of God	Peter uses **patience of God** to refer to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	20	yyth	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε	1		Here Peter uses **days of Noah** to refer to the time period when Noah was alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	20	c6mi	figs-activepassive	κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ	1	in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Noah was constructing an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	3	21	dqjy	writing-pronouns	ὃ	1		Here, **which** refers back to the “water” mentioned at the end of the last verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1PE	3	21	vxoh	figs-infostructure	ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “which, being an antitype for baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	3	21	tz6l	figs-explicit	ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀντίτυπον νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα	1		Here, **antitype** refers to one thing that is an analogy for another thing. In this context the “water” from the previous verse is an analogy for baptism. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is a symbol for baptism, now saves you also” or “which is analogous to baptism, now saves you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	3	21	ium3	figs-metonymy	βάπτισμα	1		Here Peter uses **baptism** figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that believers profess when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not by any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). See the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	21	ium3	figs-metonymy	βάπτισμα	1		Here Peter uses **baptism** to refer to the faith in Jesus that believers profess when they are baptized. The Bible clearly states that God saves people by grace through faith, not by any work like baptism ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). See the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus demonstrated by baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	21	owi3	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **removal** and **appeal**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it does not remove dirt from the flesh, but appeals to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	3	21	hmp9	figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1		Here, Peter uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s physical body that is made of **flesh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	21	hmp9	figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1		Here, Peter uses **flesh** to refer to a person’s physical body that is made of **flesh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	21	uz0u	figs-explicit	συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν	1		Here the phrase **a good conscience** means Peter’s readers do not feel guilty because they know that God has forgiven their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “an appeal to God to know that your sins have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	21	jti3	figs-infostructure	καὶ ὑμᾶς…νῦν σῴζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς, ἐπερώτημα εἰς Θεόν δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ,	1	through the resurrection of Jesus Christ	Here, **through the resurrection of Jesus Christ** indicates the means by which the faith demonstrated by baptism saves. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to make that meaning clear. Alternate translation: “baptism now saves you also through the resurrection of Jesus Christ. It is not a removal of dirt from the flesh, but an appeal to God for a good conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1PE	3	21	rixf	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through God raising Jesus Christ from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	3	22	p5ij	figs-infostructure	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανὸν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1		The phrases **having gone** and **having been subjected** indicate that those two clauses describe events that occurred before the event in the first clause in this verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that they appear in chronological order. Alternate translation: “after having gone into heaven, with angels and authorities and powers having been subjected to him, he is at the right hand of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-1PE	3	22	g4qh	figs-metonymy	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1	who is at the right hand of God	Here, Peter uses **right hand** figuratively to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	3	22	g4qh	figs-metonymy	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1	who is at the right hand of God	Here, Peter uses **right hand** to refer to the place located at the right side of God in heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is at God’s right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	3	22	ldrw	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ	1		In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	3	22	q72i	figs-doublet	ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1		The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	3	22	f6jq	figs-activepassive	ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων	1	after … had been subjected to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	4	intro	zh5n			0		# 1 Peter 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br>2. How believers should act because the end is near (4:7–11)<br>3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>Although the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>In [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he were telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands, like the UST does.
 1PE	4	1	b8d4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1PE	4	1	ess6	figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ	1	in the flesh	Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	4	1	p2rv	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε	1	arm yourselves with the same intention	Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	1	p2rv	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε	1	arm yourselves with the same intention	Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	1	yxs5	figs-explicit	τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν	1		Here Peter uses **the same way of thinking** to refer to Jesus’ **way of thinking** when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had when he suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	1	d66g	figs-explicit	πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας	1	has ceased from sin	Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	2	tjdq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς	1		Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	4	2	d49a	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον	1		Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	4	2	d49a	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον	1		Peter uses **time in the flesh** to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	4	2	fsvk	figs-explicit	ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις	1		Here, **desires** refers specifically to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	2	gbb6	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις	1	for the desires of men	Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1PE	4	3	anhj		ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος	1		Alternate translation: “enough time has passed”
-1PE	4	3	efte	figs-metaphor	τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	3	rp5p	figs-metaphor	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	3	efte	figs-metaphor	τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Here Peter uses **Gentiles** to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	3	rp5p	figs-metaphor	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		Peter speaks of these different sins as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	3	lm35	figs-abstractnouns	πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshiping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	4	4	c4ma	figs-metaphor	μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1		Peter uses **running into** figuratively to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	4	q6k6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1	outpouring of their reckless behavior	Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if sin were pouring out of the person like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	4	c4ma	figs-metaphor	μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1		Peter uses **running into** to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	4	q6k6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν	1	outpouring of their reckless behavior	Peter uses **outpouring** to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if sin were pouring out of the person like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	4	w1d8	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀσωτίας	1	of their reckless behavior	The word **recklessness** refers to dangerous behavior that shows that a person does not care about the consequences of his actions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of careless sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	5	datm	figs-metaphor	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1		Here Peter uses **give** figuratively to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	4	5	r288	figs-metonymy	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1		Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	4	5	datm	figs-metaphor	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1		Here Peter uses **give** to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	5	r288	figs-metonymy	οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον	1		Here Peter uses **word** to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	4	5	xw39	figs-explicit	τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι	1	to the one who is ready to judge	Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	5	dx7v	figs-merism	ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς	1	the living and the dead	The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 1PE	4	6	u54m	figs-explicit	καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη	1	the gospel was preached also to the dead	Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before Jesus himself died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../heb/09/27.md) that “men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment.” The Bible does not state that God gave anyone a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	6	ql11	figs-activepassive	εὐηγγελίσθη	1	the gospel was preached	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	4	6	hsg6	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	4	6	gm1m	figs-gendernotations	κατὰ ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-1PE	4	6	s72f	figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	4	6	s72f	figs-metonymy	σαρκὶ	1	they were judged in the flesh according to men	Here Peter uses **in the flesh** to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	4	6	encm	figs-explicit	ζῶσι	1		Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	6	h154	figs-explicit	ζῶσι…πνεύματι	1		Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	7	e445	figs-explicit	πάντων…τὸ τέλος	1	the end of all things	Here, **the end of all things** refers to the end of the world, when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world, when Jesus returns,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	7	qs1t	figs-metaphor	ἤγγικεν	1	has come near	Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	7	qs1t	figs-metaphor	ἤγγικεν	1	has come near	Peter uses **has come near** to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	7	ubd4	figs-doublet	σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε	1	be of sound mind, and be sober	The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	4	7	k5hh	figs-metaphor	νήψατε	1	be sober	See how you translated **sober** in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	7	qb4j	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς προσευχάς	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers to think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1PE	4	8	f1lr	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν	1	for love covers a multitude of sins	Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up, and he describes **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause, **covers up**, means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins committed against them by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	8	f1lr	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν	1	for love covers a multitude of sins	Peter describes **love** as if it were a person who could cover something up, and he describes **sins** as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause, **covers up**, means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins committed against them by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	9	g3vw	figs-explicit	φιλόξενοι	1	hospitable	The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “be those who provide food and a sleeping place” or “be those who provide room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	9	rzbi	figs-litotes	ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ	1		Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1PE	4	10	xvj3	figs-explicit	ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα	1	Just as each one has received a gift	Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	4	10	a30t	figs-metaphor	ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to Christians using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if they were managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing well the diverse grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	10	a30t	figs-metaphor	ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1		Peter uses **stewards** to refer to Christians using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if they were managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing well the diverse grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	10	smyw	figs-possession	ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse, gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	4	11	b81x	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	4	11	vs2d	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	4	16	xb0e	figs-123person	μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν	1		Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you could use the second person, as the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 1PE	4	16	xm8z	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	in this name	Here, **this name** refers to the title “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name ‘Christian’” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	4	17	nawr	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	4	17	x9np	figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the household of God	Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	4	17	x9np	figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the household of God	Here Peter uses **household** to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	4	17	v74q	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	the household of God	Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	4	17	phx3	figs-exclusive	ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	the household of God	When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1PE	4	17	c8ke	figs-rquestion	τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ?	1	but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God?	Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for those who believe it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -439,19 +439,19 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	5	1	a6ve	figs-activepassive	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the glory that God is about to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	1	wead	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the glorious nature of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	1	yb3l	figs-explicit	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	of the glory that is about to be revealed	The phrase **the glory that is about to be revealed** refers to Christ’s glorious return to earth in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the glory that is about to be revealed when Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	2	f63v	figs-metaphor	ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Shepherd the flock of God	Here Peter uses **Shepherd** figuratively to refer to leading and taking care of believers, and he uses **flock** figuratively to refer to those believers. Elders who lead assemblies of believers should take care of those believers like shepherds take care of their sheep. Since the shepherd and sheep metaphors are important metaphors in the Bible, you should keep the metaphors in your translation or use similes. Alternate translation: “Take care of God’s people as if they were a flock of sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	2	f63v	figs-metaphor	ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Shepherd the flock of God	Here Peter uses **Shepherd** to refer to leading and taking care of believers, and he uses **flock** to refer to those believers. Elders who lead assemblies of believers should take care of those believers like shepherds take care of their sheep. Since the shepherd and sheep metaphors are important metaphors in the Bible, you should keep the metaphors in your translation or use similes. Alternate translation: “Take care of God’s people as if they were a flock of sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	2	dvai	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **oversight** and **compulsion**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “supervising—not because you must do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	2	zfei	figs-ellipsis	ἐπισκοποῦντες μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “exercising oversight over them—not doing this under compulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	5	2	k4dk	figs-doublet	μὴ ἀναγκαστῶς, ἀλλὰ ἑκουσίως	1		The phrases **not under compulsion** and **willingly** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to voluntarily take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete willingness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	5	2	cp7u	figs-explicit	κατὰ Θεόν	1		This phrase refers to acting according to God’s will or requirements. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to God’s will” or “as God wants you to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	5	2	c6qf	figs-doublet	μηδὲ αἰσχροκερδῶς, ἀλλὰ προθύμως	1		The phrases **not greedily** and **eagerly** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Peter wants church leaders to eagerly take care of believers. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with complete eagerness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1PE	5	3	lta9	figs-metaphor	ὡς κατακυριεύοντες	1	And not as lording it over those who are allotted to you, but be examples	Here Peter uses **lording it over** figuratively to refer to acting toward people in a harsh and controlling manner, as if someone were a harsh master who abuses his servants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “harshly controlling” or “acting like harsh masters over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	3	lta9	figs-metaphor	ὡς κατακυριεύοντες	1	And not as lording it over those who are allotted to you, but be examples	Here Peter uses **lording it over** to refer to acting toward people in a harsh and controlling manner, as if someone were a harsh master who abuses his servants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “harshly controlling” or “acting like harsh masters over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	3	xwr3	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν κλήρων	1	those who are allotted to you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **portion**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are assigned to you” or “those whom God has apportioned to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	3	n485	figs-possession	τύποι γινόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου	1	those who are allotted to you	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **examples** that are for **the flock**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being examples for the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	5	3	vg31	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ποιμνίου	1		See how you translated **flock** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	4	oz14	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	**And** here indicates that what follows is the result of obeying the commands that Peter gave in [verses 2–3](../05/02.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result of doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1PE	5	4	pfjr	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	**Chief Shepherd** is a title for Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	4	td11	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	Here Peter speaks of Jesus figuratively as if he were a **shepherd** who has authority over all the leaders of the assemblies of believers. Peter told those leaders to shepherd their flocks in [verse 2](../05/02.md). Since **Chief Shepherd** is an important title for Jesus that connects to some prophecies about the Messiah in the Old Testament, you should keep the metaphor in your translation or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a lead shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	4	td11	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	Here Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a **shepherd** who has authority over all the leaders of the assemblies of believers. Peter told those leaders to shepherd their flocks in [verse 2](../05/02.md). Since **Chief Shepherd** is an important title for Jesus that connects to some prophecies about the Messiah in the Old Testament, you should keep the metaphor in your translation or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is like a lead shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	4	qlek	figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος	1	when the Chief Shepherd has been revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the Chief Shepherd appears” or “when God reveals the Chief Shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	4	ll4r	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης στέφανον	1	the unfading crown of glory	Here,**crown** refers to a symbol of victory. It does not refer to the type of **crown** that kings wear. In ancient times an athlete would receive this **crown** as a reward for winning a competition. Those crowns were often made of leaves or flowers that would fade. Unlike those victory crowns, the reward that God gives will be **unfading**, which means that it will last forever. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a glorious reward that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	4	c6h3	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης στέφανον	1	crown of glory	This could refer to: (1) a **crown** that is characterized by **glory**. Alternate translation: “glorious crown” (2) a **crown** that is the **glory** referred to in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Alternate translation: “crown, that is, glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -459,17 +459,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	5	5	z13n	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάγητε	1	all of you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	5	bjt6	figs-explicit	πρεσβυτέροις	1	all of you	See how you translated **elders** in [verse 1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1PE	5	5	uh4n	figs-explicit	πάντες	1	all of you	Here, **everyone** refers to all the believers to whom Peter is writing this letter, and not to all people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “every one of you believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1PE	5	5	r6s6	figs-metaphor	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε	1	clothe yourselves with humility	Peter speaks of **humility** figuratively as if it were a piece of clothing that a person could put on. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act with humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	5	r6s6	figs-metaphor	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε	1	clothe yourselves with humility	Peter speaks of **humility** as if it were a piece of clothing that a person could put on. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act with humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	5	jr8h	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην	1	clothe yourselves with humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with humble actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	5	v49g	writing-quotations	ὅτι	1	clothe yourselves with humility	Here, **for** introduces a quotation from the Old Testament ([Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is as Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	5	5	r4gv	figs-quotemarks	ὁ Θεὸς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν	1	clothe yourselves with humility	This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1PE	5	5	xgeg	figs-abstractnouns	δίδωσιν χάριν	1	clothe yourselves with humility	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “acts graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	6	bie6	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	under the mighty hand of God	Peter uses **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s power to save humble people and punish proud people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under God’s great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1PE	5	6	bie6	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	under the mighty hand of God	Peter uses **hand** to refer to God’s power to save humble people and punish proud people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under God’s great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	5	6	qwn9	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς ὑψώσῃ	1	under the mighty hand of God	Peter is using a spatial metaphor to describe God honoring someone as if God would **lift** that person **up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God may show honor to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	7	c1uu	figs-metaphor	πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	having cast all your anxiety on him	Here Peter speaks of **anxiety** figuratively as if it were a heavy burden that a person can take off of his back and **cast** onto God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “trusting him with everything that worries you” or “letting him take care of all the things that trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	7	c1uu	figs-metaphor	πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	having cast all your anxiety on him	Here Peter speaks of **anxiety** as if it were a heavy burden that a person can take off of his back and **cast** onto God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “trusting him with everything that worries you” or “letting him take care of all the things that trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	8	wbb5	figs-doublet	νήψατε, γρηγορήσατε	1	Be sober	The words translated as **sober** and **watchful** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize that believers need to be alert since the devil wants to destroy them. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be completely alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	5	8	k9nt	figs-metaphor	νήψατε	1	Be sober	See how you translated **sober** in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	8	tl7i	figs-simile	ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν	1	the devil, is walking around like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour	Peter speaks of **the devil** figuratively as if he were a **roaring lion** who wants to **devour** people. Just as a hungry lion devours its prey, the devil is **seeking** to destroy the faith of believers. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is trying to find ways to destroy the faith of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1PE	5	8	tl7i	figs-simile	ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν	1	the devil, is walking around like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour	Peter speaks of **the devil** as if he were a **roaring lion** who wants to **devour** people. Just as a hungry lion devours its prey, the devil is **seeking** to destroy the faith of believers. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is trying to find ways to destroy the faith of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	5	9	v4t5	figs-ellipsis	στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “being firm in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1PE	5	9	vwtc	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		Here, **the faith** could refer to: (1) a person’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “in the faith that you have” (2) the Christian faith in general. Alternate translation: “in the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	5	9	tusy	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων…ἐπιτελεῖσθαι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sufferings**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people are suffering in the same ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -487,13 +487,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	5	12	dhvh	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοῦ	1	Through Silvanus … I wrote to you briefly	Although **brother** is masculine and Silvanus is a man, here Peter is using **brother** in a generic sense to refer to another believer. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1PE	5	12	ca38	writing-pronouns	ταύτην	1	this is the true grace of God	Here, **this** refers back to what Peter has written in this letter, especially the gospel message that the letter contains. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have written to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1PE	5	12	g1t6	figs-metonymy	ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	this is the true grace of God	Here the word **grace** refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this letter I have written contains God’s true and gracious message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	5	12	cssm	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Stand in it	Peter uses **Stand** figuratively to refer to being strongly committed to something as if someone is standing firmly in one place and refusing to move. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	12	cssm	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Stand in it	Peter uses **Stand** to refer to being strongly committed to something as if someone is standing firmly in one place and refusing to move. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	12	nm72	writing-pronouns	εἰς ἣν στῆτε	1	Stand in it	Here, **it** refers to **the true grace of God** mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Stand in this true grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1PE	5	13	muq7	writing-symlanguage	ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτὴ	1	She who is in Babylon	**She** and **fellow-elect one** here both refer to the group of believers who were with Peter when he wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This group of believers in Babylon, who are fellow-elect ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 1PE	5	13	pzpw	writing-symlanguage	ἐν Βαβυλῶνι	1		Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) the city of Rome. Alternate translation: “in Rome, which is like Babylon” (2) the city of Babylon, as it appears in the ULT. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 1PE	5	13	rpf5	figs-activepassive	συνεκλεκτὴ	1	chosen together with you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	13	kc8s		ἀσπάζεται	1	chosen together with you	As was customary in this culture, Peter concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “asks to be remembered by” or “says hello to”
-1PE	5	13	ws2x	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου	1	my son	Peter refers to Mark figuratively as if he were his **son**, because he taught him about Christianity and loved him like a **son**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is like my son” or “my spiritual son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	13	ws2x	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου	1	my son	Peter refers to Mark as if he were his **son**, because he taught him about Christianity and loved him like a **son**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is like my son” or “my spiritual son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	13	d9hx	translate-names	Μᾶρκος	1		**Mark** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1PE	5	14	jqd8	figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1		**Greet** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1PE	5	14	fc7b	translate-symaction	ἐν φιλήματι ἀγάπης	1	a kiss of love	A **kiss** was an action that expressed Christian affection in this culture. It showed the unity of those who belong to Christ. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “with a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

en_tn_62-2PE.tsv

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	3	zwdo	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here, **us** refers to Peter and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2PE	1	3	rtxn	writing-pronouns	τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God’s divine power” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, by his power as God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	3	xdrw	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “God, because he can do anything,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	3	xz3s	figs-personification	τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ…δεδωρημένης	1		Peter is speaking figuratively of God’s **divine power** as if it were a living thing that could give something to people. God is the one who is giving, and he uses his **divine power** to do so. Alternate translation: “God has used his divine power to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2PE	1	3	xz3s	figs-personification	τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ…δεδωρημένης	1		Peter is speaking of God’s **divine power** as if it were a living thing that could give something to people. God is the one who is giving, and he uses his **divine power** to do so. Alternate translation: “God has used his divine power to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	1	3	x8qv	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν	1		Here, the word **for** indicates the purpose for which God has given all these things to believers. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of life and godliness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	1	3	epx9	figs-hendiadys	πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν	1	for life and godliness	Here, **godliness** describes the word **life**. Alternate translation: “for a godly life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2PE	1	3	xr1r	figs-abstractnouns	εὐσέβειαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **godliness** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “acting honorably toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	4	f42f		διὰ τούτων	1		The word **through** here indicates the means by which you might be sharers of the divine nature. Alternate translation: “by means of them”
 2PE	1	4	umh8	writing-pronouns	διὰ τούτων	1		Here the pronoun **them** refers back to the precious and great promises of the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “through these promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	4	yk7g	figs-abstractnouns	θείας…φύσεως	1		The abstract noun **nature** refers to the inherent features of something or what it is like. Alternate translation: “of what God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	4	p2yj	figs-metaphor	ἀποφυγόντες τῆς…φθορᾶς	1		Peter speaks figuratively of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	4	p2yj	figs-metaphor	ἀποφυγόντες τῆς…φθορᾶς	1		Peter speaks of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	4	xxuj	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **the world** could mean: (1) the place where we all live, where we are surrounded by sinful people and temptations to sin. Alternate translation: “that is all around us” (2) the system of values that people share who do not honor God. Alternate translation: “of the world’s ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	1	4	wnec		ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ	1		Here, **by** indicates the means by which the world became corrupt. It does not indicate the means by which Peter’s addressees escaped corruption. Alternate translation: “by means of lust”
 2PE	1	4	kjnh	figs-abstractnouns	φθορᾶς	1	corruption	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **corruption** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “things that corrupt you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	9	xenf	figs-hendiadys	τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων	1		Although the words **blind** and **nearsighted** have similar meanings, **blind** is more extreme than **nearsighted,** and a person cannot be both at the same time. If it is confusing in your language to describe someone using both of these words in this way, you could use a word like “or” between them or show how they might work together. Alternate translation: “he … is blind or nearsighted” or “he … is blindly nearsighted” or “he … is so nearsighted that he is blind to what is spiritually important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 2PE	1	9	i0hq	figs-abstractnouns	λήθην λαβὼν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **forgetfulness** in this phrase with a verb. Alternate translation: “having forgotten the cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	9	gq4d	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν	1	of the cleansing from his past sins	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **cleansing** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “that God has cleansed him from his old sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	9	gopx	figs-metaphor	τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν.	1		Peter is speaking figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were something that made people dirty and thus required **cleansing** from God. Alternate translation: “of the forgiving of his past sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	9	gopx	figs-metaphor	τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν.	1		Peter is speaking of forgiving sin as if sin were something that made people dirty and thus required **cleansing** from God. Alternate translation: “of the forgiving of his past sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	10	ob38	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the two reasons for obedience given in [1:8–9](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	10	xfdb	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1		Peter is using the term **brothers** as a way to directly address his fellow believers in Jesus. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	10	ot7y	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Peter is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that Peter is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could state “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -94,13 +94,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	12	du69	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Connecting Statement:	Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	12	xxjq	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these {things}** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	12	onqh	figs-activepassive	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	1	12	l2kh	figs-metaphor	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1	you are strong in the present truth	Here, **established** is used figuratively to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	12	l2kh	figs-metaphor	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1	you are strong in the present truth	Here, **established** is used to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	12	jys8		ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		Here, **in** has the meaning of “in reference to” or “with regard to.” Alternate translation: “in reference to the present truth”
-2PE	1	12	pqq2	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		Here, **present** is used figuratively as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	12	pqq2	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		Here, **present** is used as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	12	yy7r	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective, such as “true.” Alternate translation: “in these true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	13	p1da	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		**But** could mean: (1) Peter is contrasting what he just said in the previous verse with what he is about to say. His audience already knows the truth, but he wants to remind them again. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Nevertheless.” (2) Peter is connecting this statement with what he said at the beginning of the previous verse. Peter is always ready to remind them of the truth, and he thinks it is correct to do so. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2PE	1	13	ax2a	figs-metaphor	ἐφ’ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι	1	as long as I am in this tent	Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “as long as I am in this body” or “as long as I live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	1	13	vmj2	figs-metaphor	διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1	to stir you up in remembrance	Peter uses **arouse** figuratively to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this usage by translating this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	13	vmj2	figs-metaphor	διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1	to stir you up in remembrance	Peter uses **arouse** to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this usage by translating this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	13	q0sv	figs-abstractnouns	διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	14	slej	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1		In this clause Peter is giving a reason why he will always remind his audience of doctrinal truths in this letter, specifically faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because I know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	14	j8f5	figs-metaphor	ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου	1	the putting off of my tent is imminent	Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: “I will soon take off this body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -134,12 +134,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	18	daqi	figs-explicit	τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει	1		The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	19	h498		ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον	1		The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](../01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed”
 2PE	1	19	z3na	figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν	1	we have	Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2PE	1	19	l7zq	figs-explicit	βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον	1	this more certain prophetic word	Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer figuratively to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	1	19	l7zq	figs-explicit	βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον	1	this more certain prophetic word	Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	19	sjd3	figs-pronouns	ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες	1	to which you do well to pay attention	Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	19	xilf	figs-declarative	ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες	1		Peter uses the statement **you do well** to tell his audience that they should pay attention to the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by translating this phrase as a suggestion or command. Alternate translation: “to which you should pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 2PE	1	19	xt8i	figs-simile	ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ	1	as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day may dawn	Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-2PE	1	19	hmb7	figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ	1		Peter speaks figuratively of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	1	19	kc3l	figs-metaphor	φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	the morning star may rise in your hearts	Peter speaks figuratively of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	19	hmb7	figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ	1		Peter speaks of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	19	kc3l	figs-metaphor	φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	the morning star may rise in your hearts	Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	19	v0ju	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	1	19	bl8s	figs-explicit	φωσφόρος	1	the morning star	The **morning star** refers to the planet Venus, which is sometimes visible in the sky just before the sun rises, thus indicating that daybreak is near. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “the star that appears just before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	20	wcn9		τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες	1	Above all, you must understand	Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	21	evx4	figs-activepassive	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	21	yxdx	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	21	x2hv	figs-gendernotations	θελήματι ἀνθρώπου	1		Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2PE	1	21	mh2s	figs-metaphor	ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι	1	men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit	Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	21	mh2s	figs-metaphor	ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι	1	men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit	Peter speaks of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	21	x1xw	figs-ellipsis	ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1		In this phrase, Peter is leaving out a word that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this word is required in your language, it can be supplied from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “spoke prophecy from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	2	intro	mv79			0		# 2 Peter 2 General Notes<br><br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br><br>1. Prediction of false teachers (2:1–3)<br>1. Examples of divine judgment (2:4–10a)<br>1. Description and denunciation of false teachers (2:10b–22)<br><br>Peter continues this letter in [2:1–3](../02/01.md) by predicting that false teachers will try to deceive the believers, just as false prophets did during the time true prophets were writing the Old Testament. Then in [2:4–10a](../02/04.md) Peter describes examples of God punishing those who acted similarly to the coming false teachers. Peter then closes this section in [2:10b–22](../02/10.md) by describing the wicked character and deeds of these false teachers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There are several analogies in [2:4–8](../02/04.md) that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	1	us8u	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		The term translated **Now** could refer to: (1) a new topic expressed by **Now** in the ULT. (2) a contrast between the false prophets in this clause and the true Old Testament prophets mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -160,19 +160,19 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	1	jif2	figs-possession	αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	1	wnuv		αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1		Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
 2PE	2	1	xscu	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master	Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	1	g99z	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master who bought them	Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	1	g99z	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master who bought them	Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	1	xaan	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	1	xk1x		ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”
 2PE	2	1	flv3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “they are causing themselves to be destroyed soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	2	eevb	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	2	xzw1	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσουσιν	1		Here Peter uses the word **follow** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “will imitate their licentious acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	2	xzw1	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσουσιν	1		Here Peter uses the word **follow** to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “will imitate their licentious acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	2	dg82	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀσελγείαις	1		Here the pronoun **their** refers to the false teachers introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the licentious acts of these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	2	z53e		ταῖς ἀσελγείαις	1		Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
 2PE	2	2	fz5m	writing-pronouns	δι’ οὓς	1		Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers. It does not refer to the licentious acts in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “through these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	2	cqjb	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Peter uses the phrase **the way of truth** here figuratively to refer to the Christian faith or how a Christian person lives his or her life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the true Christian manner of living” or “the true Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	2	cqjb	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Peter uses the phrase **the way of truth** here to refer to the Christian faith or how a Christian person lives his or her life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the true Christian manner of living” or “the true Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	2	vspm	figs-possession	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **truth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the true way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	2	nzx7	figs-activepassive	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται	1	the way of truth will be slandered	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “unbelievers will slander the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	2	2	x3oo	figs-personification	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται	1		Peter speaks figuratively of **the way of truth** as if it were a person who could be **slandered** or shown disrespect. Alternate translation: “they will say bad things about the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2PE	2	2	x3oo	figs-personification	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται	1		Peter speaks of **the way of truth** as if it were a person who could be **slandered** or shown disrespect. Alternate translation: “they will say bad things about the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	2	2	l8ta	figs-explicit	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται	1		Peter assumes that his audience will know that unbelievers will be the ones who slander the Christian faith when they see the sensual lives of the false teachers and their followers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way of truth will be slandered by unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	3	xs4g		ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ	1		Here, **in** indicates the reason for what the false teachers do. Alternate translation: “because of greed”
 2PE	2	3	td8q	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **greed** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “greedy.” Alternate translation: “because they are greedy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	3	xvw3		οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ	1		Here, **for whom** indicates that the condemnation is directed again the false teachers. Alternate translation: “against whom condemnation from long ago is not idle”
 2PE	2	3	k359	figs-parallelism	οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1	their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep	These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 2PE	2	3	jetw	figs-doublenegatives	οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1	whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep	You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2PE	2	3	jvh9	figs-personification	τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1		Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** figuratively as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2PE	2	3	jvh9	figs-personification	τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1		Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	2	3	c57u	figs-abstractnouns	οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1	their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” by stating the ideas behind them with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	4	k2g4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	4	s115	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	4	uzy2	figs-metaphor	σειροῖς ζόφου	1	in chains of darkness	This phrase could refer to: (1) chains in a very dark place. Alternate translation: “in chains in darkness” (2) a very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains. Alternate translation: “bound in darkness like chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	4	b54v	translate-names	ταρταρώσας	1	having been thrown down to Tartarus	The word **Tartarus** is a term from Ancient Greek religion that refers to the place where evil spirits and wicked men who have died are punished. Some Ancient Jewish literature written in Greek uses **Tartarus** as a term for the place where God punishes the wicked. Alternate translation: “he cast them into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2PE	2	4	xgmp	figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν	1		God is the one who **handed over** the angels who had sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “God handed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	4	jjzw	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν	1		Here, Peter speaks figuratively of God imprisoning the angels who sinned like someone who has **handed over** a criminal to the prison guards for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	4	jjzw	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν	1		Here, Peter speaks of God imprisoning the angels who sinned like someone who has **handed over** a criminal to the prison guards for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	4	c2ak	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κρίσιν	1	to judgment	This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	2	4	plhp	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίσιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **judgment** by translating it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	4	e0ue	figs-explicit	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -243,8 +243,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	9	ms6u		εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1		Here, **in** could refer to: (1) when the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
 2PE	2	9	xnf3	figs-possession	ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **judgment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	10	skh8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **but** indicates a connection between the last clause of the previous verse and what follows. It does not indicate a contrast between “the unrighteous” in the previous verse and “those going after the flesh” in this verse. Alternate translation: “and especially those going after the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-2PE	2	10	xuxw	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀπίσω…πορευομένους	1	Connecting Statement:	Peter uses the phrase **going after** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “those habitually engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	10	eb1k	figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1	those who go after the flesh in its lusts of defilement	Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this figure of speech literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2PE	2	10	xuxw	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀπίσω…πορευομένους	1	Connecting Statement:	Peter uses the phrase **going after** to refer to habitually doing something. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “those habitually engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	10	eb1k	figs-metonymy	σαρκὸς	1	those who go after the flesh in its lusts of defilement	Here, **flesh** is used to refer to person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this figure of speech literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	10	xg5a		ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ	1	those who go after the flesh in its lusts of defilement	Here, **in** indicates that this phrase shows the means by which the wicked people go after the flesh. Alternate translation: “by means of practicing its lusts of defilement”
 2PE	2	10	xndv	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilement** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “in its lusts that defile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	10	c571	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας	1		Here, **and** indicates that this clause provides an additional characteristic of those mentioned in the previous clause. It does not indicate a second group of wicked people. These wicked people not only pursue their sinful desires, but also despise authority. Alternate translation: “and who also despise authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	12	h4v8		καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
 2PE	2	12	ai6a		ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν	1		This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
 2PE	2	12	ig4v	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when they are destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	13	p7g7	figs-metaphor	ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας	1		Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive figuratively as if it were a wage they had earned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	13	p7g7	figs-metaphor	ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας	1		Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive as if it were a wage they had earned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	13	x4gd	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικίας	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **unrighteousness** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of the wrong things they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	13	xjr6	figs-abstractnouns	ἡδονὴν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **pleasure** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “something that pleases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	13	e62s	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν	1	their reveling during the day	Here, **reveling** refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “their ability to revel in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -281,24 +281,24 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	13	pwd5	figs-doublet	σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι	1	They are stains and blemishes	The words **stains** and **blemishes** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “unsightly stains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	2	13	vz0j	figs-ellipsis	σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι	1		For emphasis, here Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “They are stains and blemishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	2	13	x3uj	figs-abstractnouns	ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	14	v7t4	figs-metonymy	ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος	1	having eyes full of adultery	Here, **eyes** refers figuratively to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2PE	2	14	v7t4	figs-metonymy	ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος	1	having eyes full of adultery	Here, **eyes** refers to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	14	xo71		ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος	1		This clause could mean: (1) the false teachers constantly desired to have immoral sexual relations with any woman they saw, thereby viewing every women as a potential adulteress. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring women with whom to commit adultery” (2) the false teachers were constantly looking for immoral women with whom to have immoral sexual relations. Alternate translation: “constantly seeking sexually immoral women”
 2PE	2	14	xb2q	figs-explicit	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	14	wt89	figs-synecdoche	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1	enticing unstable souls	Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2PE	2	14	mn07	figs-explicit	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	14	xgkb	figs-activepassive	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	2	14	c55u	figs-metonymy	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1	hearts trained in covetousness	Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2PE	2	14	c55u	figs-metonymy	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1	hearts trained in covetousness	Peter is using **hearts** to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	14	sbp2	figs-abstractnouns	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	14	sv4r	figs-idiom	κατάρας τέκνα	1		Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	14	c7cc	figs-exclamations	κατάρας τέκνα	1		These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-2PE	2	15	et62	figs-metaphor	καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed	Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	15	et62	figs-metaphor	καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed	Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	ky5q	figs-idiom	εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	the right way	Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2PE	2	15	x3k9	figs-metaphor	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	15	x3k9	figs-metaphor	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	b39g	figs-activepassive	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	15	xkt6	figs-explicit	ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	15	xi4q	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses the word **followed** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	15	xi4q	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses the word **followed** to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	v9lx	translate-names	Βαλαὰμ…Βοσὸρ	1	the right way	**Balaam** and **Bosor** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2PE	2	15	alxl	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses **the way of Balaam** figuratively to refer to how Balaam lived his life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the manner of living of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	15	alxl	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses **the way of Balaam** to refer to how Balaam lived his life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “the manner of living of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	v3wn	writing-pronouns	ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		Here, the pronoun**who** refers to Balaam. It does not refer to Bosor, nor to the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. If you begin a new sentence, you will have to replace the comma with a period. Alternate translation: “Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	15	befr	figs-possession	ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **wages** that are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “who loved the unrighteous wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	15	x5gg	figs-abstractnouns	μισθὸν ἀδικίας	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with the adjective “unrighteous.” Alternate translation: “the unrighteous wages” or “the wages for unrighteous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -308,44 +308,44 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	16	xspp	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	16	tf38	figs-explicit	ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν	1	restrained the madness of the prophet	Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	17	x5rj	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		**These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	17	t137	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι	1	These men are springs without water	Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	17	t137	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι	1	These men are springs without water	Peter speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	17	hzu1	figs-metaphor	ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	17	von6	figs-doublet	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	2	17	xe3y	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται	1	for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	17	v90z		ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
-2PE	2	17	xrpf	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	17	xrpf	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	18	xgoc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates the reason why the false teachers are reserved for punishment in the gloom of darkness, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	18	cxt8		ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι	1	speaking arrogant things of vanity	This clause indicates the means by which the false teachers entice others to sin. Alternate translation: “by means of speaking arrogant things of vanity”
 2PE	2	18	x2by	figs-possession	ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος	1	speaking arrogant things of vanity	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **arrogant** speech that is characterized by **vanity**. Alternate translation: “vain, arrogant things” or “vain and arrogant things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	18	n2pr	figs-abstractnouns	ματαιότητος	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vanity** with an adjective, such as “vain.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	18	f8tg	writing-pronouns	δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς	1	They entice people by the lusts of the flesh	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	18	t543	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	18	t543	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	18	bibq		ἀσελγείαις	1		Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
-2PE	2	18	nks3	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους	1	those who are barely escaping from those who live in error	Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	18	nks3	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους	1	those who are barely escaping from those who live in error	Here, Peter speaks of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	19	xqla		ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι	1		This clause refers to another means by which the false teachers enticed their followers, continuing from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They also entice them by promising freedom to them”
 2PE	2	19	uyw6	figs-metaphor	ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι	1	promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption	Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	19	je1k	writing-pronouns	ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to those people who are deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “promising freedom to those whom they deceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	19	n0bh	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς;	1		Peter uses the word **themselves** here to emphasize the irony of spiritually enslaved people promising spiritual freedom to others. Alternate translation: “while they themselves are slaves of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-2PE	2	19	v5tt	figs-metaphor	δοῦλοι	1		Peter speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	19	v5tt	figs-metaphor	δοῦλοι	1		Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	19	xyua	figs-possession	δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that are characterized by **destruction**. Alternate translation: “slaves that will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	19	b79v	figs-metaphor	ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται	1	For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved	Peter speaks of a person as being **enslaved** when anything has control over that person, he speaks of that thing as the master of that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this non-figuratively or as a simile. Alternate translation: “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes controlled by that thing” or “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	19	xqmy	figs-activepassive	ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive sentence with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	20	v3xc		γὰρ	1		Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And”
 2PE	2	20	q96i	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-2PE	2	20	efnj	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1		Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	20	efnj	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1		Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	20	xpo9	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **defilements** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that sinful human society does to defile itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	20	lu22	figs-metonymy	τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1	the impurities of the world	Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	20	bi73	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	20	zxcf	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	20	ih4w	figs-activepassive	τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	2	20	ygag	figs-metaphor	πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες	1		Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	20	ygag	figs-metaphor	πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες	1		Here, Peter speaks of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	20	noa9	writing-pronouns	τούτοις	1		Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	20	d6ra	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	20	d42g	figs-nominaladj	γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last has become worse for them than the first	Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 2PE	2	21	x7gd	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	21	e3dv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	21	xg05	figs-possession	τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2PE	2	21	pm7b	figs-idiom	τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	the way of righteousness	Peter speaks figuratively of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2PE	2	21	pm7b	figs-idiom	τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	the way of righteousness	Peter speaks of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	21	lib0		ἐπιγνοῦσιν	1		This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
 2PE	2	21	ic3c	figs-metaphor	ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	to turn away from the holy commandment	Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	21	j7s6	figs-genericnoun	τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	2		Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -359,9 +359,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	intro	c1id			0		# 2 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br><br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 2PE	3	1	n92f	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		**Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	1	aah9	writing-pronouns	ἐν αἷς	1		Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	1	gc3m	figs-metaphor	διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1	I am stirring up your sincere mind	Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	1	gc3m	figs-metaphor	διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1	I am stirring up your sincere mind	Here, Peter uses **arouse**, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	1	deoa	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	1	qxt2	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1		Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	1	qxt2	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1		Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	2	bp8r	grammar-connect-logic-goal	μνησθῆναι	1		Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	3	2	gxj7	figs-activepassive	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν	1	the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	2	p4i5	figs-metonymy	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων	1		Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -376,15 +376,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	3	lm1a		τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες	1	knowing this first	Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. See how you translated this in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
 2PE	3	3	xcd9	figs-declarative	τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες	1	knowing this first	Peter is using a statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this by translating it as a command. If you do so, it might be helpful to start a new sentence here. See how you translated this in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “Above all, know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 2PE	3	3	mjgr	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεύσονται…ἐν ἐμπαιγμονῇ ἐμπαῖκται	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mockery** with a verb. Alternate translation: “mockers will come and mock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	3	s69n	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι	1		Here, Peter uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something, like someone who walks toward something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	3	s69n	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι	1		Here, Peter uses **going** to refer to habitually doing something, like someone who walks toward something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	3	znh2	figs-explicit	κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι	1		Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “living according to their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	4	fe37	writing-quotations	καὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 2PE	3	4	hgdm	figs-rquestion	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1	Where is the promise of his coming?	The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-2PE	3	4	lw3y	figs-idiom	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1		Here, **Where** is used idiomatically to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2PE	3	4	lw3y	figs-idiom	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1		Here, **Where** is used to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	3	4	zrj7	figs-metonymy	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1	Where is the promise of his coming?	Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	3	4	wm6z	writing-pronouns	ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	4	u54w	figs-explicit	τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	3	4	xfkr	figs-metaphor	ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1		Here, **the fathers** is used figuratively. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	4	xfkr	figs-metaphor	ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1		Here, **the fathers** is used. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	4	t6hl	figs-euphemism	οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1	the fathers fell asleep	Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 2PE	3	4	c2en	figs-hyperbole	πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως	1	all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation	Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2PE	3	4	yue7	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως	1	from the beginning of creation	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **creation** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	13	ptmy	figs-infostructure	καινοὺς…οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν	1		Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 2PE	3	13	r2y9	writing-pronouns	κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to God’s promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus’ promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	13	evi0		τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus”
-2PE	3	13	df3v	figs-personification	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2PE	3	13	df3v	figs-personification	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	Here, **righteousness** is spoken of as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	3	13	r5qo	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	14	d178	grammar-connect-logic-result	διό	1		Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	14	qjca	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -450,26 +450,26 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	15	g35u	figs-explicit	τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε	1	consider the patience of our Lord as salvation	Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	15	pd30	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation** by translating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	15	vbso	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **salvation** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	15	vo82	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος	1		Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+2PE	3	15	vo82	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος	1		Peter is using the term **brother** to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 2PE	3	15	nnd7	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1	according to the wisdom having been given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	15	esr7	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **wisdom** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	16	zzko	figs-explicit	ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς	1		Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	16	wil1	writing-pronouns	λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	16	z4cj	writing-pronouns	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	16	weh2	figs-metaphor	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	16	weh2	figs-metaphor	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **distort** is used to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	16	sg60	figs-explicit	ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς	1		Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	16	sh4j	grammar-connect-logic-result	πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν	1	to their own destruction	Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	16	wrqu	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν	1	to their own destruction	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	17	kn3d	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Peter uses **therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	17	wk5v	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	17	bq8o	grammar-connect-logic-result	προγινώσκοντες	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	3	17	w3sp	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1	you might not lose your own steadfastness	Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	17	w3sp	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1	you might not lose your own steadfastness	Here, Peter speaks of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	17	v5cb	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 2PE	3	17	um49	grammar-connect-logic-result	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	17	xjht	figs-activepassive	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	3	17	h2ik	figs-metaphor	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		Here, Peter uses **led astray** figuratively to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	17	h2ik	figs-metaphor	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		Here, Peter uses **led astray** to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	17	px85		τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which one might be led astray. Alternate translation: “by means of the error of the lawless ones”
-2PE	3	18	ccm3	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνετε…ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	grow in grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ	Here, **grow** is used figuratively to express experiencing or having something in increasing amounts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “have more and more of the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	18	ccm3	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνετε…ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	grow in grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ	Here, **grow** is used to express experiencing or having something in increasing amounts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “have more and more of the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	18	zjqa		ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει	1		Here, **in** means “with reference to.” Alternate translation: “with reference to the grace and knowledge”
 2PE	3	18	lk3c	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτι	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **grace** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “kind acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	18	qlbc	figs-abstractnouns	γνώσει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

en_tn_64-2JN.tsv

@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	1	uspy	figs-123person	ὁ πρεσβύτερος	1	The elder	In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “I, the elder, am writing this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 2JN	1	1	z4tk	figs-explicit	ὁ πρεσβύτερος	1	The elder	**The elder** likely means John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age, or because he is a leader in the church, or both. If you have a term for an older, respected leader, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	1	y7hw	figs-123person	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς	1	to the chosen lady and her children	In this culture, letter writers would name the addressees next, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to you, chosen lady, and to your children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-2JN	1	1	a9w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ	1	to the chosen lady	Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and figuratively describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John is writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	1	a9w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ	1	to the chosen lady	Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John is writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	1	ueev	figs-idiom	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ	1	to the chosen lady	In this context, the term **chosen** indicates a person or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “to the congregation that God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2JN	1	1	axty	figs-metaphor	καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς	1	and her children	Here, **her children** could mean: (1) just as “chosen lady” figuratively refers to a church, **her children** refers figuratively to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children. (3) it refers figuratively to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	1	axty	figs-metaphor	καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς	1	and her children	Here, **her children** could mean: (1) just as “chosen lady” refers to a church, **her children** refers to the people who are part of that church. Alternate translation: “and to the believers in that group” (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may refer to her biological children. (3) it refers to people whom the woman has led to faith as her spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	1	src4	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	love in the truth	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. The phrase **the truth** could: (1) refer to how John loves. Alternate translation: “truly love” (2) provide the reason for John’s love. Alternate translation: “love because we both know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	1	a50f	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	all who have known the truth	John uses the phrase **all the ones having known the truth** to refer to believers who know and accept the true message about Jesus Christ. John is most likely using the term **all** as a generalization to mean all the believers who are with him and who know the people of this church. Alternate translation: “all who are with me and who know and accept the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2JN	1	2	spdg	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	the truth	John uses the abstract noun **truth** to refer to the true message that Christians believe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this termbehind this term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	4	ir6v	figs-you	σου	1	your	The word **your** is singular here, since John is either addressing one woman, or the church collectively, as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2JN	1	4	ajlf	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐχάρην λείαν	1		If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2JN	1	4	a3vs	figs-metaphor	τῶν τέκνων σου	1	your children	See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/01.md). This could refer to: (1) the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2JN	1	4	w2b6	figs-metaphor	περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	walking in the truth	John refers figuratively to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	4	w2b6	figs-metaphor	περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	walking in the truth	John refers to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	4	ddnx	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	4	s7hr		καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός	1	just as we have received a commandment from the Father	The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
 2JN	1	4	w7f1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Be careful to translate it accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	5	u38f	figs-explicit	οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι	1	not as writing a new commandment to you	John does not refer to himself explicitly as the person writing. If your language requires you to state the subject of a verb, you could add a pronoun here. Alternate translation: “not as though I were writing you a new commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	5	uhs8	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	from the beginning	The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	5	vmm8		ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους	1	the beginning—that we should love one another	If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another”
-2JN	1	6	nw4g	figs-metaphor	περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε	1	we should walk according to … you should walk in	In these instances the expression **walk** figuratively means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	6	nw4g	figs-metaphor	περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε	1	we should walk according to … you should walk in	In these instances the expression **walk** means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	6	cl95	figs-you	ἠκούσατε…περιπατῆτε	1	you heard … you should walk	The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2JN	1	7	u749	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2JN	1	7	w25m	figs-explicit	ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	For many deceivers have gone out into the world	This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [verses 10-11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	8	it9t	figs-explicit	βλέπετε ἑαυτούς	1	Watch yourselves	The implication is that the believers are to “watch” themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	8	i8n6	figs-explicit	ἃ	1	what	The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	8	r9ky	figs-exclusive	εἰργασάμεθα	1	we have worked for	The word **we** here is inclusive. John, his audience, and others have all worked to build up the faith of the believers to whom John is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2JN	1	9	mn3v	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ	John refers to **the teaching of Christ** figuratively as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “Everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	9	mn3v	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ	John refers to **the teaching of Christ** as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “Everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	9	x3ae	figs-infostructure	πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ	These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**goes beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**does not remain**). If it is mote natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 2JN	1	9	xty9	figs-explicit	Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει	1	does not have God	To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	9	x523		ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει	1	The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son	Alternate translation: “Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	11	uhea		ὁ λέγων…αὐτῷ χαίρειν	1	the one who says to him, “Greetings”	Alternate translation: “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting”
 2JN	1	11	n7zt		κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς	1	shares in his evil deeds	The verb **shares in** expresses the concept of assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds”
 2JN	1	12	gq26	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος	1	I did not want with paper and ink	Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2JN	1	12	nx77	figs-metonymy	διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος	1	with paper and ink	John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking figuratively of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2JN	1	12	nx77	figs-metonymy	διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος	1	with paper and ink	John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2JN	1	12	v4v2	figs-idiom	στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι	1	to speak mouth to mouth	The expression **mouth to mouth** is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Use an idiom in your language with this same meaning, or simply express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2JN	1	12	auwq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	so that your joy might be made complete	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2JN	1	12	hwtk	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	so that your joy might be made complete	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	12	lt77	translate-textvariants	ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	your joy might be made complete	See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 2JN	1	12	k9yt	figs-exclusive	ὑμῶν	1	your	If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2JN	1	13	fh6j	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	The children of your chosen sister	This could: (1) be a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is figuratively describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** figuratively in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2JN	1	13	fh6j	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	The children of your chosen sister	This could: (1) be a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [verse 1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	13	aonw	figs-idiom	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	The children of your chosen sister	In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “The members of this group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2JN	1	13	a4rc		ἀσπάζεταί σε	1	greet you	As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
 2JN	1	13	qjdz	figs-you	σε…σου	1	your … you	The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

en_tn_66-JUD.tsv

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ JUD	1	4	qevn	figs-ellipsis	παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρ
 JUD	1	4	wwz3	figs-activepassive	οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1	who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation	If your language does not use this passive form **having been designated, you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	4	c7a6	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **condemnation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	4	u2oj	figs-explicit	ἀσεβεῖς	1		Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	4	c642	figs-metaphor	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1-2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	4	c642	figs-metaphor	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1-2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	4	g35s	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1		Both occurrences of **our** in this verse refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JUD	1	4	esef	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	4	tmju	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective phrase. Alternate translation: “into licentious behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ JUD	1	6	ccz6	figs-explicit	μεγάλης ἡμέρας	1	of the great day	Here,
 JUD	1	7	yn36	figs-metonymy	Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις	1		Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in the region of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JUD	1	7	r3e9	writing-pronouns	τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις	1	having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these	Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	7	tr3y	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκπορνεύσασαι	1	having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sexual immortality** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having committed sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JUD	1	7	q9jk	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας	1		Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	7	q9jk	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας	1		Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	7	wp6v		σαρκὸς ἑτέρας	1		Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
 JUD	1	7	pi4t	figs-explicit	πρόκεινται δεῖγμα	1		The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	7	jhdl	figs-abstractnouns	πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **punishment** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ JUD	1	8	ez4l	figs-metonymy	σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν	1		Here, **fl
 JUD	1	8	q9ct		κυριότητα	1		Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
 JUD	1	8	qvhs	figs-abstractnouns	κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lordship** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	8	pn3j		δόξας	1	the glorious ones	Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
-JUD	1	9	uzj1	figs-metaphor	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	9	uzj1	figs-metaphor	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Here Jude speaks of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	9	v9fh	figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him of slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	9	lxf3	figs-possession	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JUD	1	10	h6sq	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -75,32 +75,32 @@ JUD	1	11	yg9b	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κάϊν	1		Here Jude compares the false tea
 JUD	1	11	zsdw		ἐξεχύθησαν	1		Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
 JUD	1	11	tmf2	figs-explicit	τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ	1		Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	11	qlof	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κόρε	1		Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Korah, who rebelled against God’s appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	11	tspu	figs-pastforfuture	ἀπώλοντο	1		Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JUD	1	11	tspu	figs-pastforfuture	ἀπώλοντο	1		Jude is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JUD	1	12	r875	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	12	e25d	figs-metaphor	σπιλάδες	1	hidden reefs	Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	aq79	translate-unknown	ταῖς ἀγάπαις	1		Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JUD	1	12	emua	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	12	s2st	figs-metaphor	νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	emua	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες	1		Here Jude speaks of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	s2st	figs-metaphor	νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	diqd	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		If your language does not use the passive form **carried along**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JUD	1	12	gs99	figs-metaphor	δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα	1		Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	12	doxh	figs-pastforfuture	δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JUD	1	12	gs99	figs-metaphor	δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα	1		Here Jude again speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	doxh	figs-pastforfuture	δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Here Jude is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JUD	1	12	zk57		δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
-JUD	1	12	t28p	figs-metaphor	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	t28p	figs-metaphor	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	g76g	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JUD	1	13	e4rm	figs-metaphor	κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	13	fgr9	figs-metaphor	ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας	1		Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	13	r6rj	figs-metaphor	ἀστέρες πλανῆται	1	wandering stars	Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figuratively to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	e4rm	figs-metaphor	κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης	1		Here Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	fgr9	figs-metaphor	ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας	1		Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	r6rj	figs-metaphor	ἀστέρες πλανῆται	1	wandering stars	Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	13	djm4	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται	1		If your language does not use the passive form **has been kept**, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	13	n4oc	writing-pronouns	οἷς	1		Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	13	iast		ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
-JUD	1	13	oey6	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	oey6	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	14	crwg	translate-names	Ἑνὼχ	1		**Enoch** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JUD	1	14	e5wv		ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ	1		Since **Adam** is considered to be the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh generation.
 JUD	1	14	br8e	translate-names	Ἀδὰμ	1		**Adam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JUD	1	14	marg	writing-pronouns	τούτοις	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	14	yenq	writing-quotations	λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JUD	1	14	lu2y	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I have to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	14	acin	figs-pastforfuture	ἦλθεν Κύριος	1		Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “The Lord will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JUD	1	14	lu2y	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I have to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	14	acin	figs-pastforfuture	ἦλθεν Κύριος	1		Here Jude is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “The Lord will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JUD	1	14	pylm		Κύριος	1		Here, **Lord** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “The Lord Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “The Lord God”
 JUD	1	14	tyf8	translate-unknown	μυριάσιν	1		The word **myriads** is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000) but is often used to refer to a large number. You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JUD	1	14	ljm1		ἁγίαις	1		Here, **holy ones** could refer to: (1) angels, as suggested by the presence of angels in similar statements about judgment in Matthew 24:31, 25:31, Mark 89:38, and 2 Thessalonians 1:7. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “his holy angels” (2) believers. Alternate translation: “his holy believers” or “his saints”
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ JUD	1	15	y4y5		τῶν σκληρῶν	1		Here, **harsh {things}** refers to har
 JUD	1	15	d6hy	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	16	a4le	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers that Jude first introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md) and has discussed throughout the letter. Since Jude shifted in the previous verse to describing the judgment of everyone who does wicked deeds, it may be helpful for you to inform your readers that this verse returns to specifically focusing on the false teachers. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	16	zs28		εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι	1		Here the terms **murmurers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
-JUD	1	16	z5bn	figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι	1		Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	16	z5bn	figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι	1		Here Jude uses **going** to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	16	jhrq		τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν	1		Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “their sinful desires”
 JUD	1	16	xum2		τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ	1		Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could express this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
 JUD	1	16	xuf0	figs-metonymy	τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ	1	their mouth speaks	Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -125,20 +125,20 @@ JUD	1	17	nyja	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our Lor
 JUD	1	17	qjsf	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JUD	1	18	toms		ὅτι ἔλεγον ὑμῖν	1		This phrase indicates that this verse contains the content of the “words” spoken by the apostles, which Jude referred to in the previous verse.
 JUD	1	18	nlh9	figs-idiom	ἐσχάτου χρόνου	1		Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JUD	1	18	w1mx	figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι	1		Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	18	w1mx	figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι	1		Here Jude uses the word **going** to refer to habitually doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	18	j5m4		κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας…τῶν ἀσεβειῶν	1		Here, **lusts of ungodliness** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “according to their own sinful and ungodly desires”
 JUD	1	19	r28j	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	19	l568	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **divisions** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones dividing others against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	19	jwyt	figs-explicit	Πνεῦμα	1		Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	19	ba6u	figs-metonymy	ψυχικοί	1		Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JUD	1	19	qn4p	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες	1		The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	19	ba6u	figs-metonymy	ψυχικοί	1		Jude is using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JUD	1	19	qn4p	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες	1		The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of as if he were something that people can possess. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	20	xm93	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	20	cc68	figs-metaphor	ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει	1	building yourselves up	Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	20	cc68	figs-metaphor	ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει	1	building yourselves up	Here Jude speaks of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	20	c2o9		ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς	1	building yourselves up	This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
 JUD	1	20	uyfx	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	20	m3rg		ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι	1		This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
 JUD	1	21	j9su	translate-versebridge	ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε	1	keep yourselves in the love of God	If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
-JUD	1	21	zd2c	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε	1	keep yourselves in the love of God	Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	21	zd2c	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε	1	keep yourselves in the love of God	Here Jude speaks of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	21	s6w6		προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	waiting for	This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this connection explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
 JUD	1	21	p3bw	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	21	mzqu	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -147,13 +147,13 @@ JUD	1	21	qb29	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίο
 JUD	1	22	ynz1	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεᾶτε	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	22	wbr5		οὓς…διακρινομένους	1		The phrase **{some} who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe”
 JUD	1	23	gx9t		ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες	1		This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this connection explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
-JUD	1	23	wkj9	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	23	wkj9	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες	1		Here Jude speaks of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	23	ign7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεᾶτε	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	23	uavk		ἐν φόβῳ	1		This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude wanted his readers to have mercy on a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “by being cautious”
 JUD	1	23	u4px	figs-hyperbole	μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα	1		Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JUD	1	23	sexc	figs-metaphor	τῆς σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	23	sexc	figs-metaphor	τῆς σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	24	r3jx	figs-explicit	τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι	1		Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	24	jvpm	figs-metaphor	φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους	1		Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	24	jvpm	figs-metaphor	φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους	1		Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	24	w1dc	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	24	gq9e		ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει	1		This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
 JUD	1	25	a3ua		μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν	1	to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord	Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”